2 - Schneider Electric CZ, s.r.o.

Hoisting Control Solutions 

Catalogue 

2012

All technical information about products listed in 

this catalogue are now available on: 

www.schneider-electric.com 

1 

2 

3 

Browse the “product data sheet” to check out : 

pp 

characteristics, 

pp 

dimensions, 

pp 

curves, ... 

pp 

and also the links to the user guides and 

the CAD files. 

1 From the home page, type the model number* into the 

“Search” box. 

4 

5 

6 

* type the model 

number without any 

blank, replace “p” 

by “ 

* ” 

7 

2 Under ”All” tab, click the model number that interests you. 

8 

9 

10

U 

3 The product data sheet displays. 

Example : Zelio Time 

data sheet 

1 

Discover this product 

pp 

Characteritics 

pp 

Functions 

pp 

Connection 

pp 

Dimensions 

pp 

Download & Documents 

Other products 

pp 

Help me to choose 

Accessories 

pp 

Plug 

pp 

Sockets 

2 

3 

4 


data sheet 

5 

80 

6 

78 

89,5 

82 

22,5 

7 


data sheet 

8 

U 

C 

G 

R 

t1 

t2 

t'1 

t'2 

C 

G 

R 

t1 

t2 

t'1 

t'2 

9 

You can get this information in one single pdf file. 

10

Improve your cranes & 

business performance 

In order to increase customer satisfaction you must supply machines with shorter 

lead-times that are more safe, efficient, productive and reliable, at a reduced cost. 

Your choice of Control Solutions is now, more than ever, a determining factor in 

distinguishing yourself at each stage, from the design and development to 

implementation and maintenance of the machine 

Your cranes must be: 

> > Safe 

> > Reliable 

> > Productive 

> > Environment compliant 

The requirements of a competitive market: 

> > Quicker time to market 

> > Optimized machines 

> > Reduce maintenance requirement 

> > Compliance with worldwide standards 

> > Worldwide assistance 

To meet this demand, Schneider Electric offers MachineStruxure TM , automation 

solutions, which help OEMs to quickly design machines that are optimized 

regarding costs and energy efficiency, whilst maximising their performance 

throughout the service life of the machine. MachineStruxure TM solutions for 

hoisting applications allow you to: 

> > Reduce your machine’s time-to-market with predefined “Tested, Validated, and 

Documented Architectures” and a comprehensive set of hoisting software libraries 

> > Improve machine safety and performance with innovative automation technology and 

expert hoisting application functions, supplemented by advanced drive technology, 

regenerative systems in order to increase speed, safety, and energy efficiency while 

reducing maintenance and improving reliability 

> > Gain a competitive advantage and optimize the global cost of your machine: from design 

to maintenance, we are ready to help you wherever you are through our worldwide 

network of training, solution design and delivery centers, after-sales services, and 

hoisting control experts 

3

4 

General contents

Contents 


Solution Overview.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

1 

SoMachine software & 

Application Function Blocks library.. . . . . . . . 

2 

Controllers .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

3 

Communication .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

4 

Motor control.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

5 

Variable speed drives.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

6 

Machine Safety .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

7 

Operator dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

8 

Detection.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

9 

Associated offers.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

10 

5

chapter 1 

Hoisting Control 

Solutions 

Solution overview 

b b Hoisting Control Solutions information are available on: 

www.schneider-electric.com/hoisting

Contents 


Solution Overview 

bb 

Reduce your crane’s time-to-market 

vv 

Reach 100 % of flexibility and optimisation using an innovative flexible 

control system................................................................................................. 1/2 

1 

vv 

Use the solid base of Tested, Validated and Documented Architectures 

and function blocks dedicated to hoisting applications............................ 1/3 

vv 

Reduce the complexity of your program design and implementation times 

with SoMachine software suite...................................................................... 1/3 

vv 

Customize your machines and upgrade them without increasing the 

design phases or costs................................................................................... 1/3 

vv 

Overview of Tested, Validated, Documented automation Architectures 

used in the most frequent industrial crane applications 

> > Industrial cranes 

Standard cranes (< 10 t)............................................................................... 1/4 

Standard cranes (< 50 t) or Special cranes (> 50t)....................................... 1/5 

> > Construction cranes 

Self erecting cranes (up to 2 t)...................................................................... 1/6 

Tower cranes (> 2 t) or Special cranes.......................................................... 1/7 

bb 

Improve the performance and safety b 

of your hoisting equipment 

vv 

Improve reliability and maintenance by using our safety offers and 

prevention functions....................................................................................... 1/8 

vv 

Improve productivity by up to 25% with dedicated application function 

blocks and drive technology.......................................................................... 1/9 

2 

3 

4 

5 

vv 

Insure a perfect control of the load on the hoist.......................................... 1/9 

vv 

Increase energy efficiency........................................................................... 1/10 

bb 

Develop your business 

6 

vv 

Gain a competitive advantage in each stage of your machine..................1/11 

vv 

Service and support that are behind you all the way................................. 1/12 

v v Your one-stop shop from simple control systems to global automation 

solutions......................................................................................................... 1/13 

7 

8 

9 

10 

1/1

Presentation 




1 

2 

3 

How can you reduce your crane’s 

time-to-market? 

Reach 100 % of flexibility and Optimization using an innovative 

flexible control system 

Cranes and hoisting equipment today need to be ever more safe, efficient and 

reliable. 

To enjoy a much more smart control, traditional relays and electronic boards are 

being replaced by Controllers or PLC based solutions. As a consequence the mix 

in development costs have changed, demanding an even greater emphasis on 

design efficiency. 

Flexibility is the key in providing a control solution that meets perfectly your 

requirements whilst reducing your costs. 

That’s why MachineStruxure TM solution incorporates a Flexible Machine Control 

Platform system that focuses on embedded intelligence in its products and a 

unique software platform that provides a single, easy to use environment for 

developing, programming and commissioning the machines. 

4 

5 

1 software environment + hoisting 

application function blocks library 

> > Simplify machine programming & 

commissioning with SoMachine suite 

6 

SoMachine 

Hoisting Library 

7 

Multiple hardware control platforms 

> > Embedded Intelligence 

where it is needed 

8 

9 

10 

Drive controller 

> > Efficient 

Logic controllers 

> > Flexibility 

With MachineStruxure TM achieve 100% flexibility and optimization 

of your machines 

1/2

Presentation 




Use the solid base of Tested, Validated and Documented 

Architectures and function blocks dedicated to hoisting 

applications 

Based upon flexible and scalable hardware platforms and a comprehensive single 

software suite, MachineStruxure TM proposes Tested, Validated and Documented 

Architectures (TVDA) with dedicated application function block (AFB) libraries. 

1 

2 

> > Suggested equipment lists 

> 

> Tested: to ensure that they function in each 

possible configuration 

> > Validated: full functional compatibility of devices 

> > Documented: a complete System User Guide 

3 

4 

System User Guide 

Our pre-programmed function blocks offer speed in 

development for your applications. they can be configured with 

a simple copy and paste. 

They can be quickly implemented in the machine programs, 

reducing the effort required to create an application and 

reducing the risk of errors. 

Wi-Fi 

Bluetooth 

MachineStruxure TM solutions use open standards through IEC 

languages, open networks and transparency through FDT/ 

DTM technology, providing you time savings. 

Reduce the complexity of your program design and 

implementation times with SoMachine software suite 

Due to a rich set of templates and libraries: 

> > Programming and automation architectures templates 

> > Graphical libraries 

> > Logic libraries 

> > Hoisting Application function blocks 

Due to a variety of integrated expert functions: 

> > Variable indexing and tracing 

> > Fast and easy sharing of variables between control and HMI 

> > Smart coding 

> > Commissioning screens 

Customize your machines and upgrade them without increasing 

the design phases or costs 

Simple customization and integration 

> > With our existing function blocks you can simply modify, reuse or create your 

own 

> > Easily integrate your own systems into our architectures utilizing FDT/DTM 

technology 

Compliance with global standards for maximum flexibility and durability 

> > SoMachine and the control platforms support the 6 programming languages 

(FBD, ST, SFC, LD, IL, CFC) and is compliant with IEC 61131-3 

> > Integrated open and standard networks in devices 

> > SoMachine software combined with our control platforms allow you simply 

upgrade your architectures 

Remote connection 

> > Ethernet connection allows remote connection between the crane and the 

ground with Wi-Fi 

> > Bluetooth connection available as well on Controller port 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

Save up 50% of design and implementation time 

1/3

Presentation 




1 

Industrial cranes 

Tested, Validated, Documented automation 

Architectures used in the most frequent 

industrial crane applications 

Standard cranes (< 10 t) 

2 

2 

3 

1 

3 

4 

4 Related functions 

1 Monitoring data storage 

2 Load overspeed control 

3 Limit switches management 

4 Overload control 

5 

Simple hoisting 

Compact / Hardwired or CANopen / Logic controller / Modicon M238 

6 

7 

Translation Trolleying 

Hoisting 

8 

9 

10 

For others applications, 

consult your Customer Care 

Centre 

Solution breakdown 

1 Switch disconnector TeSys Vario, See chapter 7 

2 Circuit breaker Compact NSX, See chapter 10 

3 Contactor TeSys D, See chapter 5 

4 Circuit breaker TeSys GV2p, See chapter 5 

5 Switch mode power supply Phaseo, See chapter 10 

6 Magnetic circuit breaker TeSys GV2L, See chapter 5 

7 Safety module (1) Preventa XPS, See chapter 7 

8 Logic controller Modicon M238, See chapter 3 

9 Variable speed drive Altivar 32, See chapter 6 

10 Pendant control station Harmony XAC, See chapter 8 

11 Photoelectric sensor, proximity sensor, limit switch, screw selector OsiSense, See chapter 9 

12 Enclosure Spacial 3D ACM & AP, See chapter 10 

(1) Optional/recommended 

1/4

Presentation 




1 

Standard cranes (> 10 t) or Special cranes 

1 

2 

3 

2 

4 

6 

3 

5 

Related functions 


2 Hoisting position synchronization 


4 Anti-crab 


6 Anti-sway (sensorless) 

4 

Optimized hoisting (< 60 I/Os) 

Compact / CANopen / Drive controller / Altivar IMC 

1 2 3 4 5 

10 

Performance hoisting (> 60 I/Os) 

Distributed / CANopen / Logic controller / Modicon M258 

1 2 3 4 5 

6 

11 

5 

16 

6 

7 

11 

12 

7 

8 

12 

15 

13 

14 

6 

8 8 9 

13 

20 

10 

17 

9 


Hoisting 

14 

Trolleying 

Translation 


Hoisting 

16 

18 

19 

7 

Hoisting 










9 Drive controller Altivar IMC, See chapter 3 

10 Remote connection Wi-Fi (2) 

11 Remote control device (2) 

12 Emergency stop Harmony XALK, See chapter 8 

13 Proximity sensor, photoelectric sensor, screw selector, limit switch, 

encoder OsiSense, See chapter 9 + Load cell (2) 

14 Signalling unit Harmony XVB, See chapter 8 



(2) Partner offers 












11 Remote connection Wi-Fi (2) 

12 Start stop / Buzzer-alarm enclosure Harmony XALD, See chapter 8 


14 Joystick Harmony XK, See chapter 8 

15 Display HMI Magelis XBTGT, See chapter 8 

16 Proximity sensor, photoelectric sensor, screw selector, limit switch, encoder 

OsiSense, See chapter 9 + Load cell (2) 


18 Modicon TM5 CANopen interface module, See chapter 3 

19 Modicon TM7 CANopen interface blocks, See chapter 3 


8 

9 

10 

1/5

Presentation 




1 

2 

Construction cranes 

Tested, Validated, Documented automation 

Architectures used in the most frequent 

construction crane applications 

Self erecting cranes (up to 2 t) 

2 

3 

3 

1 

2 

4 

4 



2 Smooth slewing control 


4 Wind speed control 

5 

Simple hoisting 

Compact / Hardwired or CANopen / Logic controller / Modicon M238 

6 

7 

Translation 

Trolleying 

8 

9 

10 

For others applications, 

consult your Customer Care 

Centre 

Hoisting 












11 Remote control device (2) 

12 Proximity sensor, photoelectric sensor, screw selector, limit switch, encoder OsiSense, 

See chapter 9+ Load cell (2) 



1/6 


(2) Partner offers

Presentation 




1 

1 

Tower cranes (> 2 t) or Special cranes 

2 

2 

3 

7 

3 

6 

5 

4 



2 Rope slack 

3 Advanced slewing control 

4 Wind speed control 


6 Speed Optimization 


4 

Optimized hoisting (< 60 I/Os) 

Compact / CANopen / Drive controller / Altivar IMC 

Performance hoisting (> 60 I/Os) 

Distributed / CANopen / Logic controller / Modicon M258 

5 

6 

7 

Translation Trolleying Hoisting 











10 Drive controller Altivar IMC, See chapter 3 




14 Display HMI Magelis STO/STU, See chapter 8 


OsiSense, See chapter 9+ Load cell (2) 



Translation Trolleying Hoisting 














13 Display HMI Magelis STO/STU, See chapter 8 


OsiSense, See chapter 9+ Load cell (2) 



8 

9 

10 


(2) Partner offers 

1/7

Presentation 



Improve the performance and safety of your hoisting 

equipment 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

How to improve the performance 

and safety of your hoisting 

equipment while reducing your 

costs? 

Complete safety offer to achieve the safety level required 

Improve reliability and maintenance by using our safety offers and 

prevention functions 

Hoisting is considered as a dangerous machine. As machine builder, since 2010 

you have to implement the new European Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC. 

As expert in automation, as well as safety, Schneider Electric defines solutions 

combining security and performance. In this way, the safety approach becomes an 

asset to the machine manufacturer. 

Comply with safety standards 

> > Simplify and optimize the implementation of the machine safety chain with the 

Preventa safety offers. We supply a complete and upgraded safety offer to 

realize a safety function: 

> > Acquire the information: enabling switches, emergency stop… 

> > Monitor and processing: safety relays, safety controllers… 

> > Stop the machine: contactors, rotary switch disconnectors, variable speed 

drives 

> > Increase protection with embedded safety functions in the Variable speed drive 

(Safe torque off (STO), Safe Stop 1 (SS1), Performance Level ( PLc to e), safety 

integrity level (SIL1, 2 or 3), etc. 

Early detection for enhanced safety and longer crane life through dedicated 

functions 

> > Over-loading with Overload control EN15011 

> > Over-travelling with Limit switch management 

> > Load-slipping with Load overspeed control 

> > Over-lapping with Speed optimization and rope slack control 

> > Prevent risks caused by violent winds with Wind speed control function 

Effectively manage risks 

> > Avoid dangerous load sway and reduce operator stress/ fatigue with anti-sway 

control 

Improve preventive maintenance 

> > Acquire and record warnings on all relevant and critical issues with the data 

storage monitoring function 

7 

The Application function blocks contribute to the prevention 

and risk reduction 

8 

9 

10 

With MachineStruxure TM architecture, increase safety and crane’s 

speed, all while reducing cost and complexity 

1/8

Presentation 




equipment 

Improve productivity by up to 25% with dedicated Application 

Function Blocks and drive technology 

1 

Combine your know-how with our innovative automation solutions and 

increase the productivity of your cranes and hoisting equipment! 

Load management 

> > Improve load positioning accuracy and efficiency by preventing load sway with 

the Anti-sway open loop function (sensorless) 

Speed optimization 

> > Reduce production time on hoisting operations through constant motor power 

with the Speed optimization and rope slack function 

Highly accurate alignment 

> > Maintain parallelism between bogies independently of load with a position 

accuracy of +/- 5 mm thanks to the Anti-crab function 

Fluid movement 

> > Ensure smooth and accurate movement on slewing cranes and position loads 

precisely on target with the Smooth slewing function 

Enhanced stability 

> > Save production time by synchronizing automatically the hoisting movement of 

trolleys with the Hoisting position synchronization function 

2 

3 

4 

The Application Function Blocks 

contribute to improve accuracy 

and speed of your cranes 

5 

Insure a perfect control of the load on the hoist 

Achieve perfect load control 

Using Altivar 71, a heavy duty drive designed for hoisting applications 

> > Up to 220% overtorque 

> > Flux vector control with or without sensor for asynchronous motors 

> > Speed or Torque control 

> > Brake control suited to travelling, hoisting and slewing movements 

6 

7 

8 

Benefit from the latest technological developments to enable 

the durable commercial success 

9 

With MachineStruxure TM and innovative function blocks 

save up to 25 % in productivity 

10 

1/9

Presentation 




equipment 

1 

2 

How to improve the performance 

and safety of your hoisting 

equipment while reducing your 

costs? 

Increase energy efficiency 

Energy efficiency is an increasing concern in the global strategy of your 

customers. By offering them machines that save energy you will have a 

definite advantage over your competition. 

As a global specialist in energy management, Schneider Electric has already 

developed a broad portfolio of proven solutions for improving energy efficiency. 

1 Measure 

Energy audit 

and measuring 

Energy optimization in four sustainability steps that are compliant with the 

ISO50001 standard. 

3 

4 

5 

Compliant with the ISO50001 standard 

Passive energy efficiency Active energy efficiency 

2 Fix the basics 3 Optimize 4 Monitor, 

maintain, 

improve 

Machine energy optimization in 4 sustainability steps that are 

compliant with the ISO50001 standard 

1 Measure energy use with expert auditing to identify potential savings on the 

machine 

2 Fix the basics: Reduce energy consumption by choosing the right motors, 

variable speed drives, and using a thermal solution for enclosures 

3 Optimize your machine’s power consumption with energy operation modes or 

application function blocks designed for energy-efficiency 

4 Monitor: Track relevant information with power meters and correlate energy 

consumption with machine production data using a machine energy dashboard 

6 

60% 

Regenerative solutions reduce energy requirements by up to 60% 

7 

8 

AFE 

4Q 

Altivar TM 

Active 

Front End 

AFE 

4Q 

PLC 

Humanmachine 

dialogue 

> > Variable speed drives with regenerative feedback cut the energy requirement 

considerably in hoisting applications where large loads have to be frequently 

decelerated 

> > When adding an Active Front End to a standard drive the arising energy (e.g. 

when lowering a load) is returned to the mains 

> > Harmonic mitigation to increase power quality: state-of-the-art components, a 

new control concept, as well as a topquality filter module all serve to reduce the 

total current distortion factor THD(i) 

Variable 

speed drive 

No. 1 

Variable 

speed drive 

No. 2 

Variable 

speed drive 

No. 3 

9 

Communication networks 

Electrical networks 

10 

MachineStruxure TM architecture and its regenerative solutions can reduce 

energy consumption by up to 60% 

1/10

Presentation 




How can you develop your 

business? 

Gain a competitive advantage in each stage of your machine 

MachineStruxure TM solutions offer more than just products and 

architectures, you also get complete service and support at every stage of 

the product life cycle. Our unparalleled hoisting and control experts will help 

you minimise your global machine costs, increase sales and profitability, 

and deliver total customer satisfaction. 

From design to commissioning to maintenance, we’re ready to help you wherever 

you are with our worldwide network of training, solution design centres, distribution, 

and after-sales services. 

1 

2 

3 

MachineStruxure TM 

keeps you one step ahead 

Design 

Build 

Your 

machine 

Operate 

4 

5 

Improve 

6 

7 

Connect with the experts 

8 

9 

www.schneider-electric.com/hoisting 

10 

Increase your efficiency and competitiveness 

1/11

Presentation 




1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

How can you develop your 

business? 

Design 

Build 

Operate 

Improve 

Service and support that are behind you all the way 

We find the best solution for your needs 

> > Based on your needs, our Solution Application Experts and Application Design 

Experts (SAE/ADE) work out innovative technical solutions including 

> > co-engineering 

> > tests 

> > validation 

We understand your pain points 

> > Consulting 

We execute the solution with a full service agreement 

> > Our solution design and delivery centers (Flex-Centres) are committed to quality 

and results and provide: 

> > Project and program management 

> > Software and hardware engineering 

> > Tests, validation, and commissioning 

We improve your team’s competencies 

> > In class training and on site training 

We ensure the delivery of your solution 

> > Availability of components through a large worldwide network of distributors 

> Collaboration, management, and delivery through local partners 

> > With Schneider Electric as your turnkey solution partner we include in our solutions: 

> > Project management and responsibility 

> > Engineered systems 

> > Third-party components management 

We provide on-site services and support 

> > Secondment of qualified personnel to deliver on-site engineering and technical 

services 

We improve your service team’s competencies 

> > Service and commissioning training 

We provide international sales and after-sales services for you and your 

customers 

> > Maintenance contracts 

Spares parts 

> > Repairs 

Normal and express deliveries 

> > Return of goods 

> > Service expertise: 

> > Error diagnosis and repair 

> > Environmental measurements ( EMC, field bus, thermography, power quality 

analyses, etc.) 

> > Customer International Support (CIS) as a single point of contact: 

> > A network of 190 dedicated local country experts 

> > A web-based collaborative platform for efficient communication 

We improve your customers’ competencies 

> > In-class customer training and on-site training 

> > Customer service and commissioning training 

Improve your machine ranges 

> > Consulting 

We improve your customer’s machines in their production line 

Audits 

> > Services Expertises: 

> > Consultancy 

> > Retrofitting 

> > Migration and upgrade 

> > Training 

1/12

Presentation 




Alliance Partners 

Building on our open 

automation platforms and 

strategies, we work with 

strategic partners who 

compliment our capabilities 

in order to provide you with 

solutions that fully meet 

your business objectives. 

Within this collaboration 

partnership that can deliver 

the most complete and 

effective solution for your 

applications. 

Your one-stop shop from simple control systems to global 

automation solutions 

From machine to plant, Schneider Electric provides a single, 

open and fully coherent system. 

PlantStruxure architecture is Schneider Electric’s comprehensive 

solution for industrial process control, whereas MachineStruxure TM 

architecture is dedicated to machine control. 

Because both architectures are based on open standards and designed to be 

fully compatible, your machines can easily be integrated into your customers’ 

factory processes. In addition, open standards allow your machines to evolve 

with your customers’ changing requirements. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

System Software 







5 

Remote IO 

6 

7 

MachineStruxure TM architecture, one of the mainstays of 

EcoStruxure architecture 

EcoStruxure TM system architecture enables 

the convergence of five key domains of our 

expertise: management of Power, 

Processes and Machines, the IT Room, 

Buildings, and Security. 

EcoStruxure TM architecture takes multiple, 

siloed systems and adapts them to an 

integrated solution, reducing redundancy in 

equipment, software, and personnel. 

Process & 

Machine 

Management 

Power 

Management 

White Space 

Management 

Building Comfort 

Management 

8 

9 

Security 

Management 

From machine to plant, Schneider Electric provides a single, fully coherent 

system 

10 

1/13

chapter 2 

SoMachine software 

& 

Application Function 

Blocks library 

All technical information about products listed in this 

catalogue are available on: www.schneider-electric.com

Contents 


Application Function Blocks library 

bb 


vv 

Presentation.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/2 

vv 

Characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/4 

1 

vv 

Reference.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/5 

bb 

Hoisting Application Function Blocks library 

2 

vv 

Improve reliability and maintenance 

Overload control 

Prevent risk conditions due to overloading................................................... 2/6 

Limit switches management 

Increase protection of crane equipment and reduce risks............................ 2/7 

3 

Load overspeed control 

Increase protection of crane equipment and reduce risks............................ 2/8 

Wind speed control 

Detect high wind events............................................................................... 2/9 

Monitoring data storage 

Preventive maintenance and monitoring data logging of . 

operating parameters................................................................................. 2/10 

Anti-crab 

Protect equipment and increase efficiency and crane service life............... 2/11 

vv 

Improve performance 

Speed optimization and rope slack 

Increase productivity, protect equipment and reduce risk........................... 2/12 

Anti-sway (sensorless) 

Improve load positioning accuracy and increase crane efficiency while 

reducing risk............................................................................................... 2/13 

Hoisting position synchronization 

Increase production and equipment protection while reducing risk............ 2/14 

Smooth slewing 

Improve load positioning accuracy and increase crane efficiency while 

reducing risk............................................................................................... 2/15 

Advanced Slewing 

Optimize cycle of operation of Tower cranes.............................................. 2/16 

4 

5 

6 

7 

Grab Control 

Improve efficiency of your grab while reducing stress on mechanics.......... 2/17 

b b Hoisting Application Template 

vv 

For industrial crane 

Build your own Parametric Crane controller without effort.............. 2/18 & 2/19 

8 

9 

10 

2/1

Presentation 



SoMachine software suite 

Simplify machine programming and commissioning 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

SoMachine software platform 

PC 

Controller 

Presentation 

SoMachine is the OEM solution software for developing, configuring and 

commissioning the entire machine in a single software environment, including logic, 

motion control, HMI and related network automation functions. 

SoMachine allows you to program and commission all the elements in 

Schneider Electric’s Flexible and Scalable Control platform, the comprehensive 

solution-oriented offer for OEMs, which helps you achieve the most optimized 

control solution for each machine’s requirements. 

Flexible and Scalable Control platforms include: 

Controllers: 

bbHMI controllers: XBT GC, XBT GT/GK CANopen 

bbLogic controllers: Modicon M238, Modicon M258 

bbMotion Controller Modicon LMC 058 

bbIntegrated Controller Card Altivar IMC 

bbModicon TM2, Modicon TM5 and Modicon TM7 offers 

HMI: 

bbHMI Magelis graphic panels: XBT GT, XBT GK 

SoMachine is a professional, efficient, and open software solution integrating 

Vijeo-Designer. 

It integrates also the configuring and commissioning tool for motion control devices. 

It features all IEC 61131-3 languages, integrated field bus configurators, expert 

diagnostics and debugging, as well as outstanding capabilities for maintenance and 

visualisation. 

SoMachine integrates tested, validated, documented and supported expert 

application libraries dedicated to applications in Packaging, Hoisting and Conveying. 

SoMachine provides you: 

bbOne software package 

bbOne project file 

bbOne cable connection 

bbOne download operation 

6 

7 

8 

9 

Software solution 

Sensors 

Variable speed drive 

HMI 

Visual graphic user interface 

Navigation within SoMachine is intuitive and highly visual. Presentation is optimized 

in such a way that selecting the development stage of the desired project makes the 

appropriate tools available. The user interface ensures nothing is overlooked and 

suggests the tasks to be performed throughout the project development cycle. The 

workspace has been streamlined, so that only that which is necessary and relevant 

to the current task is featured, without any superfluous information.. 

Learning centre 

From the home menu, the learning centre provides several tools to get started with 

SoMachine. An animated file explains briefly the SoMachine interface and concept. 

An e-learning allows to run a self-training about SoMachine. A third section gives 

access to several documented examples of simple coding with SoMachine. 

Projects management 

The implemented project management principle allows to browse quickly through 

the existing projects getting the relevant information without the need to open 

them before selection. 

The user can create a new project, starting from several means: using Tested 

Validated and Documented Architectures, using the provided examples, using an 

existing project or start with an empty project..There is quick access to the most 

recently-used projects. 

Project management 

10 

2/2

Presentation (continued) 





Configuration 

Commissioning 

Transparency 

Application Function Blocks 

Project properties 

For each project, the user has the option to define additional information, through 

simple forms. It’s also possible to attach documents, a customer picture and 

a configuration picture. 

Configuration 

From the graphic user interface, the user can easily build his architecture and 

configure the devices of the architecture. 

Description of the architecture 

A graphic editor can be used to assemble the various elements easily by a simple 

drag & drop. A devices catalogue is displayed on the left of the screen. It is split into 

several sections: controllers, HMI, Miscellaneous and search. 

Configuration of the device 

Directly from the topologic view of the user interface, a simple click drives the user to 

the configuration screen of the selected device. 

Programming and debug 

Programming is an essential step, and the user has to carefully design it to be as 

efficient as possible. Advanced control and HMI functions cover all the needs of an 

OEM engineer in terms of creating the control and visualisation system. 

Powerful tools allow debug and functional tests such as simulation, step by step 

execution, break points and trace. 

Commissioning 

For an easy and fast diagnostic, the menu commissioning allows the user to check 

the online state of his architecture.Through the topologic view of the configuration, 

the devices display if you are logged in or not, as well as if they are in run or stop 

mode. 

Documentation 

Because a printed file of the project is an important element, it is possible to build 

and customize the project report: 

-- 

select the items to be included in the report 

-- 

organize the sections 

-- 

define the page layout 

-- 

and then launch the printing 

Transparency 

SoMachine supports Device Type manager (DTM) because it is a field device tool 

(FDT) container. 

With DTM’s representing field device in SoMachine, direct communications are 

possible to every single device via SoMachine, the controller and the field bus 

CANopen, thus avoiding the individual cable connections to each device for 

configuration. 

From the SoMachine unique environment, the remote devices can be set-up off-line 

and tuned on-line. 

Dedicated OEM application libraries (AFB libraries) 

SoMachine can be extended through its solution extension DVD. It integrates tested, 

validated, documented and supported expert application libraries dedicated to many 

OEM applications. Their simple configuration speeds up design, commissioning, 

installation and troubleshooting. 

These libraries cover the following applications: 

bbPackaging 

bbHoisting 

bbConveying 

Tested Validated Documented Architectures (TVDA) 

SoMachine provides a variety of preset projects with ready-to-use architectures you 

can adapt to individual requirements. Some of them are generic TVDA, they are 

based on controllers configuration. The solution extension DVD brings specific 

application solutions oriented TVDA’s to SoMachine. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

2/3

Characteristics 





1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

SoMachine characteristics 

Overview 

IEC 61131-3 

programming languages 

Controller programming services 

HMI-based services 

Motion services 

Global services 

Integrated fieldbus configurators 

Expert and solutions libraries 

bb 

IL (Instruction List) 

bb 

LD (Ladder Diagram) 

bb 

SFC (Sequential Function Chart) 

bb 

ST (Structured Text) 

bb 

FBD (Function Block Diagram) 

bb 

CFC (Continous Function Chart) 

bb 

Multi-tasking: Mast, Fast, Event 

bb 

Functions (Func) and Function Blocks (FBs) 

bb 

Data Unit Type (DUTs) 

bb 

On-line changes 

bb 

Watch windows 

bb 

Graphical monitoring of variables (trace) 

bb 

Breakpoints, step-by-step execution 

bb 

Simulation 

bb 

Visualization for application and machine set-up 

bb 

Graphics libraries containing more than 4000 2D and 3D objects. 

bb 

Simple drawing objects (points, line, rectangles, ellipses, etc …) 

bb 

Preconfigured objects (button, switch, bar graph, etc …) 

bb 

Recipes (32 groups of 256 recipes with max. 1024 ingredients) 

bb 

Action tables 

bb 

Alarms 

bb 

Printing 

bb 

Java scripts 

bb 

Multimedia file support: wav, png, jpg, emf, bmp 

bb 

Variable trending 

bb 

Embeded devices configuration and commissioning 

bb 

CAM profile editor 

bb 

Sample application trace 

bb 

Motion and drive function blocks libraries for inverters, servos and steppers 

bb 

Visualization screens . 

bb 

User access and profile 

bb 

Project documentation printing 

bb 

Project comparison (control) 

bb 

Variable sharing based on publish/subscribe mechanism 

bb 

Library version management 

bb 

Control network: 

vv 

Modbus Serial Line 

vv 

Modbus TCP 

bb 

Field bus: 

vv 

CANopen 

vv 

CANmotion 

vv 

AS-interface 

bb 

Connectivity: 

vv 

Profibus-DP 

vv 

Ethernet UDP 

bb 

PLCopen function blocks for Motion control 

vv 

Exemple: MC_MoveAbsolute, MC_CamIn, ServoDrive, ... 

bb 

Packaging function blocks 

vv 

Example: Analog film tension control, rotary knife, lateral film position control, ... 

bb 

Conveying function blocks 

vv 

Exemple: tracking, turntable, conveyor , ... 

bb 

Hoisting function blocks 

vv 

Exemple: anti-sway, anti-crab, hoisting position synchronization, ... 

9 

10 

2/4

References 





Product offer 

SoMachine software is delivered on a DVD, it is a product oriented version that includes all SoMachine features 

related to generic hardware (M238, M258, LMC058, XBT GC, Altivar IMC), as well as generic Tested and 

Validated Documented Architecture (TVDA) 

The solution features are added to SoMachine by installing its solution extension DVD. 

It includes all SoMachine solutions hardware, plus all the dedicated application libraries and Tested and Validated 

Documented Architecture (TVDA). 

References 

bbSoMachine is available in 6 languages: 

vvEnglish 

vvFrench 

vvGerman 

vvItalian 

vvSpanish 

vvSimplified Chinese.. 

bbSystem Requirements: 

vvProcessor: Pentium 3 - 1.2 GHz or higher 

vvRAM Memory: 2 GByte; recommended: 3 GByte 

vvHard Disk: 3.5 GB, recommended: 4 GB 

vvOS: Windows XP Professional, Windows 7 32 bits 

vvDrive: DVD reader 

vvDisplay: 1024 × 786 pixel resolution or higher 

vvPeripherals: a Mouse or compatible pointing device 

vvPeripherals: USB interface 

vvWeb Access: Web registration requires Internet access 

bbThe documentation is supplied in electronic format: complete on-line help plus pdf version. 

SoMachine software for generic controllers 

Supported controllers TVDA Nb. 

of licence 

Reference 

Weight 

kg 

bb 

Logic controllers Modicon Optimized HW XBT GC, 

Trial . MSD CHNSFNV30 – 

M238 & M258 

Optimized HW M238, 

(30 days) 

bb 

Motion controller Modicon Optimized CANopen M238, 

1 . MSD CHNLMUA – 

LMC058 

Optimized AS-Interface M238, 

(Single) 

bb 

HMI controllers : XBT GC and Optimized CANopen XBT GC/GT/GK, 

XBT GT/GK with control function Performance HW M258, 

10 . MSD CHNLMTA – 

bb 

Drive controller: integrated Performance CANopen M258, 

(Team) 

controller card Altivar IMC Performance CANmotion LMC058 

SoMachine solution extension for Solution controllers (1) 

Supported 

controllers 

Added TVDA 

Added 

libraries 

bb 

Logic controllers: Modicon 

M238 type S & M258 type S 

bb 

Motion controller LMC058 

type S 

bb 

HMI controllers: XBT GC with 

CANopen module type S and 

XBT GT/GK with control function 

type S 

bb 

Drive controller: ATV IMC 

integrated controller card type S 

solutions 

Optimized CANopen Altivar IMC, 

Performance CANmotion LMC058, 

Hoisting Optimized CANopen M238, 

Conveying Performance CANmotion 

LMC058 

Hoisting 

Conveying 

Packaging 

Nb. Reference 

of licence 

Weight 

kg 

1 (Single) MSD CHLLMUV30S0 – 

10 (Team) MSD CHLLMTV30S0 – 

SoMachine software compatibility and hardware control platforms 

Product type 

Version 

Logic controller Modicon M238 ≥ V1.0 

HMI controller XBT GC 

Logic controller Modicon M238S ≥ V2.0 

Logic controller Modicon M258 

Logic controller Modicon M258S 

Motion controller Modicon LMC058 

Motion controller Modicon LMC058S 

HMI controller XBT GT/GK with control function type S, XBT GC with CANopen module type S 

Altivar IMC integrated controller card type S solutions 

TM5 CANopen Interface ≥ V3.0 

TM7 CANopen Interface block 

Altivar IMC integrated controller card (with patch) 

(1) For this offer, please contact Schneider electric. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

2/5

Presentation 



Improving reliability and maintenance 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

Overload control 

> > Construction cranes > > Industrial cranes 

Typical applications 

> > Self-erecting cranes 

> > Tower cranes 


> > Overhead travelling 

cranes 

> > Gantry cranes 

Prevent risk conditions due to overloading 

The overload function prevents mechanical overload for machine safety and 

durability. Taking into account the weight of the load through the hoisting drive’s 

current level, this function is able to stop the ascending movement in the event of an 

overload and lowers it until the load reaches the floor. 

Benefits 

Reduce risks 

> > Prevent the load from falling and/or the crane from toppling over. 

Increase equipments protection 

> > Prevents damage to the gearbox and motor. 

Save production time 

> > Event reset is automatically generated by torque measurement or by calculation 

of travel distance. 

Easy to install and adjust 

> > No additional sensors or external devices are needed. 

Operating principle 

The overload function is based on two sub-functions: the first detects the overload 

and the second resets the alarm. 

> > Each time an upward movement is started, the overload supervision function 

block determines the maximum load limit that corresponds to an equivalent 

torque level in the hoist drive. 

> > When an overload is detected, the reset function is triggered according to the 

selected reset mode using torque measurement or by calculated travel distance. 


Up movement is disabled until the condition is reset 

> > Error detection using torque measurement takes into account an adjustable filter 

time 

> > No sensors or external devices are needed 

> > The reset function is automatically triggered by selecting from one of two reset 

modes: 

> > Torque measurement . 

or 

> > Distance travel using an Encoder or Estimating the distance traveled. 

7 

Hz 

Hz 

Hz 

Fn 

Fn 

Overload alarm 

8 

Ref 

Ref 

0 

t 0 

Allow Movement 

t 0 

t 

9 

M/Mn M/Mn M/Mn 

1 

1,1 

1 

1 

10 

0,45 

0,1 

HT 

0 

t 0 

t 0 

t 

t Acc x Ref Acc 

t 

Acc 

1 s 

Fn 

No Alarm Alarm Reset by torque measurement 

2/6

Presentation 




Limit switches management 




cranes 


Increase protection of crane equipment and reduce risks 

This function manages the motion of the bridge or trolley of an industrial crane along 

an axis with a cross stick limit switch using two points of detection on each side. It 

defines the stop and slow point by setting up the distance parameter. You can also 

use it as an anti-collision function by using a photoelectric sensor instead of limit 

switch. 

Benefits 

Reduce risks 

Limit the working zone 

> > Prevent breakdown or load dropping. 

Increase equipment protection 

> > Prevent damage to crane equipment. 

Easy to install 

> > Save commissioning time. 

Diagnostic display 

> > The limit switch status can be displayed on the HMI. 


> > This function manages the motion movement along an axis with low speed and 

stop sensors. 

Positioning can be performed in one or both directions. 

> > The sensors can be disabled so the object can pass the stop sensor and 

proceed further, if required. 

> > When the moving object is stopped on the stop sensor of one direction, it can be 

moved in the opposite direction. 

The positioning can be performed based on distance. 

> > For testing purposes, the stop position can be disabled within software so the 

object can pass by the slow sensor and the crane will be stopped by the buffer. 


The limit switch function is based on a cross stick limit switch and smart relay or drive 

controller. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

2/7

Presentation 




1 

2 

3 

4 

Load overspeed control 


Typical application 





cranes 


Increase protection of crane equipment and reduce risks 

Internal faults can generate load slipping which can lead to an increase in load speed 

too and associated risk. Load overspeed control is based on a sensor and a 

controller. When the nominal speed is exceeded, the controller must trigger an 

emergency stop and the function sends an alarm to control the situation. 

Benefits 

Reduce risks 

> > Prevent the load from falling. 


> > Prevent damage to the gear box and motor. 

Optimized and compact installation 

> > A dedicated device is not required;. 

the same controller can be used for several functions. 

Complete diagnostic 

> > The most recent overspeed events, with time and date, are recorded as part of 

the preventive maintenance and monitoring. 


The objective is to control the nominal speed of the load. The controller must initiate 

an emergency stop when the speed value is over 110% of threshold speed selected 

in each movement direction. 

5 

6 


> > The motor speed signal comes from a proximity sensor. It detects the metal cam 

wheel linked to the drum of the hoisting rotation axis 

> > An encoder can be used instead of a proximity sensor; it should be installed in 

the drum of the hoisting rotation axis 

> > Time and date of the most recent events are recorded for maintenance 

diagnostic. 

7 

8 

9 

10 

2/8

Presentation 




Wind speed control 





Detect high wind events 

The wind speed control function constitutes a preventive measure against risk 

associated with strong winds. It is based on an anemometer and a controller that 

detects and sends an output signal to inform operators that maximum wind speed 

has been exceeded to continue operations. 

Benefits 

Reduce risks 

> > Prevents the crane from toppling over. 

Reliable control system 

> > Detection of lock or failure of the anemometer 

> > Crane control is restricted to prevent the risk of unauthorised operation. 

Flexible and customized 

> > Adjustable filter time to prevent gusts of very short duration from triggering false 

alarms 

Warning and alarm setpoints configurable according to local regulations 

> > Anemometer with analogue output or pulsed output is allowed. 

Optimized and compact installation 

> > A dedicated monitoring device is not required; the same controller can be used 

for several functions. 

Complete diagnostic 

> > The most recent excessive wind speed events, with time and date, are recorded 

as part of the preventive maintenance and monitoring. 


The anemometer detects the speed of the wind by generating an analogue or pulsed 

output and the controller sends a pre-alarm by activating a flashing light (orange) 

and intermittent audible signals when wind speed is higher than 50 km/h. . 

At the same time the function sends a maximum wind overspeed warning (72 km/h in 

standard cranes, configurable according to local regulations) with a steady light (red) 

and continuous audible signal indicating to the operator that crane could be parked 

on a free slewing jib. The system registers and resets this alarm when the crane is 

out of service or after a preset time configurable by user. 


The wind speed control function is based on an anemometer and a controller. Two 

beacons, an orange and a red light with an audible signal, are needed. At the same 

time the operator can view the wind speed information on a display, including the 

dates and times of the most recent speed events, on a display. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

2/9

Presentation 




1 

2 

3 

Monitoring data storage 

Preventive maintenance and monitoring data logging of operating 

parameters 

The monitoring data storage function is based on a controller device for acquiring, 

recording and providing warnings on relevant and critical issues for preventive 

maintenance purposes. It provides information on the Working Safety Period (WSP) 

of the gear box, improper crane operations and important occurances such as 

overload and overspeed. 

Benefits 

Optimization of safety equipment service life 

> > Maximum use of critical equipment such as the gearbox via automatic 

calculation of the Working Safety Period (WSP). 

Prevent problems from becoming maintenance issues 

> > Reliable and up-to-date crane diagnostics through historical data maintenance. 

Save maintenance time 

> > By determining the origin of the problem before solving it. 

4 

5 








cranes 



Maintenance data storage: 

For acquiring, warning and recording the most relevant maintenance data. The goal 

is to provide efficient maintenance information coordinated with the crane’s 

operations. This function calculates the Working Safety Period by counting the 

working hours and taking into account the load weight which was hoisted during 

these working hours. 

Event warning and recording: 

Notification and recording of critical events such as overload, overspeed, load 

slipping and encoder faults to enable the complete diagnostic of the crane. 

Improper crane operations data register: this detects operations such as pulsating or 

backtracking that can impact the service life of the equipment and increase 

maintenance service time. 

6 

7 


All movements are controlled: 

While the main movement controlled is hoisting, these function blocks can control all 

movements simultaneously. 

Maintenance data storing: 

Working hours and number of operations by movement 

> > Working hours at 300 and 600 operations per hour 

> > Working Safety Period (WSP) by using load cell or drive estimation. 

Event warning and recording: 

Overload and overspeed recording: last 20 events, including, date and duration 

> > Load slipping (accumulated events) 

Encoder fault (accumulated events) 

> > Configurable alarm for all these events. 

Improper crane operations data register: 

> > Pulsating and backtracking register for all movements selected. 

8 

9 

10 

2/10

Presentation 




Anti-crab 




cranes 


Protect equipment and increase efficiency and crane service life 

The anti-crab function is an automatic realignment system which help prevent crane 

skew and crab drift related to cranes with long spans. It maintains the path and the 

track parallel between the two bogies independent of load position or initial crane 

assembly. 

Benefits 

Increase efficiency and crane service life 

> > Reduce wear and tear on rollers 

Reduce mechanical vibrations 

> > Prevent ample on plates and damaged welding. 

A complete solution 

> > Keep crane axis path in the same direction as the track axis path (anti-skew) 

> > Prevent the crane from moving away from its track (anti-drift). 

Consideration of internal and external factors 

Absence of undercarriage motor synchronization on start/stop operations 

> > Incorrect initial position of wheel mounting 

> > Bridge motion with no centred load 

> > Transversal load sway. 


> > Use of only two proximity analogue sensors in one of the bogies and controller 

card integrated in the drive 

> > Encoders or others more sophisticated sensors are not needed. 


> > Anti-skew: when the crane is perfectly aligned with the track, both sensors have 

a similar output value because they are at the same distance. When the crane 

starts moving, its crosses the track and detects output with different values. With 

these new values and movement direction, the system determines which drive 

must be reduced in speed. The speed is reduced until both sensors have the 

same value, then the system recognises the crane path is now parallel to the 

track. 

> > Anti-drift: some drift incidences can arise such as badly adjusted sensor due to a 

posterior crash, or if a screw grows weak or due to wheel slippage. Also the 

cause can be some wheel slipping. In these cases, the crane may shift laterally, 

thus increasing both detector values. When this happens the system generates a 

skew to move crane to right position, correcting it after to be realigned. 


> > A bidirectional regulation master-slave provides choice and changes which drive 

must reduce speed of translation motor to maintain the parallelism of the 

undercarriages on the track rails during bridge translation movement, thus 

preventing crossover of the crane 

> > An intensity control on acceleration and deceleration ramp is performed to 

reduce the sway of the suspended load: this function is based on drive controller 

or logic controller: ATV 71 + Integrated Machine Control (Altivar IMC) used on the 

hoisting movement or M238 logic controller managing the complete crane. It 

communicates with both Altivar drives using on translation bridge via CANopen 

field bus. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

2/11

Presentation 



Improving performance 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

Speed Optimization and rope 

slack 




Increase productivity, protect equipment and reduce risk 

The speed Optimization function reduces the work cycle time on the hoisting 

movement. It allows operation at constant power in order to reach a higher speed. 

The rope slack function is used to prevent high speeds on the hoisting motor when 

the rope is slack. At the same time, it prevents overlapping of the rope on the motor 

drum when the handling tool has been set down and the rope is too slack to be 

unrolled properly. 

Benefits 


> > Reduce working cycle time for hoisting movements according to the weight of the 

load. 

Reduce risks 

> > Avoid startup or shutdown at high speed when the rope is slack. 


> > Protect the equipment by preventing overlapping of rope on the hoisting motor 

drum. 




Speed Optimization 

The maximum permissible speed is calculated by the drive during a speed step that 

is set. 

The drive can measure the weight of the load by torque measurement and define the 

new speed reference. Following the measurement, the drive enters Speed 

Optimization mode. During the Speed Optimization, the drive monitors the torque 

cyclically. If the torque value exceeds a certain set value in percentage, the drive 

returns to a nominal predefined speed value. 

Rope Slack 

If the torque falls below a certain set value (less weight than handle tool) the rope 

slackens. In this case, the drive changes to measure speed of both up and down 

movement. It allows unrolling the rope for maintenance reasons. At the same time, it 

helps to prevent against rope rolling at high speed when it is still slack and helps 

prevent shocks to the load that can lead to unsafe conditions. 


The Speed Optimization and Rope Slack function is based on the flexible control 

ATVIMC or M238 with ATV71 drive and/or an ATV312 by CANopen field bus. No 

extra sensors or external devices are needed. 

7 

Torque 

8 

Transient overtorque 

Cn 

Nominal torque 

9 

Constant torque 

C = k U/F 

10 

Constant power 

C = k FrS/F 

Frequency 

HSP FRS FrS HSP 

Normal frequency 

Maximum frequency 

2/12

Presentation 




Anti-sway (sensorless) 




cranes 


Improve load positioning accuracy and increase crane efficiency 

while reducing risk 

The anti-sway function prevents load sway on the crane due to acceleration and 

deceleration of the trolley and the bridge. Through the operator assistance function 

and the predefined parameter, dynamic correction is automatically carried out with 

readjustment. 

Benefits 


> > Reduce working cycle time and increase positioning precision by preventing load 

sway. 

Increase crane service life 

> > Reduce mechanical shocks and stress on the crane mechanism and structures 

due to over-correction and pulsating during positioning. 

Reduce risks 

> > Avoid an excessive and dangerous load swaying 

> > Reduce operator stress and fatigue as a source of error. 




The main object is to control the load sway without additional sensors (use of 

encoder only when higher accuracy is needed). This function works simultaneously 

on 2 axis (including trolley, bridge of crane and hoisting for position feedback). 

It uses the same electrical operator interface without modification to wiring and takes 

control to manage the entire system via an CANopen field bus. 


> > Estimator:. 

Load sway estimation based on an adaptive model using drive speed, internal 

signals and cable length 

> > Controller:. 

Adaptive continuous controller providing anti-sway correction to the operator 

command 

> > Working area control:. 

Deactivation of anti-sway function when leaving working area. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

2/13

Presentation 




1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

Hoisting position 

synchronization 




cranes 


Increase production and equipment protection while reducing risk 

The goal of the hoisting position synchronization function is to provide the same 

positioning of the two handling tools that are hoisting the load simultaneously. This 

hoisting synchronization is managed by the master-slave function that keeps an 

initial master slave position difference at a constant value. 

The master-drive is used as the reference and the coordinated action is sent to the 

slave drive over the CANopen field bus. 

Benefits 


> > Reduce working cycle time by automatically synchronizing the hoisting 

movement of trolleys. 

Reduce risks 

Prevent breakdown or the load from falling 

> > Avoid excessive and dangerous load unbalancing. 


> > No additional devices are needed. 


There are three operating modes: 

Independent operation 

> > Synchronous operation 

> > Slave stand alone operation 

When in synchronous operation mode, the application will run the position 

synchronization function. 

The slave handling tool will follow the master hoist in electronic gearing mode 

keeping an initial master-slave position difference at a constant value (this can be 

zero). 

Synchronization is triggered by activation of the synchronization command. 

Synchronization of lifts is managed by the controller inside card. The master drive 

uses a frequency reference. This coordinated action is sent as a reference to the 

slave drive over the CANopen field bus. 


> > The Hoisting position synchronization is based on the flexible control Drive 

controller or Logic controller 

> > Using a Drive controller you can display all information required by using either 

an integrated Keypad display of ATV71 drive or with a Magelis XBT connected to 

the with ATV71 over a Modbus link 

> > Using a logic controller you can display all information required by using a 

Magelis XBT connected on the logic controller. 

8 

9 

10 

2/14

Presentation 




Smooth slewing control 




Motor Speed (Hz) 

HSP 

Speed 3 

Speed 2 

Speed 1 

Speed based method 

Improve load positioning accuracy and increase crane efficiency 

while reducing risk 

This function provides smooth and accurate movements on crane slewing to position 

the load precisely on the target. This function avoids jerking due to overtorque and 

inertia throughout the slewing movement. 

Benefits 


> > Reduce working cycle time and increase positioning precision by avoiding load 

sway. 


> > Reduce mechanical shocks and stress on the crane mechanism and structures 

thanks to torque adaptation on slewing movement. 

Reduce risks 

> > Prevent excessive and dangerous load swaying 

> > Reduce operator stress and fatigue that could lead to errors 




On starting a slewing movement of the jib, it is necessary to overcome the inertia of 

the jib. There is always a chance of an overtorque (during start) or over-speed 

(during stop). To prevent this overtorque or over-speed, it is necessary to control the 

acceleration and deceleration ramps. 

The function influences the acceleration and deceleration of a slewing drive using 

two methods: 

> > Frequency based method: the acceleration and deceleration time is adjusted 

based on the varying frequency level during the acceleration and deceleration 

> > Torque based method: the acceleration and deceleration time based is adjusted 

on the varying torque level during the acceleration and deceleration. 


Smooth slewing is based on controller inside integrated on ATV71 drive. 

> > Acceleration: during acceleration, the acceleration parameter is selected from 

three pre-defined acceleration values (ACC1, ACC2 & ACC3) as the actual 

frequency reaches threshold frequency1, frequency2 and frequency3 

respectively for frequency based method or as the actual torque reaches the 

thresholds torque1, torque2 and torque3 respectively for torque based method. 

> > Deceleration: during deceleration, the deceleration parameter is selected from 

three pre-defined deceleration values (DEC1, DEC2 & DEC3), as the actual 

frequency reaches threshold frequency4, frequency5 and frequency6 

respectively for frequency based method or as the actual torque reaches the 

thresholds torque4, torque5 and torque6 respectively for torque based method. 

Motor Torque (%) 

Max Torque 

Torque 3 

Torque 2 

Torque 1 

Torque based method 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

LSP 

ACC1 

ACC2 

ACC3 

ACC4 

Time (s) 

0 

ACC1 

ACC2 

ACC3 

ACC4 

Time (s) 

Max Speed (Hz) 

HSP 

Deceleration 

Motor Torque (%) 

Max Torque 

Deceleration 

9 

Frequency4 

Torque 4 

Frequency5 

Torque 5 

Frequency6 

Torque 6 

10 

LSP 

DEC1 

DEC2 

DEC3 

DEC4 

Time (s) 

0 

DEC1 

DEC2 

DEC3 

DEC4 

Time (s) 

2/15

Presentation 




1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

Advanced slewing control 



> > Tower Cranes with 

Jib > 40 m 

Optimize cycle of operation of Tower cranes 

This innovative function controls the rotation of the crane taking into account the 

flexibility of the mechanical structure. 

This function generates outstanding smooth and accurate movements on crane 

slewing leading to precise positioning on target. 

Benefits 


> > Reduce working cycle time and increase precision 

> > Very efficient on big cranes where other algorithm are failing due to huge 

flexibility of crane structure.. 


> > Reduce mechanical shocks and stress on the crane mechanism an structure. 

Reduce risk 

> > Reduce operator stress and fatigue 

> > Reduce oscillation of the jib 


> > Simple settings, at the commissioning the controller performs self tuning 

sequence 

> > No additional sensor. 


> > During commissioning analysis of the natural frequency on the crane is 

performed, in order to get the automatic setting of the correction 

> > This function block generates optimum speed profile for the Slewing motor on 

the fly 

> > At any time a dynamic correction is performed, leading to the optimized rotation 

control with the maximum of speed and accuracy. 


This control has been specially designed mainly for big cranes (Tall Tower and Long 

jib). 

This control is available with Drive series ATV 312, ATV 32, ATV 71. 

This function is compatible with all others functions developed for Construction cranes 

(Speed Optimization, Wind control, Overload control, etc ) 

7 

Controller 

8 

Estimator 

9 

10 

2/16

Close 

Presentation 




Grab control 



> > Industrial cranes. 

Improve efficiency of your grab while reducing stress on 

mechanics 

This ready to use dedicated function block realizes the grab function controlling the 2 

drives of the hoisting system (Hold and Close). 

The best regulation mode is automatically applied according to requested Operation: 

Closing, hoisting with synchronization, opening/closing the grab, etc 

Benefits 


> > Efficient closing operation on material with less fatigue for the operator 

(operation control with a single joystick). 

Increase crane life 

> > Reduce mechanical shocks and stress on the crane mechanism and structure 

(by virtual limit switches) 

> > Less wearing of cable and gearbox due to optimized control. 

Save design time 

Ready & Easy to use full Grab function dealing with the complexity of your crane 

> > Only some parameters to set. 

Reduce your cost 

> > Drive I/Os are used as remote I/Os of the controller 

> > Optimize sizing of motors and drives due to torque sharing during lifting 

> > Short commissioning time. 


The main objective is to control all working modes of the Grab function. 

The Controller gets all information needed to achieve the control either through I/Os 

connected to the drives either through onboard I/Os. 

The controller is applying automatically at any time the relevant control to the drives. 

No rope slack during closing on material due to torque monitoring. 

> > Speed Control + Synchronization of up and down movement during empty or 

closing and opening in the air. 

> > Speed Control + torque balance when lifting with a load. 


This Function block is designed to control Altivar 71 drives serie. 

No extra encoder needed, The controller can get access to Encoder feedback 

information connected to the drive. 

> > For a more accurate control a load cell or a strain gauge can be used for closing 

on material and slack detection 

This function block can be used on controller type S of MachineStruxure TM 

> > HMI function can be handle by Drive Keypad or Magelis Touch screen panel. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

Close Hold 

8 

Set point Hold Speed Set point 

Set point Close 

Position Hold 

Position Close 

Grab 

Control 

Torque Hold 

Torque close 

Grab 

Control 

FW 

RV 

Speed Set point 

Torque control 

Torque control 

FW 

RV 

Drive 

hold 

Hold 

9 

Drive 

close 

M DI 

M DI 

10 

2/17

Presentation 



Application Template for industrial crane 

1 

Application Template for 

industrial crane 

Build your own Parametric Crane controller without effort 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 




With the Application template, save up to 90% in programming! 

If the Application Function Blocks help speed up tasks, an Application 

Template helps control the whole application. 

An Application Template is a predefined program structure dedicated to a 

machine type (e.g standard industrial crane). It’s a package of basic 

functionalities (diagnostics, error handling, operating mode...) and Application 

Function Blocks which can be used as an example (Anti-sway...). 

They can be easily adapted to your own machine by performing the 

appropriate configuration. 

Your benefit: 

> > No control expertise is required 

> > Easy to configure and commissioning the machine (directly on graphic 

display, without PC) 

This application template dedicated to Industrial cranes includes all functions 

needed to handle a standard industrial crane. 

Without any modification this template will already match to most of applications. 

Starting from this program documented you will be able to customize easily this 

ready to use example to your crane if needed. 

Benefits 

Enjoy the benefit of all embedded functions 

Trolley, Translation & Hoisting Control 

> > Limit switches management 

Overload detection 

> > Data monitoring storage 

> > Speed Optimization 

> > Anti-sway 

Simple to install 

> > Solution based on Drive controller / Altivar IMC (option board of Altivar 71) 

Easy to program 

No Programming for most of the cases 

> > Simple to customize to match 100% your need 

Easy to use 

> > All necessary parameters are available on Altivar 71 keypad 

8 

9 

10 

2/18

Presentation 



Application Template for industrial crane 

(continued) 

Build your own Parametric Crane controller without effort (continued) 


The main objective is to control a full crane, with key application functions in an 

optimized way. 

Standard I/Os as Forward, Reverse and End Limit switches, Speed setpoint are 

wired directly to drives terminal. 

All these I/Os are seen as remote I/Os through CANopen by the controller. 

As a back-up, it is possible to use the crane without Controller & Field bus 

Additional I/Os as Low limit switches, selection mode, alarms are connected to the 

controller. 

All setting are done through Altivar 71 keypad. 

Programming tool needed only for customization. 


Functions for trolley & Translation 

Limit switch, Speed Select 

> > Anti-sway OpenLoop 

> > Monitoring Data Storage 

> > Drive control: Altivar 71, Altivar 32 and Altivar 312. 

Functions for Hoisting 

Limit switch, Speed Select 

Monitoring Data Storage for Hoisting 

> > Speed Optimization & Rope slack 

Overload EN15011 

> > Drive control: Altivar IMC (Altivar 71). 

Programming 

> > SoMachine software. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

Trolley Crane 

7 

Hoist 

8 

Crane 

Card 

9 

10 

2/19

chapter 3 

Controllers 



Contents 

Controllers 

bb 

Controllers Selection guide 

vv 

Controllers for hoisting solutions with Application Function Blocks.. . . 3/2 

bb 

Drive controller: Altivar IMC drive controller card type S 

solutions with pre-defined AFB, for Altivar 71 variable speed drive 

vv 

Presentation.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/4 

vv 

Configuration, description.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/5 

vv 

References.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/8 

bb 

Modicon M238 logic controller, compact base for solutions 

with pre-defined AFB 

vv 

Selection guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/10 

vv 

Presentation.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/12 

vv 

Description.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/14 

vv 

References.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/15 

bb 

Modicon M258 logic controller, compact base for solutions 

with pre-defined AFB 

vv 

Selection guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/16 

vv 

Presentation.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/18 

vv 

Description.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/25 

vv 

References.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/26 

bb 

Controllers I/O expansion modules Selection guide 

vv 

Local and remote I/O expansion modules.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/28 

vv 

Distributed I/O expansion modules.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/30 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

3/1

Selection guide 

Controllers 

ATV IMC drive controller card type S, 

Modicon M238 and Modicon M258 logic 

controllers type S 

For Hoisting solutions with AFB 

1 

Recommanded 

applications 

Construction 

crane 

Industrial 

crane 

Self erecting crane 

Tower crane 

Tower crane (> 60 I/Os) 

Standard crane (< 10 t) 

Standard crane (> 10 t) 

Special crane 

2 

Special crane (> 60 I/Os) 

3 

4 

Configuration software 

Power supply 


24 V c 

Embedded inputs (depending on model) 

vv 

10 digital inputs including 4 available for 2 HSC inputs or 2 incremental encoders 

vv 

2 analog inputs 

5 

6 

Embedded outputs (depending on model) 

vv 

6 transistor outputs 

vv 

2 analog outputs 

I/O expansion With expansion card VW3A320p (1): 

vv 

Digital 

vv 

analog 

vv 

relay 

vv 

frequency control and probe I/O (1) 

Integrated functions 

vv 

HSC 

vv 

Analog 

vv 

Position control 

7 

8 

Communication Embedded vv 

CANopen Master 

vv 

Ethernet TCP 

vv 

FTP server 

vv 

Web server 

vv 

Modbus slave 

Optional 

vv 

ModbusPlus 

vv 

Uni-Telway 

vv 

InterBus-S 

vv 

Profibus DP 

vv 

DeviceNet 

vv 

Fipio 

vv 

EtherNet IP 

vv 

CC-Link 

User memory RAM 2 MB 

9 

Dedicated controller type 

Flash 

2 MB 

ATV IMC integrated controller card type S solutions 

Control by integration of automation functions on Altivar 71 variable speed 

drives 

10 

Page 3/9 

(1) Consult our web site www.schneider-electric.com 

3/2

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1 

2 

3 


24 V c and 100/240 V a 24 V c 


4 

vv 

14 digital inputs, 8 of which can be configured as fast inputs 

vv 

4 transistor outputs + 6 relay outputs or 10 transistor outputs, 4 of which can 

be configured as fast outputs 

With Modicon TM2 modules (1): 

vv 

Digital I/O 

vv 

Analog I/O 

vv 

Counter I/O 

vv 

HSC 

vv 

PTO 

vv 

PWM 

vv 

PID control 

vv 

Event processing 

vv 

CANopen master 

vv 

Master/slave type isolated serial link 

vv 

Modbus master/slave RTU/ASCII, ASCII 

vv 

26 to 38 digital inputs including 8 counter inputs (100 kHz) 

vv 


vv 

16 to 28 transistor outputs including 4 reflex outputs 

vv 

Up to 12 relay outputs 

With Modicon TM5 compact blocks (1): 

vv 

Digital and analog I/O 

With Modicon TM5 modules (1): 

vv 

Digital 

vv 

Analog 

vv 

Expert 

vv 

HSC 

vv 

Analog 

vv 

Position control 

vv 

PWM 

vv 


vv 

Ethernet Serial links: RS232/RS485 

vv 

Web/FTP servers 

vv 


5 

6 

7 

vv 

Ethernet 

vv 

Profibus 

vv 

DeviceNet 

vv 

Modbus RS232 serial link 

vv 

Modbus RS485 serial link 

8 

500 or 1000 KB (depending on model) 64 MB (program + data) 

2 or 16 MB (depending on model) 128 MB 

M238 logic controller type S, 

compact base for solutions with AFB 

M258 logic controllertype S, 


9 

3/10 3/18 

10 

3/3

Presentation 

description 

Controllers 


Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions with 

AFB, for Altivar 71 variable speed drive 

1 

2 

3 

4 

Altivar IMC drive controller card type 

S solutions 

Presentation 

The Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions forms a part of Flexible 

Machine Control approach, a key component of MachineStruxure TM , which brings 

you maximum flexibility and ensures the most optimised control solution. 

The Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions VW3 A3521S0 is a compact 

optimised solution developed for Altivar 71 variable speed drives. When equipped 

with the ATV IMC card type S solutions, Altivar 71 drives become controllers capable 

of meeting the needs of machine manufacturers (OEMs) in applications such as 

textiles, hoisting, pumping or woodworking, etc. 

The Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions VW3 A3521S0 is configured 

and programmed using SoMachine software (see page 2/5). 

The Altivar IMC card type S solutions boosts the expansion capability of machines 

and allows us to meet the OEM market's requirements in terms of performance, 

simplicity of use and openness. 

Installation 

The Altivar IMC card type S solutions is designed for integration on Altivar 71 

variable speed drives in conjunction with other Altivar 71-specific cards, such as I/O 

expansion cards and communication cards. 

5 

1 

2 

3 

1 Altivar 71 drive and graphic display 

terminal 

2 Altivar IMC card VW3 A3521S0 

3 I/O expansion card VW3 A32pp or 

communication card VW3 A33pp 

1 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

Note: Only one I/O expansion card or communication card can be mounted simultaneously with 

the Altivar IMC card type S solutions on an Altivar 71 drive. 

Special features 

User memory RAM 2 MB 

Flash 

Data storage memory FRAM 

(Ferroelectric RAM) 

2 MB 

64 KB 

Typical time (for 1000 Boolean instructions) 942 µs 

User program size 

Power supply 

1 MB 

24 V c 

Inputs Digital 10 x 24 V c inputs, 4 of which can be used for 

2 high-speed counter inputs (100 kHz) or 

2 incremental encoders (A/B) (100 kHz) 

Analog 

2 x 0…20 mA inputs 

Outputs Digital 6 transistor outputs (2 A) - source 

Built-in 

communication 

ports 

Real-time clock 

Analog 

RJ45 port 

SUB-D connector 

(male 9-way) 

USB Mini-B port 

2 x 0…20 mA outputs 

Ethernet Modbus TCP, Web/FTP Server 

Master CANopen bus (16 slaves) 

SoMachine software programming 

Integrated 

3/4

Presentation 

Controllers 





Performance 

Reduce the time it takes to develop your machines 

bb 

The use of a single SoMachine programming software environment offers a 

number of advantages: 

vv 

A single project file 

vv 

A single software program 

vv 

A single download for the whole application 

bb 

The ease of use of PLCopen function blocks significantly reduces the time 

needed to program motion control and independent axis control on machines. 

A more powerful machine 

The Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions has 8 tasks to suit different 

machine requirements (cyclic, event-triggered, free). 

A task can be synchronized with the task of the drive in which it is embedded. This 

task manages the speed reference, the torque reference, the speed feedback, the 

torque feedback, the number of encoder pulses feedback in order to increase 

machine performance. 

A more intelligent drive 

vv 

Performs more complex operations (2 MB memory) 

vv 

Reduces program loading time (Mini-B USB connectors) 

vv 

Communication with all the other system devices (built-in Ethernet and CANopen 

connection ports) 

Transparency of your machines 

Access to all the other devices in the system architecture via CANopen is totally 

transparent due to FDT/DTM technology. 

Development and technology 

The Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions has been developed with two 

criteria in mind: low cost and practicality. 

bb 

Low cost because the standard equipment for the Altivar IMC card type S 

solutions comprises: 

vv 

Sixteen discrete I/O 

vv 

A built-in Ethernet port 

vv 

Two analog inputs 

vv 

Two analog outputs 

vv 

And a CANopen master 

bb 

Practicality because the Altivar IMC card type S solutions is ideal for integration in 

Altivar 71 drives, and can therefore use: 

vv 

Their inputs/outputs 

vv 

Their communication cards 

vv 

Their parameters: speed, current, torque, etc. 

vv 

Their remote graphic display terminal 

vv 

And also the inputs/outputs in their I/O expansion cards 

vv 

Plus the speed feedback counter in the encoder interface cards 

Software configuration 

Configuration and programming of the Altivar IMC drive controller card type S 

solutions and equipment in Schneider Electric's “Flexible Machine Control” concept 

are both designed to cut costs and optimize your machine performance. 

The SoMachine software offers six IEC 61131-3 programming languages: 

bb 

Instruction List (IL) 

bb 

Ladder (LD) 

bb 

Function Block Diagrams (FBD) 

bb 

Grafcet (SFC) 

bb 

Structured Text (ST) 

bb 

CFC: Continuous Function Chart 

As well as PLCopen function blocks, for handling motion control and axis control on 

your machines. 

Access to the hoisting libraries including all the specialised AFB, see page 2/5. 

Integration in the Schneider Electric product offer 

Combined with other dedicated OEM products in the Schneider Electric offer, such 

as Altivar variable speed drives, Lexium servo drives, Magelis HMI terminals, TeSys 

motor starters and contactors, the Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions 

can be integrated transparently in a number of architectures. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

3/5

Functions 

Controllers 




1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

Altivar 71 

+ Altivar IMC drive 

controller card 

up to 2 

high-speed 

counters (100 

kHz) 

CANopen (1 Mbps) 

High-speed counter function (one-phase or two-phase) 

Machine with CANopen architecture: 

- Lifting motion: Altivar 71 

- Translatory motion: Altivar 312 

- Carriage motion: Altivar 312 

Menu 1.14 

Functions 

HSC high-speed counting and/or incremental encoder function 

In order to meet requirements for machine productivity, the Altivar IMC has 2 embedded 

high-speed counters with a counting frequency of 100 kHz for each channel as well as 4 

reflex outputs. 

The availability of these embedded counters and also the presence of the master 

CANopen link makes it quick and easy to create low-cost, high-performance 

multi-axis functions that suit the machines limitations. 

With the availability of “PLCopen” function blocks specific to the motion control 

functions in the SoMachine software, application development is sure to be quick 

and reliable. 

In addition, these high-speed counting inputs can be used as an incremental 

encoder (A/B) with a frequency of 100 kHz in order to adapt to the machine's specific 

requirements. 

Position control function 

Several options are offered in terms of position control: 

bb 

Either creating a sequence in Lexium 32 servo drives, with communication with 

the Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions achieved by the use of 

discrete I/O 

bb 

Or creating an application in the Altivar IMC card type S solutions and controlling 

the Lexium 32A/ Lexium 32M servo drives and/or SD3pp stepper motor drives via 

the master CANopen integrated link. 

Communication function 

Ethernet 

The Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions has a built-in RJ45 Ethernet 

port (10/100 Mbps, MDI/MDIX) with Ethernet TCP Modbus, SoMachine on Ethernet, 

UDP, TCP and SNMP protocols. 

In addition, the Altivar IMC card type S solutions has an embedded Web Server and 

FTP Server. 

As well as the default address based on the MAC address, it is possible to assign a 

controller IP address via a DHCP server or via a BOOTP server. 

CANopen 

The Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions has an embedded CANopen 

master which can be used to control devices on a communication bus with ease. 

The link can be configured between 20 kbps and 1 Mbps and supports up to 16 

slaves. 

Architectures based on CANopen can be used to distribute I/O modules as close to 

the sensors and actuators as possible, thus reducing wiring costs and times, and to 

communicate with different devices such as variable speed drives, servo drives, etc. 

The CANopen configurator is integrated in the SoMachine software and can also be 

used to import standard description files in EDS format. See chapter 4. 

8 

9 

10 

Customization function on the graphic display terminal 

Menu 1.14 

The remote graphic display terminal on Altivar 71 drives includes a menu dedicated 

to the Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions. 

The user is offered a graphic display of 8 lines of 24 characters. 

This menu can be customized simply and directly using the SoMachine software. 

The user can define the language, name, unit, decimal point, and the type of 

parameter he wishes to customize for his own application. The user can also define 

alarms and error messages for his application. 

Clock function 

A time and date-stamping function combined with a clock backed up by a lithium 

battery makes it possible to keep a log of events that have occurred. When the 

Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions is installed in the drive, drive faults 

are automatically time and date-stamped without the need for any special 

programming. 

3/6

Communication 

Controllers 




Communication 

The Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions has the following built-in 

communication ports: 

Communication ports Use 

1 x RJ45 (MDI/MDIX port) vv 

FTP server 

vv 

Web server 

vv 

Modbus TCP server 

vv 

Modbus TCP client 

vv 

Manager SoMachine 

vv 

SNMP 

vv 

Modbus device 

1 x mini-USB Programming port (480 Mbps) 

1 

2 

1 x 9-way male SUB-D Master CANopen connection 

Embedded Ethernet 

The Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions has an embedded Ethernet link 

via a direct connection to its RJ45 port. 

bb 

Speed: “10 BaseT” and “100 BaseTX” with auto-negotiation 

bb 

RJ45 port (MDI/MDIX): automatic adaptation to a straight or crossed cable 

Protocols 

Number of connections 

Modbus server 8 

Modbus device 2 

FTP server 4 

Web server 10 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

3/7

Description 

Controllers 




1 

2 

3 

7 

6 

5 

1 

2 

3 

4 

Description 

The Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions comprises: 

1 Three spring connectors for: 

vv 

10 digital inputs 

vv 

6 digital outputs 

vv 


vv 

2 analog outputs 

vv 

2 commons 

2 A connector with removable screw terminals, 3 contacts at intervals of 3.81 for the 

24 V c power supply 

3 A mini USB-B connector for programming using SoMachine software 

4 A 9-way SUB-D connector for connection to the CANopen machine bus 

5 An RJ45 connector for connection of the SoMachine software workshop and/or 

connection to an Ethernet Modbus TCP network 

6 Five LEDs: 

vv 

1 green/yellow ETH LED for Ethernet activity 

vv 

1 green/red NS (Network status) LED 

vv 

1 green/red MS (Module status) LED 

vv 

1 green/red CAN (CANopen activity) LED 

vv 

1 green/red LED programmable by the user 

7 Four configuration selector switches 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

3/8

References 

Controllers 




Variable speed drives 

Designation 

Altivar 71 variable speed drives 

Reference 

Refer to the chapter 6 of this catalogue 

1 

Altivar 71 variable speed drives 

Cards for Altivar 71 variable speed drives 

Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions 

Designation Voltage Reference Weight 

kg 

Altivar IMC drive controller card type S 24 V c VW3 A3521S0 0.185 

solutions 

2 

3 

VW3 A3521S0 

I/O expansion cards (1) 

Designation Type of I/O Reference Weight 

Logic 

input 

Logic 

output 

Analog 

input 

Analog 

output 

PTC 

probe 

input (2) 

Frequency 

control 

input 

kg 

I/O expansion cards 4 3 – – 1 – VW3 A3 201 0.300 

4 3 2 2 1 1 VW3 A3 202 0.300 

For more information about digital I/O cards, visit our website www.schneider-electric.com. 

Communication cards 

Designation Protocols available (depending on model) Reference 

VW3 A3 3pp 

communication cards 

vv 

Modbus Plus 

vv 

Uni-Telway 

vv 

InterBus-S 

vv 

Profibus DP 

vv 

DeviceNet 

vv 

Ethernet Modbus TCP 

vv 

Fipio 

vv 

EtherNet IP 

vv 

CC-Link 

Refer to “Altivar 71 variable speed 

drives” catalogue 

(1) Altivar 71 variable speed drives can only take one I/O expansion card with the same reference. 

(2) This PTC probe input must never be used to protect an ATEX motor in applications in explosive atmospheres. Please 

refer to the ATEX guide which is available on our website “www.schneider-electric.com”. 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

3/9


Controllers 

Modicon M238 logic controller, . 


1 

Application 

Control solutions for 

vv 

Hoisting 

vv 

Packaging 

vv 

Conveying 

v v ... 

2 

3 

Voltage . 24 c (- 15% / + 20 %) 

Certifications 

e, UL, CSA, ACA (C-Tick), GOST (pending) 

Digital I/O No. of 24 V c inputs . 14, 8 of which can be configured as fast inputs 

4 

No. of outputs . 10 transistor, . 

4 of which can be configured as fast outputs 

I/O expansion Max. number of modules 7: digital, analog, high-speed counter, (3 high-speed counter TM200HSC060pp) 

Max. number of digital I/O. . 136/192/248 (1) 

5 

6 

7 

8 

Embedded function HSC . 8 x 100 kHz simple channels, 4 x 100 kHz simple channels and 1 x 100 kHz advanced channel 

(2) or 2 x 100 kHz advanced channels (2) 

Connection via 

Embedded 

communication 

Motion or Reflex functions 

PID regulation 

4 channels, 

frequency: 100 Hz 

Yes 

Event processing . Yes, up to 4 event tasks can be activated by the fast inputs or by the integrated counter channels 

(on threshold) 

4 removable screw terminal blocks (supplied as standard) 

4 removable spring terminal blocks with optional unit TM238 RSSPT (ordered separately) 

RS 485/RS 232 serial port Master/slave type isolated serial link 

RJ45 port, marking on front panel SL1 : . 

1 channel 

Protocols: 

vv 

Default : Modbus slave, 

vv 


RS 485 serial port 


RJ45 port, marking on front panel SL2 : . 

1 channel 

Protocols: 

vv 

Default : SoMachine-Network (programming/debugging), 

vv 

Modbus master/slave RTU/ASCII, ASCII, SoMachine-Network 

Terminal port “Prg. Port” . 1 USB 2.0 (Mini B USB connector): Programming port for SoMachine software 

CANopen . Conformity class M10, limited to 16 slaves for 1 master 

User zone in internal RAM Capacity . 1000 KB 

No. of instructions . 25 K instructions depending on the language and type of instruction used 

9 

Type of compact base 

TM238 LFDC24DTS0 

Page 3/15 

(1) The 1 st value corresponds to the maximum number of I/O (base and expansions) with expansion modules with screw terminals, the 2 nd to expansion modules with 

spring terminals and the 3 rd to expansion modules with HE 10 connectors.. 

(2) Advanced channel with two-phase signal inputs for encoder, threshold detection function and reflex function. 

10 

3/10

1 

2 

100-240 V a (+ 10% / - 15 %) 

e, UL, CSA, ACA (C-Tick), GOST (pending), CSA (Class 1, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D) 

3 

14, 8 of which can be configured as fast inputs 

4 transistor . 

+ 6 relay 

7: digital, analog, high-speed counter, (3 high-speed counter TM200HSC060pp) 

136/192/248 (1) 

4 

8 x 100 kHz simple channels, 4 x 100 kHz simple channels and 1 x 100 kHz advanced channel (2) or 2 x 100 kHz advanced channels (2) 

4 channels, 

frequency: 100 Hz 

Yes 

Yes, up to 4 event tasks that can be activated by the base's fast inputs or by the integrated counter channels (threshold attained) 

5 

4 removable screw terminal blocks (supplied as standard) 

4 removable spring terminal blocks with optional unit TM238 RSSPT (ordered separately) 


RJ45 Port, marking on front panel SL1 : 1 channel 

Protocols: 

vv 

Default : Modbus slave, 

vv 



RJ45 port, marking on front panel SL2 : 1 channel 

Protocols: 

vv 

Default: SoMachine-Network (programming/debugging), 

vv 

Modbus master/slave RTU/ASCII, ASCII, SoMachine-Network 

6 

7 

1 USB 2.0 (Connecteur type USB mini-B): Programming port for SoMachine software 

Conformity class M10, limited to 16 slaves for 1 master 

1000 KB 

8 

25 K instructions depending on the language and type of instruction used 

TM238 LFAC24DRS0 

3/15 

9 

10 

3/11

Presentation 

Controllers 

Modicon M238 logic controller 

Compact base for solutions with AFB 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

TM238LFDC24DTS0 


Presentation 

The Modicon M238 logic controller is the compact base for solutions with pre-defined 

AFB, high-performance and fully expandable PLC. It forms a part of Flexible 

Machine Control approach, a key component of MachineStruxure TM , which brings 

you maximum flexibility and ensures the most optimised control solution. 

Modicon M238 compact logic controllers offer an “all-in-one” solution in a compact 

unit (157 x 118 x 86 mm excluding expansion modules). 

Two models are available, with different embedded communications and supply 

voltages. 

bb 

Model TM238 LFDC24DTS0, powered with 24 V c offers: 

vv 

14 x 24 V c inputs, including 8 fast inputs, dedicated to special functions such as 

high-speed counting (HSC) 

vv 

10 x 24 V c solid state outputs, including 4 fast outputs, dedicated to special 

functions such as PWM and PTO. 

vv 

An RS 232/RS 485 serial link (SoMachine-Network, Modbus, ASCII protocols) 

vv 

A CANopen bus master link 

vv 

A second RS 485 serial link (SoMachine-Network, Modbus, ASCII protocols) 

bb 

Model TM238 LFAC24DRS0, powered with 100-240 V a offers: 

vv 

14 x 24 V c inputs, including 8 fast inputs, dedicated to special functions such as 

high-speed counting (HSC) 

vv 

4 x 24 V c solid state outputs, dedicated to HSC reflex functions, and 6 relay outputs 

(PMW and PTO functions not supported on these models) 

vv 

An RS 232/RS 485 serial link (SoMachine-Network, Modbus, ASCII protocols) 

vv 

A CANopen bus master link 

vv 

A second RS 485 serial link (SoMachine-Network, Modbus, ASCII protocols). 

vv 

The number of I/O can be expanded on all four models by adding up to 

7 expansion modules (1) of the following type on the right-hand side of the base 

unit: 

-- 

Digital TM2 DDI/DDO/DMM/DRA 

-- 

Analog TM2 AMI/ALM/ARI/AMO/AVO/AMM 

-- 

up to 3 High-speed counter TM200 HSC206DT/DF 

Modems or communication gateways can be connected to the serial links in order to 

expand the connectivity capability to include 

vv 

Ethernet Modbus/TCP, 

vv 

Profibus DP, 

vv 

DeviceNet, 

vv 

etc. 

Note: A serial link on each controller delivers a 5 V c voltage dedicated primarily to powering a 

Magelis display unit or Small panel terminal XBT Np00/R400/RT500 or the Ethernet gateway 

499 TWD 01100. 

The compact controller solution also has great flexibility in terms of wiring. With 

digital I/O expansion modules, several connection options are available, including 

removable screw terminals, spring terminals and HE 10 connectors, providing 

simple, quick, safe wiring. The Advantys Telefast ABE 7 prewiring system can be 

used for easy connection of expansion modules with HE 10 connectors. 

(1) The addition of 7 expansion modules allows a maximum number per configuration of 

136/192/248 I/O (depending on whether expansion modules with screw terminals, spring 

terminals or HE 10 connectors are being used). 

9 

10 

3/12

Presentation (continued) 

Controllers 




Presentation 

Design and installation of Modicon M238 applications 

Schneider Electric’s SoMachine software platform is used to program 

Modicon M238 Type S controllers using: 

bb 

IEC 61131-3 programming languages: Instruction List (IL), Ladder Diagram (LD), 

Function Block Diagram (FBD), Sequential Function Chart/Grafcet (SFC) and 

Structured Text (ST) 

bb 

CFC (Continuous Function Chart) language. 

Access to the hoisting libraries including all the specialized AFB, see page 2/5. 

1 

2 

1 

3 

4 

Program loader 

2 The TM2 USBABDEV1 program loader is an accessory which is designed to 

simplify updating or duplication of applications on Modicon M238 logic controllers 

without the need for a programming terminal. 

bb 

For updating: an application generated by SoMachine, stored on a USB memory 

stick, will be transferred by the program loader to an M238 controller. 

bb 

For duplication: an application is transferred from an M238 controller to the 

program loader. The application is stored on a USB memory stick, then 

transferred from the program loader to another M238 controller. 

The front panel of the TM2USBABDEV1 program loader features: 

1 A USB port (marked PLC) for the connection cable to the mini-B USB port 

(marked Prg. Port) on the Modicon M238 logic controller. 

2 A USB port (marked key) for the USB memory stick (holding the application). 

3 An On/Off button to start the transfer. 

4 Four operation LED indicators (PWR, COM, ERR, STS). 

3 

4 

5 

6 

Compact base configuration 

mini B USB port dedicated to 

the programming terminal / 

program loader 

CANopen integrated link 

TM238 LFpC24DpS0 

+ 

------------------------- I/O expansion modules (Up to 7) ------------------------------ 

7 

24 V c power supply: 


100-240 V a power supply: 


Digital I/O. 

TM2 DpI 

TM2 DpO 

Analog I/O. 

TM2 AMI/ARI/ApO 

TM2 ApM 

Counter with 2 x 60 kHz channels. 

TM200 HSC206Dp 

10 transistor outputs (including 4 PWM/PTO outputs) with TM238 LFDC24DTS0 

4 transistor outputs + 6 relay outputs with TM238 LFAC24DRS0 

8 

14 digital inputs (including 8 fast inputs) 

- 1 RS 485/RS 232 serial link, SoMachine-Network/Modbus/ASCII protocols 

- 1 RS 485 serial link, SoMachine-Network/Modbus protocols 

9 

10 

3/13

Description 

Controllers 



1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

1 2 3 4 5 

10 9 8 

6 

7 

Description 

The Modicon M238 logic controller base TM238 LFDC24DTS0 and 

TM238 LFAC24DRS0 comprise: 

1 A mini B USB connector, marked Prg. Port, for connecting a programming 

terminal 

2 A hinged access cover with 2 cable glands (1 removable for the terminal cordset 

and 1 for the CANopen cable) 

3 A removable screw terminal block (12 terminals) for connecting the sensors (24 V 

c fast inputs) 

4 A removable screw terminal block (7 terminals) for connecting the sensors (24 V 

c inputs) 

5 A connector for up to 7 digital TM2 Dpp, analog TM2 App and up to 3 counter 

TM200 HSC206Dp I/O expansion modules 

6 A display unit showing: 

-- 

The controller status by means of 4 LEDs (PWR, RUN, Batt and Err) 

-- 

The integrated communication port status by means of 4 LEDs (SL1, SL2, 

CAN Run and CAN Err) 

7 A display unit showing the I/O states (I0…I13 and Q0…Q9) 

8 A removable screw terminal block (10 terminals) for connecting 6 preactuators 

9 A removable screw terminal block (6 terminals) for connecting 4 preactuators 

10 A removable screw terminal block (5 terminals marked CANopen) for connection 

to the CANopen bus. 

Accessible from the underside of the controller: 

11 A removable screw terminal block (3 terminals): 

v v +, -, t marked 24 VDC for connecting the 24 V c power supply 

vv 

L, N, t marked 100-240 VAC for connecting the 100-240 V a power supply 

12 2 RJ45 connectors marked SL1 and SL2 for connecting the serial links 

13 A hinged cover for accessing the RAM backup battery (optional) and the internal 

real-time clock 

The compact bases are mounted as standard on a symmetrical 5 rail or on a metal 

plate (two Ø 4.3 holes). 

6 

11 12 13 

7 

8 

9 

10 

3/14

References 

Controllers 





TSX PLP 101 

TCS XCN AMUM3P 

TM200 RSRCEMC 

499 TWD 01100 

SR2 MOD03 

References 

Number 

of I/O 

Inputs Outputs No. of I/O 

expansion 

modules 

Integrated 

serial port 

Compact base for solutions with AFB, 24 V c power supply 

24 I/O 

(removable 

battery 

to be ordered 

separately) 

6 x 24 V c 

inputs (sink/ 

source) 

8 x 24 V 

c fast inputs 

(sink) 

10 transistor 

outputs 

(source) 

including 4 fast 

7 modules 

max. 

Compact base for solutions with AFB, 100-240 V a power supply 

24 I/O 

(removable 

battery 

to be ordered 

separately) 

6 x 24 V c 

inputs (sink/ 

source) 

8 x 24 V 

c fast inputs 

(sink) 

4 transistor 

outputs 

(source) and 

6 relay outputs 

7 modules 

max. 

Integrated 

master 

CANopen 

port 

Separate parts 

Designation Use Length 

Sold 

Removable backup 

batteries 

Terminal port/USB port 

cordset 

RS 232 serial link cordsets 

for DTE/DCE 

terminal device 

Removable spring 

connectors for digital I/O 

Shielding connection 

clamps 

Modbus communication 

gateways 

GSM/GPRS modem 

(DCE terminal) 

Designation 

Modbus cables 

equipped with . 

2 RJ45 connectors 

Lithium thionyl chloride type for Modicon M238 

compact bases 

Reference 

Weight 

kg 

1 RS 232/485 (marked 1 TM238 LFDC24DTS0 0.595 

SL1) 

1 RS 485 (1) 

(marked SL2) 

1 RS 232/485 (marked 1 TM238 LFAC24DRS0 0.595 

SL1) 

1 RS 485 (1) 

(marked SL2) 

Reference 

Weight 

kg 

Individual TSX PLP 01 0.012 

Pack of 10 TSX PLP 101 0.189 

From the mini B USB port on the Modicon M238 base 3 m TCS XCN AMUM3P 0.065 

to the type A USB port on the PC terminal for 

programming and updating firmware 

1 RJ45 connector 

and one 9-way 

SUB-D 

connector 

For DTE terminal (printer) 3 m TCS MCN3M4F3C2 0.150 

For DCE terminal (modem, 

converter) 

Set of 5 removable spring connectors. . 

Replaces the 5 screw connectors supplied with 

Modicon M238 compact bases 

Attachment and earthing of the cable shielding 

Pack of 25 clamps including 20 clamps for Ø 4.8 mm 

cable and 5 for Ø 7.9 mm cable 

3 m TCS MCN3M4M3S2 0.150 

– TM238 RSSPT 0.048 

Pack of 25 TM200 RSRCEMC – 

Connection of Ethernet Modbus/TCP (2) 499 TWD 01100 0.200 

Modicon M238 

compact base to Profibus DP (3) LUF P7 0.245 

network/bus 

DeviceNet (3) LUF P9 0.245 

4-band 900/1800 MHz (Europe) and 850/1900 MHz 

(United States) 

IP 31 casing supplied with: 

vv 

1.5 m power cable 

vv 

SMA-M magnetic GSM 4-band aerial with 2.5 m 

cable 

vv 

Fixed on panel or 5 

5.5…24 V c supply voltage 

Use 

From 

Serial port 

marked. 

SL1/SL2 

To 

– SR2 MOD03 0.335 

Length Reference Weight 

kg 

Ethernet gateway 499 TWD 01100 2.5 m XBT Z9980 – 

Profibus DP LUF P7 or DeviceNet 

LUF P9, TSX CUSB 485 converter 

1 m VW3 A8 306 R10 0.050 

3 m VW3 A8 306 R30 0.150 

0.3 m VW3 A8 306 R03 0.030 

(1) RS 485 link delivering a 5 V c/200 mA power supply. 

(2) Connection to serial port SL1 on controller TM238 LDA24DRS0 or to serial port SL2 on controller TM238 LFAC24DRS0 via 

Modbus cable XBT Z9980 (to be ordered separately). 

(3) Connection to serial port SL1 on controller controller TM238 LDA24DRS0, to serial port SL1 or SL2 on controllers 

TM238 LFAC24DRS0 via Modbus cable VW3 A8 306 Rpp (to be ordered separately). Requires a 24 V c external power 

supply. 

Gateway configurable via the ABC Config Tool software, downloadable from our website www.schneider-electric.com 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

3/15

References (continued) 

Controllers 



1 

2 

HMI ZSUSBB 

References 

Accessories 

Designation Description Length Reference Weight 

kg 

Remote location of the 

USB port for M238 

controllers and XBT 

GT2pp0…GT7340, GT1pp5, 

GKppp, GTWppp terminals 

Used to locate the USB 

port of M238 controllers 

(front) and XBTG 

terminals (rear) remotely 

on panel or enclosure 

door (Ø 21 mm fixing 

device) 

1 m HMI ZSUSBB 0.100 

3 

Program loader 

Kit consisting of the . 

program loader, a cable 

(USB/mini-B USB), and 

2 batteries (type AA/LR6) 

Used to update and 

duplicate applications 

Requires the use of a 

USB memory stick (not 

supplied) 

3 m 

(cable) 

TM2 USBABDEV1 0.250 

4 

5 

6 

TM2 USBABDEV1 

TSX CUSB 485 

Connection elements for RS 485 OS download port for M238 version V1.0 (1) 

Designation Use Length Reference Weight 

kg 

USB/RS 485 converter Used to connect the 

RS 485 port (SL1) to the 

USB port on the PC to 

update the controller 

operating system. 

Requires Modbus cable 

VW3 A8 306 Rpp for the 

connection at the 

controller end 

0.4 m 

(integrated 

cable at 

PC end) 

TSX CUSB 485 0.144 

Replacement parts 

Designation Use Reference Weight 

kg 

Removable screw 

connectors, supplied with 

Modicon M238 bases 

Set of 5 removable screw 

connectors for digital I/O 

TM238 RSSCT 0.055 

One 5-way connector with line 

terminator for CANopen link 

TM238 CNTLSCT 0.010 

7 

(1) For later versions, use the USB port and cable. 

8 

9 

10 

3/16

Memory structure 

Controllers 



Memory structure 

Internal RAM 

User zone 

%MW located variables 

System + system variables + 

relocation table 

Symbols 

(55 KB + 0.13 KB/symbols) 

Program 

(eg..41 bytes per ST instruction) 

Unlocated variables 

Libraries 

CANopen variables 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

Modicon M238 controllers offer great flexibility in 

memory management. Depending on the model used, 

they have a user memory zone of 1024 KB with 

TM238 LFDC24DTS0 or TM238 LFAC24DRS0 

bases. 

This user memory zone is divided according to the 

application program requirements and the volume 

needed by the symbols, unlocated variables and 

libraries required by the application. 

The memory structure of Modicon M238 controllers is 

shown opposite. 

The table below lists the maximum memory capacities 

depending on the model (values are given for 

information only). 

1 

2 

3 

Protected internal 

RAM and first 1000 

%MW words 

10 KB 

“Retain” and “Retain . 

Persistent” remanent variables 

8 

TM238 LFDC24DTS0, TM238 LFAC24DRS0 

Internal RAM KB 2048 

1 Located variables KB 120 (60,000 %MW) 

2 System + system variables + relocation table KB 900 

User zone KB 1000 

3 Symbols KB 200 (max. 1000 symbols) 

4 Program (including online program modification) As required by the application, within the limits of the size 

5 Unlocated variables 

6 Libraries 

7 CANopen variables KB 

of the user zone 

115 + 10 per slave 

Protected internal RAM KB 10 

8 “Retain” variables Bytes 8168 

8 “Retain Persistent” variables Bytes 400 

8 First 1000 %MW words Bytes 2000 

Storing variables 

Remanent variables can be one of two types depending on their declaration in the application: 

v v “Retain” variables, 8168 bytes maximum 

v v “Retain Persistent” variables, 400 bytes maximum. 

The first 1000 located variables 1 (first 1000 %MW words) and all the unlocated variables 5 configured as “Retain” 

and “Retain Persistent” type are backed up by the internal battery or by the optional external battery. They are 

maintained when the power returns if the startup context allows this (see “Restart context” below). 

In addition, “Retain Persistent” type variables are maintained on a change of application if the startup context 

allows this (see “Restart context” below). 

Restart context 

The state of the remanent memory before disconnection is restored on the next power-up when the internal 

battery and/or the optional external battery is/are capable of protecting the internal RAM (no memory checksum 

error). 

If the internal battery or optional external battery does not have enough charge to back up the internal RAM, the 

values of the “Retain” and “Retain Persistent” remanent variables are reset to 0. 

In SoMachine V3, a new option accessible by configuration allows the choice of 3 modes to restart after powering 

off the controller; run / stop / original state when powered off. In this third case, the optional battery is required in 

case of powering off more than three days (autonomy of the battery after an initial charge of 22 hours ). If there is 

no optional battery, the controller will start in the stop mode after a three-day power off. 

The external battery can be monitored by the GetBatteryLevel software function, and its charging status is visible 

from the status of the Batt LED on the front of the controller. 

Storing the program 

Regardless of the context and status of the internal battery and/or optional external battery, the program is backed 

up in the Flash RAM during the “boot application” creation procedure (SoMachine software procedure). 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

3/17


Controllers 

Modicon M258 logic controller, compact base 

for solutions with AFB 

1 

Applications 

Control solutions for 

vv 

Hoisting 

vv 

Packaging 

vv 

Conveying 

v v ... 

42 digital I/O 42 digital I/O 

+ 4 analog inputs 

2 

3 

User memory RAM 64 MB (program + data) 

Flash. 

128 Mbytes 

Typical Boolean instruction time 

22 ns 

4 

User program size 

Power supply 

Channel connection 

128 program K instructions 

24 V c 

With removable spring terminal blocks (supplied) 

Inputs Digital. 26 x 24 V c inputs including 8 counter inputs (100 kHz) 

5 

Analog – 4 inputs 

+ 10 V/- 10 V, 4-20 mA/0-20 mA, 

12-bit resolution 

Digital outputs Transistor. 16 outputs (0.5 A) including 4 reflex outputs 

Relay. – 

6 

7 

Built-in communication 

ports 

USB-B mini-port 

Programming port for SoMachine software 

USB-A port . Connection of a USB memory stick for transferring programs, data files, firmware updates 

RJ45 port (MBS) . 

. 

RS232 serial link, 

RS485 serial link (supplies 250 mA, 5 V for HMI power supply) 

Protocols: Master/Slave Modbus ASCII/RTU, ASCII (character string) 

SUB-D connector (male 9-way) . Master CANopen bus (63 slaves) 

(CAN0) 

RJ45 port (Ethernet) . Ethernet TCP IP, Web Server, FTP, Ethernet 

Modbus TCP 

Ethernet TCP IP Modbus slave, Web Server, 

FTP 

8 

Optional communication ports – 2 PCI slots available on controller for optional 

communication modules TM5 PCppp (1): 

vv 

Modbus or ASCII serial link 

vv 

connection to Profibus DP bus (slave) 

Logic controller type TM258 LF42DTS0 TM258 LF42DT4LS0 

Page 3/26 

(1) To be ordered separately, see on www.schneider-electric.com. 

9 

10 

More technical information on www.schneider-electric.com 

3/18

42 digital I/O 66 digital I/O 

+ 4 analog inputs 

1 

2 

64 MB (program + data) 

128 Mbytes 

22 ns 

3 

128 program K instructions 

24 V c 

With removable spring terminal blocks (supplied) 

4 

26 x 24 V c inputs including 8 counter inputs (100 kHz) 38 x 24 V c inputs including 8 counter inputs (100 kHz) 

– 4 inputs 

+ 10 V/- 10 V, 4-20 mA/0-20 mA, 


4 reflex outputs (0.5 A) 28 outputs (0.5 A) including 4 reflex outputs 

5 

12 – 

Programming port for SoMachine software 

Connection of a USB memory stick for transferring programs, data files, firmware updates 

RS232 serial link, 

RS485 serial link (supplies 250 mA, 5 V for HMI power supply) 

Protocols: Master/Slave Modbus ASCII/RTU, ASCII (character string) 

Master CANopen bus (63 slaves) 

Ethernet TCP IP Modbus slave, Web Server, FTP 

6 

7 

2 PCI slots available on controller for optional communication modules TM5 PCppp (1): 

vv 

Modbus or ASCII serial link 

vv 

connection to Profibus DP bus (slave) 

TM258 LF42DRS0 

3/26 

TM258 LF66DT4LS0 

8 

9 

10 

3/19

Presentation 

Controllers 



1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

Modicon M258 logic controller, compact base 

for solutions with AFB 


The Modicon M258 logic controller is the compact base for solutions using predefined 

AFB libraries, high-performance and fully expandable PLC. It forms a part of 

Flexible Machine Control approach, a key component of MachineStruxure TM , which 

brings you maximum flexibility and ensures the most optimised control solution. 

This PLC is designed for machine manufacturers (OEMs) focusing on applications 

such as packaging, conveying and storage, textiles and woodworking, hoisting, etc. 

It offers high-performance solutions for speed control, counting, axis control and 

communication functions. 

Performance 

In terms of performance, the Modicon M258 logic controller for Solutions has a 

Dual-Core processor: 

bb 

Core 1 is dedicated exclusively to managing program tasks and offers the 

maximum resources for real-time execution of the application code. 

bb 

Core 2 is dedicated to executing communication tasks, which then have no 

further impact on the application execution performance.. 

With an execution speed of 22 ns for a Boolean instruction i.e. more than 45,000 

Boolean instructions per ms, the capacity to manage up to 2400 I/O, a 64 MByte 

RAM memory that can store data and programs as well as a 128 MByte Flash 

memory for application and data backup, the Modicon M258 logic controller for 

Solutions eliminates any doubts about the machine’s limits. 

In developing the Modicon M258 logic controller for Solutions, the cost aspect was 

taken into account, the CPUs are equipped as standard with: 

bb 

42 or 66 digital I/O 

bb 

Embedded serial link and Ethernet port 

bb 

4 analog inputs (TM258 LFppDT4LS0 references) 

Development and technology 

In all its characteristics, the Modicon M258 logic controller for Solutions has been 

developed to minimize the costs of assembly, cabling, commissioning and 

maintenance. 

To this end: 

bb 

All the modules have removable terminals. 

bb 

All the electrical connections are made on spring terminals, speeding up the 

wiring process and also avoiding the need for periodic retightening. In addition, 

each terminal has a test point for a voltage sensing device. 

bb 

The embedded serial link and Ethernet port on the Modicon M258 logic controller 

for Solutions have an RJ45 connection at 45° for quick visible connection of your 

communication channels. 

bb 

The modularity of the various bases and expansion modules has been optimized 

in order to reduce significantly the number of references to be ordered and 

assembled, while ensuring the minimum investment in your configuration is 

necessary, thanks to a capacity of 2 to 42 channels per expansion module. 

bb 

Mechanical assembly of the various parts has been designed to save a 

considerable amount of time during assembly. 

Software configuration 

Configuration and programming of all M258 controllers for Solutions and equipment 

in Schneider Electric's “Flexible Machine Control” concept are both designed to cut 

costs and optimize machine performance. 

The SoMachine software offers six IEC 61131-3 programming languages: 

vv 

Instruction List language (IL) 

vv 

Ladder language (LD) 

vv 

Function Block Diagrams (FBD) 

vv 

Grafcet language (SFC) 

vv 

Structured Text language (ST) 

vv 

CFC language: Continuous Function Chart 

As well as PLCopen function blocks, for managing motion control and axis control on 

your machines. 

Access to the hoisting libraries including all the specialised AFB, see page 2/5. 

Integration in the Schneider Electric product offer 

Combined with other products dedicated to machine manufacturers in the Schneider 

Electric offer, such as ATV variable speed drives, Lexium servo drives, Magelis HMI 

terminals, TeSys motor starters and contactors, the Modicon M258 logic controller for 

Solutions is now a must-have element in machine architectures, with hitherto 

unrivalled ease and speed of installation. 

3/20

Presentation 

Controllers 



CANopen (1 Mbps) 

up to 8 

high-speed 

counters 

(100 kHz) 

High-speed counter function (one-phase or two-phase) 

Functions 

Analog functions 

For machines that require functions to process data issued by analog sensors/ 

actuators (voltage or current), temperature sensors or PID control sensors, a 

complete range of expansion modules as well as advanced programming functions 

are included in the Modicon M258 logic controller for Solutions offer. 

In order to minimize the number of product references of your machines, optimize 

assembly time and cut costs, all M258 logic controller for Solutions with the 

reference TM258 LFppp4LS0 include as standard 4 voltage or current analog inputs 

with 12-bit resolution. 

The different expansion modules are available in 2, 4, 6 or 8-channel versions and 

with either 12 or 16-bit resolution. 

The powerful performance of the M258 logic controller for Solutions enables up to 200 

analog I/O and/or temperature modules to be connected, thus extending the limits of 

machine requirements. 

High-speed counter function (HSC) 

In order to meet requirements for machine productivity, the Modicon M258 logic 

controller for Solutions has 8 embedded high-speed counters with a counting 

frequency of 100 kHz for each channel as well as 4 reflex outputs. The availability of 

these embedded counters and also the presence of the Master CANopen link in 

TM258 LFppppS0 controllers for Solutions makes it quick and easy to create 

low-cost, high-performance multi-axis functions that suit the machines' limitations. 

With the availability of “PLCopen” function blocks specific to the motion control 

functions in the SoMachine software, you can be sure that developing your 

applications will be quick and reliable. 

Moreover, a complete range of high-speed counter modules is available so you can 

adapt your configuration to your machine's specific requirements. 

Position control function 

Several options are offered in terms of position control: 

vv 

Either creating a sequence in Lexium 32 servo drives, with communication with 

the M258 logic controller for Solutions achieved by the use of digital I/O 

vv 

Or creating an application in the M258 logic controller for Solutions and 

controlling Lexium 32 servo drives and/or SD3pp steppers via the integrated 

Master CANopen link available on TM258 LFppppS0 bases. 

Communication functions 

Ethernet 

All M258 logic controllers for Solutions references have an embedded RJ45 Ethernet 

port (10/100 Mbps, MDI/MDIX) with Ethernet TCP Modbus, Ethernet IP Device, 

SoMachine on Ethernet, UDP, TCP and SNMP protocols. 

In addition, all the M258 logic controllers for Solutions have an embedded Web 

Server and FTP Server. 

As well as the default address based on the MAC address, it is possible to assign a 

controller IP address via a DHCP server or via a BOOTP server. 

CANopen 

Depending on the reference, M258 logic controllers for Solutions have an embedded 

CANopen master. 

The link can be configured between 125 Kbps and 1 Mbps and supports up to 63 

slaves. 

Architectures based on CANopen can be used to distribute I/O modules as close to 

the sensors and actuators as possible, thus reducing wiring costs and times, and to 

communicate with different devices such as variable speed drives, servo drives, etc. 

The CANopen configurator is integrated in the SoMachine software and can also be 

used to import standard description files in EDS format. 

Modbus serial link 

All M258 logic controllers for Solutions have as standard a serial link that can be 

configured as either RS232/RS485 and incorporates the two most commonly used 

protocols on the market: 

vv 

Master or Slave Modbus ASCII/RTU 

vv 

Character string (ASCII) 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

3/21

Presentation 

Controllers 



1 

2 

3 

TM258 LF42DTS0 logic controller for Solutions 

TM258 LD42DT4LS0 logic controller 

for Solutions 

TM5 PCpp 

communication 

modules 

Presentation 

Range 

The M258 logic controller compact base for solution with AFB range is divided into 

two controller sizes: 

vv 

TM258 LF42DTS0 is 175 mm wide. 

vv 

TM258 LF42DTS0, TM258 LF42DT4LS0, TM258 LF42DRS0 and 

TM258 LF66DT4LS0 are at least 237.5 mm wide as they have two free PCI slots 

for optional Modicon TM5 communication modules (Modbus or ASCII serial link, 

and connection to Profibus DP bus). 

The M258 logic controller for Solutions range is completed by an expansion module 

offer: 

vv 

Modicon TM5 Compact blocks 

vv 

Modicon TM5 Digital modules 

vv 

Modicon TM5 Digital/Analog module 

vv 

Modicon TM5 Analog modules 

vv 

Modicon TM5 Expert modules 

vv 

Modicon TM5 Common Distribution modules 

vv 

Modicon TM5 Power Distribution modules 

vv 

Modicon TM5 Transmitter and receiver modules 

4 

5 

TM5 C compact block 

TM5 SD digital module 

Functions 

The main component in a system is the controller: 4 M258 logic controllers for 

Solutions models are offered to cover different control requirements (pressure, 

temperature, counting, speed, position control, motion, etc.). 

M258 logic controllers for Solutions and I/O modules are programmed with the 

SoMachine software. 

Reference 

TM258 LF42DTS0, 

TM258 LF42DT4LS0, 

TM258 LF42DRS0, 


Embedded functions 

bb 

42 or 66 digital I/O including 8 high-speed counters (100 kHz) 

bb 

Depending on the reference, 4 voltage/current analog inputs 

can be added 

bb 

Up to 16 independent axes 

bb 


6 

7 

TM5 SMM6D2L digital/Analog 

module 

TM5 SA analog module 

All M258 logic controllers for Solutions have two groups of high-speed I/O with, for 

each group: 

vv 

Four sink type high-speed inputs (up to 100 KHz), 2 standard inputs and 2 source 

type high-speed outputs (up to 100 KHz) dedicated to HSC or PWM functions 

vv 

A high-speed input which can be used as an “Encoder capture input” 

vv 

Two commons for the inputs 

vv 

One common for the outputs 

vv 

A power supply (24 V c) consisting of 3 units: 

-- 

One for the CPU 

-- 

One for the high-speed I/O modules 

-- 

One for other modules (internal I/O Bus) 

8 

TM5 SE expert module 

Conformity to standards 

Type 

Performance 

Surge immunity 24 VDC circuit EN/IEC 61000-4-5 1 kV in common mode 

0.5 kV in differential mode 

Surge immunity 230 VAC circuit EN/IEC 61000-4-5 2 kV in common mode 

1 kV in differential mode 

Induced electromagnetic field EN/IEC 61000-4-6 10 Veff (0.15...80 MHz) 

9 

10 

TM5 SPD Common 

Distribution module 

TM5 SPS Power Distribution 

module 

Conducted emission EN 55011 (IEC/CISPR11) 150...500 kHz, 

quasi peak 79 dBμV 

500 kHz...30 MHz, 

quasi peak 73 dBμV 

Radiated emission EN 55011 (IEC/CISPR11) 30...230 MHz, 

10 m @ 40 dBμV/m 

230 MHz...1 GHz, 

10 m @ 47 dBμV/m 

TM5 SBET1 transmitter 

module 

TM5 SBER2 receiver module 

3/22

Presentation 

Controllers 



1 

Assembly and mounting 

The components of this system have been designed for simple interlocking 

mechanical assembly. 

An 8-way expansion bus connection (2 for the power supply, 2 for the bus and 4 for 

the data) is used to distribute data and the power supply when assembling the 

components: the M258 controller for Solutions with compact blocks and modules 

(digital, digital/analog, analog, Expert, common distribution, power distribution, 

expansion bus). 

All the elements which make up the system are mounted and dismounted on a 

symmetrical rail using the locking levers located on top of each device. 

Wiring and maintenance of devices is simplified since they are fitted with removable 

spring terminals. The spring terminals are undone by pressing a locking tab. 

1 

2 

Ethernet Modbus/TCP 

2 3 3 

Embedded I/O I/O 

I/O expansion expansion 

The system is integrated into communication networks: all the connectors (RJ45, 

USB, mini-USB and SUB-D type depending on the model) are accessible, as they 

are located on the controller front panels. 

Local or remote architecture 

Local I/O 

A PLC configuration can be local or remote. It consists of an M258 controller for 

Solutions with its embedded input and output channels, used in conjunction with 

compact blocks and/or modules which are used to increase the number of channels 

and/or “Application-specific” functions. 

3 

4 

Local I/O 


1 

2 3 3 4 

Embedded I/O I/O 

I/O expansion expansion 

5 

3 

6 

Remote I/O 

3 7 3 4 

Remote I/O 

expansion 

bb 

Compact blocks represent a way of adding a large number of I/O with a single 

reference. This possibility reduces both the cost per channel, and also assembly 

times. These compact blocks are available in 4 references offering a high level of 

flexibility in configurations. 

bb 

I/O modules (a combination of a bus base, an electronic module and a terminal 

block) complete this configuration and, being modular with between 2 and 12 

channels, make it possible to adjust the number of channels to exactly that 

required. Addition of digital or analog modules, temperature or high-speed 

modules increases the processing capabilities of applications. 

Configuration of local I/O 

1 XBT GT supervision graphic touch screen terminal 

2 M258 controller for Solutions 

3 Compact blocks or I/O modules 

Remote I/O 

Because of its backplane bus management, the TM5 system can be used to control 

I/O remotely. 

The same modules can be used in either a local and/or remote configuration, linked 

together with expansion bus cables. 

The total maximum distance between 2 remote islands is 100 m and the maximum 

number of islands is 25, i.e. a total distance of up to 2500 m. 

This function ensures a high level of flexibility, while retaining synchronization of all 

data acquisition, since all the expansion modules are on the same backplane bus. 

5 

6 

7 

8 

6 

Remote I/O 

5 3 3 7 3 7 

Configuration of remote I/O 

1 XBT GT supervision graphic touch screen terminal 

2 M258 controller for Solutions 

3 Compact blocks or I/O modules 

4 Transmitter modules 

5 Receiver modules 

6 TM5 expansion bus cables 

7 Common distribution modules 

9 

10 

Remote I/O 

expansion 

3/23

Presentation 

Controllers 



1 

2 

3 

Communication 

M258 logic controllers for Solutions have the following built-in communication ports: 

References Communication ports Use 





1 x RJ45 

Configurable as RS232 or RS485 

ASCII or RTU exchange with 

Modbus communication protocol. 

1 x RJ45 (MDI/MDIX port) vv 

FTP server 

vv 

Web server 

vv 

Modbus TCP server 

vv 

Modbus TCP client 

vv 

Manager SoMachine 

vv 

SNMP 

vv 

Ethernet IP device 

vv 

Modbus device. 

1 x USB-A Connection of a USB memory stick 

for transferring (uploading/ 

downloading) programs, data and/ 

or firmware. 

1 x mini-USB Programming port (480 Mbps). 

1 x 9-way male SUB-D Master CANopen connection. 

4 

2 PCI slots for communication 

modules = 2 x 9-way male SUB-D 

Addition of optional communication 

modules for a serial link and a 

connection on the bus Profibus DP.. 

(1) 

5 

6 

7 

Embedded Ethernet 

M258 logic controllers for Solutions have an embedded Ethernet link via a direct 

connection to their RJ45 port. 

vv 

Speed: “10 BaseT” and “100 BaseTX” with auto-negotiation 

vv 

RJ45 port (MDI/MDIX): automatic adaptation to a straight or crossed cable 

References Protocols Number of connections 





Modbus server 8 

Modbus device 2 

SoMachine 3 (2) 

Ethernet IP device 16 

FTP server 4 

Web server 10 

(1) Only on TM258 LF42DT4LS0, TM258 LF42DRS0 and TM258 LF66DT4LS0 

(2) The Oscilloscope function uses one connection 

8 

9 

10 

3/24

Description 

Controllers 



12 

1 2 3 

11 

10 9 

8 

7 

4 

5 

6 

Description 

The TM258 LF42DTS0 logic controller for Solutions comprises: 

1 A display block with: 

-- 

4 controller status LEDs (RUN/MS, BATTERY, APP0 and APP1) 

-- 

6 built-in communication port status LEDs (Eth LA, Eth ST, Eth NS, USB Host, 

MBS COM, CAN 0 STS) 

2 Locking lever for mounting/dismounting on 5 symmetrical rail. 

3 A 24 V c power supply module with removable terminal block and locking lever, 

display block and slot for a label. 

4 I/O modules, each one with: a removable terminal block with locking lever, a 

display block showing the I/O states and a slot for a label-holder. 

5 Removable terminal block with locking lever for locking/unlocking. 

6 On the side, an expansion bus connection for the link with the next module. 

7 A slot for the RTC (Real Time Clock) battery. 

8 A USB-A connector (marked Host) for connection of a USB memory stick for 

transferring programs, data or firmware updates. 

9 A USB-B mini-connector (marked Pgr Port) for connection to the programming 

PC 

10 An RJ45 connector (marked Ethernet) for connection to the Ethernet network 

and/or connection to the Magelis XBT GT graphic terminal. 

11 An RJ45 connector (marked MBS) for the RS232 or RS485 serial link. 

12 A 9-way male SUB-D connector, marked CAN 0, for connection to the CANopen 

bus. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

13 

1 2 3 

12 11 10 9 

8 

4 5 6 7 

The TM258 LF42DT4LS0 / LF42DRS0 / LF66DT4LS0 logic controllers for 

Solutions comprise: 

1 A display block with: 

-- 

4 controller status LEDs (RUN/MS, BATTERY, APP0 and APP1) 

-- 

6 built-in communication port status LEDs (Eth LA, Eth ST, Eth NS, USB Host, 

MBS COM, CAN 0 STS) 

2 Locking lever for mounting/dismounting on 5 symmetrical rail. 

3 Two free PCI slots for the communication module. 

4 A 24 V c power supply module with removable terminal block and locking lever, 

display block and slot for a label. 

5 I/O modules, each one with: a removable terminal block with locking lever, a 

display block showing the I/O states and a slot for a label-holder. 

6 Removable terminal block with locking lever for locking/unlocking. 

7 On the side, an expansion bus connection for the link with the next module. 

8 A slot for the RTC (Real Time Clock) battery. 

9 A USB-A connector (marked Host) for connection of a USB memory stick for 

transferring programs, data or firmware updates. 

10 A USB-B mini-connector (marked Pgr Port) for connection to the programming 

PC. 

11 An RJ45 connector (marked Ethernet) for connection to the Ethernet network 

and/or connection to the Magelis XBT GT graphic terminal. 

12 An RJ45 connector (marked MBS) for the RS232 or RS485 serial link. 

13 A 9-way male SUB-D connector, marked CAN 0, for connection to the CANopen 

bus. 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

3/25

References 

Controllers 



1 

2 

TM258LF42DTS0 

References 

Logic controllers, Compact base for solutions with AFB, 24 V c power supply (1) 

Nbr. 

of I/O 

Inputs Outputs Built-in communication ports Reference Weight 

kg 

42 I/O bb 

26 x 24 V c 

digital inputs 

including 8 counter 

inputs (100 kHz) 

bb 

16 transistor 

digital outputs 

(0.5 A) 

including 4 reflex 

outputs 

vv 

1 RJ45 port: Ethernet 

vv 

1 SUB-D port (9-way male): 


vv 

1 USB-A port: program transfer 

vv 

1 USB-B mini-port: software 

programming 

vv 

1 RJ45 port: RS232/RS485 serial 

link 

TM258 LF42DTS0 0.550 

3 

4 

TM258LF42DT4LS0 

42 + 4 

I/O 

bb 

26 x 24 V c 




bb 


10 V/- 10 V, 

4-20 mA/0-20 mA, 


bb 

16 digital 

transistor outputs 

(0.5 A) 


outputs 

vv 


vv 



vv 


vv 


programming 

vv 


link 

v v + 2 free PCI slots for optional 

communication modules (2): RS232/ 

RS485 serial link and Profibus DP bus 

TM258 LF42DT4LS0 0.770 

5 

TM258LF42DRS0 

42 I/O bb 

26 x 24 V c 




bb 

4 digital 

transistor (reflex) 

outputs (0.5 A) 

bb 

12 relay outputs 

vv 


vv 



vv 


vv 


programming 

vv 


link 

TM258 LF42DRS0 0.800 

6 




7 

TM258LF66DT4LS0 

66 + 4 

I/O 

bb 

38 x 24 V c 




bb 


+ 10 V/- 10 V, 

4-20 mA/0-20 mA, 


bb 

28 digital 

transistor outputs 

(0.5 A) 


outputs 

vv 


vv 



vv 


vv 


programming 

vv 


link 

TM258 LF66DT4LS0 0.800 




8 

(1) The Modicon M258 logic controllers for Solutions require a power supply with a nominal voltage of 24 V c. 

The 24 V c power supply must be rated Separated Extra Low Voltage (SELV-rated) according to IEC 61140. 

The SELV-rating means that SELV isolation is provided between the electrical input and output of the power supply. 

(2) To be ordered separately, see on www.schneider-electric.com 

9 

10 

3/26


Controllers 



TM5 ACTLC100 

TM5 ACTCH100 

TM5 ACLITW1 

TM5 ACLT1 

References 

Accessories 

Type Used for Colour Sold in 

lots of 

Plain text cover holder 

(label-holder) 

Marking the terminal blocks on the 

I/O channels 

Plain text cover holder locking Locking plain text cover holder 

clip 

TM5 ACTCH100 

(Order with plain text cover 

holder TM5 ACTCH100) 

Precut legend strips of paper Plain text cover holder 

TM5 ACTCH100 

Coloured plastic 

identifiers 

Metal tool 

Connection cables 

Description 

Labelling 16 connection channel 

terminals 

Inserting/removing TM5 ACLITp1 

identifiers 

Use from 

Software programming cable PC USB port 

Baud rate: 480 Mbps max. 

Protocol: Modbus, HTTP, FTP, 

Code sys or virtual, non-isolated 

Programming cable PC USB port USB-B mini-port on 

M258 controllers 

RS485 serial link cables 

Modbus protocol 

RS232 serial link cables 

Character mode 

(1) DTE: Data Terminal Equipment. 

(2) DCE: Data Communication Equipment. 

SUB-D port (25-way) on RJ45 port on M258 

Small Panel compact controllers 

display units: XBT N401, 

XBT N410, XBT R410, 

XBT R411, XBT GT2... 

GT7 

RJ45 port on XBT GT 

graphic touch screen 

terminals 

SUB-D port (9-way 

female) on DTE 

equipment (1): printer, 

hand-held bar code 

reader, etc. 

SUB-D port (9-way 

female) on DCE 

equipment (2): GSM 

modem 

Unit 

reference 

Weight 

kg 

Transparent 100 TM5 ACTCH100 0.002 

Transparent 100 TM5 ACTLC100 0.001 

White 100 TM5 ACTLS100 0.001 

White 1 TM5 ACLITW1 0.015 

Red 1 TM5 ACLITR1 0.015 

Blue 1 TM5 ACLITB1 0.015 

Black 1 TM5 ACLT1 0.030 

Length Reference Weight 

to 

kg 

USB mini-port on M258 3 m TCS XCN AM UM3P 0.065 

controllers, the 

Altivar IMC card or XBT 

GT graphic touch screen 

terminals 

RJ45 port on M258 

controllers 


controllers 


controllers 

1.8 m BMX XCA USB H018 0.230 

1.8 m XBT Z938 0.230 

2.5 m XBT 9980 0.230 

3 m TCS MCN 3M4F3C2 0.150 

3 m TCS MCN 3M4M3S2 0.150 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

3/27


Controllers 

Controllers I/O expansion modules 

Local and remote I/O expansion modules 

1 

Applications Local I/O (IP 20) 

Compatibility 

bb 

Modicon M238 logic controller compact base for solutions with AFB 

bb 

Modicon OTB 

I/O type Digital Analog Expert 

2 

Remote I/O 

configuration 

Hardware – – – 

3 

Bus type – – – 

4 

5 

Inputs 

Number (depending on 

model) 

4 to 32 inputs 2 to 8 inputs 2 channels with 6 inputs 

6 

Type (depending on model) 

24 V c 

120 V a 

Voltage, 

Current, 

Temperature 

24 V c sensors (2-wire and 

3-wire) 

15…30 V c 

incremental encoders . 

(60 kHz) 

Outputs 

Number (depending on 

model) 

8 to 32 outputs 1 to 2 outputs 2 channels with 2 outputs 

7 

Type (depending on model) 

24 V c transistor, 

Relay 

0…10 V, 

± 10 V, 

4…20 mA 

24 V c transistor 

8 

Type of expansion module 

Modicon TM2 

digital module 

Modicon TM2 

analog module 

Modicon TM2 

expert module 

More informations 


9 

10 

3/28

Local and/or remote I/O (IP 20) Remote I/O expansion bus (IP 67) 

bb 


bb 

Modicon M258 logic controller compact base for 

solutions with AFB 

1 

Digital Analog Digital/analog Expert Digital Analog 

2 

Modicon TM5 transmitter/receiver: 

For use with remote I/O 

Modicon TM5 transmitter/receiver: 

Required 

TM5 expansion bus 

TM7 expansion bus 

3 

4 

2 to 12 inputs 2 to 6 inputs Digital: 12 to 14 inputs 

Analog: 4 inputs 

1 or 2 channels with . 

2 inputs 

8 to 16 inputs 2 to 4 inputs 

5 

24 V c 

100/120 V a, 

100/240 V a 

Voltage, 

Current, 

Temperature 

Digital: 24 V c 

Analog: Voltage, 

Current 

2 to 12 outputs 2 to 4 outputs Digital: 6 to 18 outputs 

Analog: 2 outputs 

5 V c, 

24 V c (from 50 kHz to 

1 MHz) 

24 V c Voltage, 

Current, 

Temperature 

Resistance 

– 8 to 16 outputs 2 to 4 outputs 

6 

24 V c 

30/230 V a, 

100/240 V a 

- 10…+ 10 V, 

0…20 mA 

Digital: 24 V c 

Analog: Voltage/Current 

– 24 V c 

Transistor/Source 

- 10…+ 10 V, 

0…20 mA 

7 

Modicon TM5 

digital module 

Modicon TM5 

analog module 

Modicon TM5 

compact block 

Modicon TM5 

expert module 

Modicon TM7 

digital block 

Modicon TM7 

analog block 

8 


9 

10 

3/29


Controllers 

Controllers I/O expansion modules 

Distributed I/O expansion modules 

1 

Applications Optimum distributed I/O (IP 20) 

Compatibility 

bb 


bb 

Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions 

2 

3 

Available buses and networks 

bb 

Ethernet Modbus TCP/IP 

bb 

CANopen bus 

bb 

Modbus serial link (RS 485) 

4 

Configuration with 

I/O expansion modules 

Module type 

Modicon TM2: 

vv 

Digital I/O modules 

vv 

Analog I/O modules 

vv 

Expert modules 

vv 

Common distribution modules 

5 

Capacity 

For 1 Modicon OTB interface module: 7 Modicon TM2 modules max. 

Including: 

vv 

Digital I/O modules: 

- 132 I/O max. with modules with screw terminals 

- 188 I/O max. with modules with spring terminals 

- 244 I/O max. with modules with HE10 connector 

vv 

Analog I/O modules with screw terminals: up to 7 x 8 inputs, or 7 x 2 outputs, or 7 x (4I/2O) 

vv 

Expert modules 

vv 

Common distribution module 

6 

Integrated I/O 

Number and type 

(depending on model) 

12 x 24 V c digital inputs 

2 x 24 V c solid state outputs 

6 x 30 V c/240 V a relay outputs 

2 channels: 5 kHz/20 kHz 

2 PWM function channels 

7 

Type of distributed I/O expansion module 

Modicon OTB interface modules 

8 

More informations 


9 

10 

3/30

Performance distributed I/O (IP 20) Performance distributed I/O (IP 67) 

bb 


bb 


1 

2 

bb 

CANopen bus 

bb 

CANopen bus 

3 

Modicon TM5 modules and/or Modicon TM7 blocks: 

vv 


vv 


vv 

Common distribution modules (TM5 only) 

Modicon TM5 modules and/or Modicon TM7 blocks: 

vv 


vv 


vv 

Common distribution modules (TM5 only) 

4 

For 1 Modicon TM5 interface module: 40 TM5/TM7 modules max. 

Including: 

vv 

Digital I/O modules: 240 inputs and 240 outputs max. 

vv 

Analog I/O modules: 20 inputs and 20 outputs 

Maximum distance from the expansion bus (TM5 or TM7): 2500 m. 

Maximum distance between 2 islands of TM5 modules: 100 m. 

Maximum distance between 2 TM7 blocks: 100 m. 

Maximum distance between 1 island of TM5 modules and 1 TM7 block: 100 m. 

For 1 TM7 CANopen interface block: 40 TM5/TM7 modules max. 

Including: 

vv 

Digital I/O modules: 240 inputs and 240 outputs max. 

vv 

Analog I/O modules: 20 inputs and 20 outputs 

Maximum distance from the expansion bus (TM5 or TM7): 2500 m. 

Maximum distance between 2 islands of TM5 modules: 100 m. 

Maximum distance between 2 TM7 blocks: 100 m. 

Maximum distance between 1 island of TM5 modules and 1 TM7 block: 100 m. 

5 

– 8 to 16 digital channels that can be configured as inputs (24 V c) or outputs 

(24 V c) 

6 

Modicon TM5 CANopen interface module 

Modicon TM7 CANopen interface blocks 

7 



8 

9 

10 

3/31

chapter 4 

Communication 



Contents 

Communication 

bb 

CANopen bus 

for Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions with AFB, 

Modicon M238 & M258 logic controllers, compact bases for solutions 

with AFB 

1 

vv 

Presentation.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/2 

vv 

Integrated port CANopen bus for Altivar IMC drive controller card type S 

solutions with AFB.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/3 

vv 

Integrated port CANopen bus for Modicon M238 logic controller, 

compact base for solutions with AFB .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/4 

vv 

Integrated CANopen bus port for Modicon M258 logic controller, 

compact base for solutions with AFB.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/5 

vv 

CANopen architecture for Altivar IMC drive controller card type S 

solutions with AFB, Modicon M238 & M258 logic controllers, compact 

bases for solutions with AFB 

Architecture.................................................................................................. 4/6 

References .................................................................................................. 4/7 

bb 

Modbus and Character mode serial link 

for Modicon M238 & M258 logic controllers, compact bases for solutions with 

AFB 

vv 

For Modicon M238 logic controller, compact base for solutions with AFB 

Connection .................................................................................................. 4/8 

References .................................................................................................. 4/9 

vv 

For Modicon M258 logic controller, compact base for solutions with AFB 

Connection .................................................................................................. 4/8 

References .................................................................................................. 4/9 

bb 

Ethernet Modbus/TCP network 

for ATV IMC drive controller card type S solutions with AFB, 

Modicon M238 & M258 logic controllers, compact bases for solutions with AFB 

vv 

Ethernet Modbus/TCP or Ethernet IP network architecture 

Connection ................................................................................................ 4/10 

References ................................................................................................ 4/11 

v v TwidoPort interface module for Modicon M238 logic controller 

Connection ................................................................................................ 4/12 

References ................................................................................................ 4/13 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

4/1

Presentation 

Communication 

CANopen bus 

for Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions with 

AFB, Modicon M238 & M258 logic controllers, compact 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

TeSys U + communication 

module LUL C08 

Preventa safety module 

for Emergency stop monitoring 

Altivar 312 Altivar 32 

Preventa safety configurable 

controller 

Preventa safety module 

for switch monitoring 

Presentation 

Schneider Electric has selected the CANopen bus for its machines and installations 

because of its wealth of functions and its resulting benefits in the automation world. 

This decision was based on the general acceptance of CANopen by the automation 

engineer community due to its openness and universality, and the fact that CANopen 

products are increasingly used in control system architectures. 

CANopen is an open communication bus supported by more than 400 companies 

worldwide, and promoted by CAN in Automation (CIA) http://www.can-cia.org/. 

CANopen conforms to standards EN 50325-4 and ISO 15745-2. 

CANopen brings transparency to Ethernet 

The CANopen bus is a multi-master bus ensuring reliable, deterministic access to 

real-time data in control system equipment. The CSMA/CA protocol is based on 

broadcast exchanges, sent cyclically or on an event, to ensure optimum use of the 

bandwidth. A message handling channel can also be used to define slave 

parameters. 

The bus uses a double shielded twisted pair on which, with the Altivar IMC drive 

controller type S, Modicon M238 logic controller type S, Modicon M258 logic 

controller type S, a maximum of 16 slave devices are connected by daisy-chaining or 

by tap junctions. The variable data rate between 20 kbps and 1 Mbps depends on 

the length of the bus (between 20 m and 1000 m). 

Each end of the bus must be fitted with a line terminator. 

The CANopen bus is a set of profiles on CAN systems, possessing the following 

characteristics: 

bbOpen bus system 

bbData exchanges in real time without overloading the protocol 

bbModular design allowing modification of size 

bbInterconnection and interchangeability of devices 

bbStandardized network configuration 

bbAccess to all device parameters 

bbSynchronization and circulation of data from cyclic and/or event-controlled 

processes (short system response time) 

Connectable Schneider Electric devices 

The following Schneider Electric devices can be connected to the CANopen bus: 

vvTeSys U starter-controllers with communication module: LUL C08 

vvTeSys T motor management system with controller: LTM RppCpp 

vvPreventa safety configurable controllers XPS MC16ZC, XPS MC32ZC. 

vvPreventa safety modules XPS For Emergency stop and switch monitoring . 

vvAltivar 312 variable speed drives for asynchronous motors (0,18…15 kW): 

ATV 312Hpppp 

vvAltivar 32 variable speed drives for asynchronous motors (0,18…15 kW): 

ATV 32Hpppp 

vvAltivar 71 variable speed drives for asynchronous motors (0.75…630 kW): 

ATV 71H ppppp 

vvLexium integrated drives: ILA1B, ILE1B and ILS1B, 

vvØ 58 mm OsiSense XCC multi-turn absolute encoders: XCC 3510P, 

XCC 3515CS84CB 

vvEtc. 

CANopen architecture 

Wiring system, see page 4/6 

9 

Altivar 71 

Lexium ILA1B 

10 

OsiSense XCC 

4/2

Architecture, 

presentation 

Communication 

CANopen bus 

Integrated CANopen bus port on Altivar IMC drive 

controller card type S solutions with AFB 

Tested Validated and Documented Architecture 

Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions with AFB 

1 

2 

3 

4 

CANopen port 

The Altivar IMC drive controller card type S has a built-in 9-way male SUB-D 

CANopen port and acts as the CANopen master. 

The bus consists of a master station, the Altivar IMC card, and slave stations. The 

master is in charge of configuration, exchanges and diagnostics to the slaves. 

The CANopen bus is used to manage a variety of slaves such as: 

bbDiscrete slaves 

bbAnalog slaves 

bbVariable speed drives 

bbMotor starters 

bbEtc. 

CANopen port 

Standards DS 301 V4.02, DR 303-1 

Class 

Conformity class M20, limited to 16 slaves 

Data rate Max. 20 100 250 500 1000 2500 

length (m) 

Data rate 1000 500 250 125 50 20 

(kbps) 

Number of slaves 

16 max. with max. limit of: 32 RPDOs and 32 TPDOs 

Connection 

On 9-way male SUB-D port 


Wiring system, see page page 4/6 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

4/3

Architecture, 

Presentation 

Communication 

CANopen bus 

Integrated CANopen bus port on Modicon M238 logic 

controller, compact base for solutions with AFB 

1 

Tested Validated and Documented Architecture 

Modicon M238 logic controller, compact base for solutions with AFB 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

CANopen port 

The Modicon M238 logic controller bases TM238 LFDC24DTS0 and 

TM238 LFAC24DRS0 allow to act as CANopen master thanks to their integrated 

CANopen bus connector. 

The bus consists of a master station, the Modicon M238 controller type S and slave 

stations. The master is in charge of configuration, exchanges and diagnostics on the 

slaves. 

The CANopen bus is a communication type bus and allows management of various 

slaves such as: 

b Digital slaves, 

b Analogue slaves, 

b Variable speed controllers, 

b Motor starters, 

bbEtc. 

The Modicon M238 CANopen master type S controls up to 16 slaves, each with an 

input PDO (Process Data Object) and an output PDO. 

If a slave has more than one PDO, the maximum number of slaves is reduced by an 

equivalent number. 

CANopen conformity class 

Schneider Electric has defined the conformity classes for CANopen master and 

slave devices. Conformity classes are used to identify the services and levels of 

service supported by each CANopen device or product. These services are 

described in section 4 of our “Machines & Installations with industrial 

communications” catalogue. 

The table below shows product combination possibilities according to their conformity 

class. 

Conformity class 

Master 

product 

M10 

M20 

M30 

Slave device 

S10 S20 S30 

Combination possible: Modicon M238 controller master M10 classe with slave device 

S10 classe 

Use restriction: Modicon M238 controller type S master M10 class with slave device S20 

and S30 classes limits the level of service to that of the lower conformity class, either S20 or S30. 



(1) 16 slaves max. with max. limit of: 32 RPDOs and 32 TPDOs 

4/4

Architecture, 

Presentation 

Communication 

CANopen bus 

Integrated CANopen bus port on Modicon M258 logic 


Tested Validated Documented Architectures 

Modicon M258 logic controller, compact base for solutions with AFB 

1 

2 

3 

4 

CANopen port 

All Modicon M258 logic controllers type S include a 9-way male SUB-D CANopen 

port and act as the CANopen master. 

The bus consists of a master station, M258 logic controller type S and slave stations. 

The master is in charge of configuration, exchanges and diagnostics to the slaves. 

The CANopen bus is a communication bus and is used to manage a variety of 

slaves, such as: 

bbDigital slaves 

bbAnalog slaves 

bbVariable speed drives 

bbMotor starters 

bbEtc. 

CANopen port 

Standards DS 301 V4.02, DR 303-1 

Class 

Conformity class M10, limited to 63 slaves 

Data rate Max. 20 40 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000 

length (m) 

Data rate 1000 800 500 250 125 50 20 10 

(kbps) 

Number of slaves 

63 max. with max. limit of: 64 TDPOs/64 RPDOs 

Connection 

On 9-way male SUB-D port 



5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

4/5

Architecture, 

references 

Communication 






1 

IHM 

Connection example dedicated to hoisting solutions. 

Modicon M258 Type S 

2 

ATV IMC Type S 

+ ATV 71 

2 

IHM 

Modicon M238 Type S 

4 

3 

or 

4 4 

4 

3 1 

3 1 

4 

6 

6 

5 5 

6 6 5 5 

5 

ATV32 ATV32 ATV32 

6 

6 

7 7 7 

ATV32 + VW3 A3 608 card: optimized solution for 

daisy chain connection to the CANopen machine bus 

8 

ATV 312 ATV 312 ATV 312 ATV 312 

6 

7 

Références 

TSX CAN 

TDM4 

VW3 CAN 

TAP2 

Standard junction boxes and connectors 

Description Composition Item Length Unit reference Weight 

kg 

CANopen IP 20 

4 SUB-D ports. Screw terminal blocks for 1 – TSX CAN TDM4 0.196 

tap junction box 

connection of main cables 

Line end adapter 

IP 20 connectors 

Elbowed (90°) 2 – TSX CAN KCDF 90T 0.046 

CANopen 9-way 

SUB-D female. 

Line end adapter switch Straight (1) – – TSX CAN KCDF 180T 0.049 

Elbowed (90°) with 9-way SUB-D connector 

for connection to PC or diagnostic tool 

– – TSX CAN KCDF 90TP 0.051 

M12 connectors 

IP 67 

Male – – FTX CN 12M5 0.050 

8 

9 

10 

TSX CAN KCD 

F90T 

TSX CAN KCD 

F90TP 

TSX CAN KCD 

F180T 

CANopen IP 20 

tap junction box for Altivar and 

Lexium 05 

Daisy chain taps 

CANopen line terminators 

Female – – FTX CN 12F5 0.050 

2 x RJ45 ports 3 – VW3 CAN TAP2 0.250 

Equipped with: 

- 2 spring terminal blocks for connecting the 

CANopen bus in a daisy chain 

- 1 preassembled cordset with an RJ45 

connector for connecting the drive 

– 0.6 TCS CTN 026M 16M – 

Equipped with: 

- 2 RJ45 connectors for connecting the 

CANopen bus in a daisy chain 

- 1 preassembled cordset with an RJ45 

connector for connecting the drive 

For RJ45 connector 

Sold in packs of 2 

For screw terminal connector 

Sold in packs of 2 

(1) For connection to an Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions 

TCS 

CAR013M120 

– 0.3 TCS CTN 023F 

13M03 

– – TCS CAR013M120 – 

– – TCS CAR01NM120 – 

– 

4/6


Communication 






Standard IP 20 formed cables 

Description Application Item Length Unit reference Weight 

kg 

CANopen cables 

(2 x AWG 22 

2 x AWG 24) 

For standard environments (2), e 

marking: low fume emission. Halogenfree. 

Non flame propagating (IEC 

60332-1) 

4 50 m TSX CAN CA50 4.930 

100 m TSX CAN CA100 8.800 

300 m TSX CAN CA300 24.560 

1 

For standard environments (2), UL 

certified, e marking: non flame 

propagating (IEC 60332-2) 

4 50 m TSX CAN CB50 3.580 

100 m TSX CAN CB100 7.840 

300 m TSX CAN CB300 21.870 

2 

VW3 CAN A71 

CANopen 

formed cables 

1 x 9-way SUB-D female 

connector at each end. 

For standard environments (2) or mobile 

installation, e marking: low fume 

emission. Halogen-free. Non flame 

propagating (IEC 60332-1). Oil resistant 

For standard environments (2), e 

marking: low fume emission. Halogenfree. 

Non flame propagating (IEC 

60332-1) 

4 50 m TSX CAN CD50 3.510 

100 m TSX CAN CD100 7.770 

300 m TSX CAN CD300 21.700 

– 0.3 m TSX CAN CADD03 0.091 

1 m TSX CAN CADD1 0.143 



3 

For standard environments (2), UL 

certified, e marking: non flame 

propagating (IEC 60332-2) 

– 0.3 m TSX CAN CBDD03 0.086 

1 m TSX CAN CBDD1 0.131 



4 

VW3 A3 608 

CANopen 

formed cables 

IP 20 connection accessories 

CANopen connector for 

Altivar 71 (3) 

Formed cables with 1 x 9-way SUB-D 

female connector and 1 x RJ45 

connector 

Formed cables with 2 x 9-way SUB-D 

connectors, 1 female and 1 male 

9-way SUB-D female. Line end adapter 

switch. 180° cable entry 

5 0.5 m TCS CCN 4F3 M05T 0.100 

1 m TCS CCN 4F3 M1T 0.100 

VW3 M38 05 R010 (2) 0.100 

3 m VW3 M38 05 R030 (2) 0.300 

TCS CCN 4F3 M3T 0.160 

– 0.5 m TLA CD CBA 005 0.100 

1.5 m TLA CD CBA 015 0.120 

3 m TLA CD CBA 030 0.190 

5 m TLA CD CBA 050 0.350 

– – VW3 CAN KCDF 180T 0.100 

Adaptor for Altivar 71 CANopen SUB-D to RJ45 adaptor – – VW3 CAN A71 0.100 

CANopen Daisy chain Ports: 2 RJ45 connectors 7 – VW3 A3 608 – 

communication card for 

Altivar 32 (4) (5) (6) 

CANopen line terminator For RJ45 connector (7) 8 – TCS CAR013M120 – 

CANopen terminal adaptor for 

Altivar 312 

2 RJ45 connectors for daisy chain 

connection 

– 0.3 m TCS CTN023F13M03 – 

Formed CANopen cables 1 RJ45 connector at each end. 6 0.3 m VW3 CAN CARR03 0.050 

5 

6 

7 

1 m VW3 CAN CARR1 0.500 

Y connector CANopen/Modbus – – TCS CTN011M11F 0.100 

(1) Standard environment: without any particular environmental restrictions, operating temperature between + 5 °C and + 60 °C, 

and for fixed installation.Harsh environments: resistant to hydrocarbons, industrial oils, detergents, solder splashes, hygrometry 

up to 100%, saline environment, wide temperature variations, operating temperature between - 10 °C and + 70 °C, or mobile 

installation. 

(2) Cable equipped with line end adapter. 

(3) For variable speed controllers ATV 71HpppM3, ATV 71HD11M3X, HD15M3X, ATV 71H075N4... HD18N4, this connector can 

be replaced by connector TSX CAN KCDF 180T. 

(4) The Modbus serial link always uses the RJ45 communication port located on the front. If simultaneous use of the Modbus 

serial link and the CANopen machine bus is required, a CANopen communication card is needed. 

(5) The Altivar 32 drive can only take one communication card. 

(6) When one of the CANopen communication cards is inserted in the Altivar 32 drive, CANopen communication via the RJ45 

communication port on the front is disabled. 

(7) Sold in lots of of 2. 

8 

9 

10 

4/7

Connections, 

references 

Communication 

Modbus and character mode serial link 

for Modicon M238 & M258 logic controllers, compact 


1 

Modbus cabling system 

Non isolated link (Modicon M238/M258 type S 

master) 

Isolated link (Modicon M238/M258 type S master) 

2 

7 

Modicon M238 

type S 

Magelis STU 

2 

1 3 

1 1 

b g b b 

c 24 V 

3 

or 

4 

4 

or 

4 

6 

Modicon M238 type S 

4 

4 

Phaseo 

Modular 

5 

7 

TeSys U 

ATV 312 

ATV 312 

TeSys U 

Twido 

slave 

4 


- Length of cables between Modicon M238/M258 type S and 

Altivar 312: y 30 m max. 


- Total length of cables between isolation boxes 1: y 1000 m 

- Length of tap cables 4, 5 or 6: y 10 m 

5 

6 

7 

8 

g Line polarization active 

b Line termination 

References 

TWD XCA ISO 

TWD XCA T3RJ 

Tap-off and adapter components for RS 485 serial link 

Description Application Item Length Reference Weight 

kg 

Tap isolation box 

Screw terminal block 

for main cable 

2 x RJ45 for tap-off 

- RS 485 line isolation (1) 

- Line end adapter (RC 120 Ω, 1nF) 

- Line pre-polarisation (2 R 620 Ω) 

c 24 V supply (screw terminal block) 

or c 5 V (via RJ45) 

Mounting on 35 mm 5 

1 – TWD XCA ISO 0.100 

Tap junction box 

1 x RJ45 for main cable 


Modbus hub 

Screw terminal block 



T-junction boxes 

2 x RJ45 


- Line end adapter (RC 120 Ω, 1nF) 

- Line pre-polarisation (2 R 620 Ω) 


Mounting on 35 mm 5, on mounting 

plate or panel (2 x Ø 4 mm screws) 

1 integrated cable with RJ45 

connector for Altivar variable 

speed controller dedicated tap-off 

2 – TWD XCA T3RJ 0.080 

– – LU9 GC3 0.500 

– 0.3 m VW3 A8 306 TF03 – 

1 m VW3 A8 306 TF10 – 

9 

LU9 GC3 

Passive tap 

junction box 

RS 232C/RS 485 

line converter 

- Line extension and single-channel 

tap-off on screw terminal block 

- Line end adapter 

- Flow rate 19.2 Kbit/s max. 

- Without modem signals 

c 24 V/20 mA supply, 


– – TSX SCA 50 0.520 

– – XGS Z24 0.100 

10 

TSX SCA 50 

XGS Z24 

(1) Line isolation recommended for distances > 10 m. 

4/8


Communication 

Modbus and character mode serial link 




Connection cables for RS 485 serial link 

Description Application Item Length Unit reference Weight 

kg 

Main cables 

Modbus serial link, 

3 100 m TSX CSA 100 5.680 

double shielded supplied without connector 

200 m TSX CSA 200 10.920 

twisted pair 

RS 485 

500 m TSX CSA 500 30.000 

1 

Modbus cordsets 

RS 485 

2 x RJ45 connectors 4 0.3 m VW3 A8 306 R03 0.030 

1 m VW3 A8 306 R10 0.050 

3 m VW3 A8 306 R30 0.150 

2 

1 x RJ45 connector and 

1 end with free wires 

1 mini-DIN connector for Twido controller 

and 1 RJ45 connector 


and 1 RJ45 connector (1) (2) 


and 1 RJ45 connector 

Dedicated programming protocol (2) (3) 


and 1 end with free wires 

– 1 m TWD XCA FJ010 0.060 

3 m VW3 A8 306 D30 0.150 

– 0.3 m TWD XCA RJ003 0.040 

1 m TWD XCA RJ010 0.090 

3 m TWD XCA RJ030 0.160 

5 0.3 m TWD XCA RJP03 0.027 

– 0.3 m TWD XCA RJP03P 0.027 

– 1 m TWD XCA FD010 0.062 

10 m TSX CX 100 0.517 

3 

4 

Modicon M238 

cordsets (SL1, SL2) to 

Magelis HMI terminal 

Cordsets for Magelis 

Small Panel 

Twido cordsets 

(terminal port) to 

Magelis Small Panel 

Line end adapter 

2 x RJ45 connectors XBT N200/R400 

XBT RT500/511 

XBT GT11pp/1335 

1 x RJ45 connector 

and 

1 x SUB-D 25-way 

connector 

1 x RJ45 connector 

and 

1 x SUB-D 9-way 

connector 

Small Panel 

XBT N401/410 

XBT R410/411 

Advanced panel 

XBT GT2pp0…7340 

XBT GKppp0 

2 x RJ45 connectors Small panel 

XBT N200/R400 

XBT RT500/511 

1 mini-DIN con. and 

1 RJ 45 connector 

1 mini-DIN conector 

and SUD-D 

25-way connector 

For RJ45 connector 

R = 120 Ω, C = 1 nf 

Small panel 

XBT N200/R400 

XBT RT500/511 

Small panel 

XBT N401/410 

XBT R410/411 

7 2.5 m XBT Z9980 0.150 

6, 7 2.5 m XBT Z938 0.210 

7 2,5 m XBT Z9008 0.150 

7 3 m VW3 A8 306 R30 0.150 

– 2.5 m XBT Z9780 0.180 

– 2.5 m XBT Z968 0.210 

– Order in 

multiples 

of 2 

VW3 A8 306 RC 0.200 

Connection cables for RS 232 serial link 

Description Application Length Reference Weight 

kg 

Cordset for 

DTE terminal 

(printer) 

(4) 

Serial link for terminal device (DTE) 


1 x 9-way SUB-D female connector 

3 m TCS MCN 3M4F3C2 0.150 

Cordset for 

DCE terminal 

(modem, converter) 

Serial link for point to point device (DCE) 


1 x 9-way SUB-D male connector 

3 m TCS MCN 3M4M3S2 0.150 

(1) Forcing the configuration of RS 485 integrated port with TwidoSuite programming protocol parameters. 

(2) Carries c 5 V voltage (supplied by RS 485 integrated port of Twido controller ) for TWD XCA ISO tap isolation box (not 

using the c 5 V external power supply). 

(3) Allows the using of RS 485 integrated port with the parameters defined in configuration. 

(4) If the terminal is equipped with a 25-way SUB-D connector, a SUB-D 25-way female/9-way male adapter TSX CTC 07 

must also be ordered. 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

4/9

Connections, 

references 

Communication 




1 

2 

1 

2 

3 

2 

4 

Optical fibre 

Ethernet Modbus/TCP or Ethernet IP network architecture 

M340 

PC 

1 

4 

(1) 

2 

1 

3 

(1) 

3 

XBT GC 

1 

1 

XBT GC 

1 

M258 type S 

4 

Altivar IMC type S 

+ Altivar 71 

TwidoPort 

Interface 

M238 type S 

M258 type S 

CANopen bus 

Altivar 71 Altivar 71 

5 

3 

Hub or no manageable switch 

4 

Manageable switch Wireless Ethernet gateway (1) 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

References (2) 

Shielded copper connection cables 

ConneXium shielded copper connection cables are available in two versions to 

comply with the different standards and approvals in force: 

bbShielded twisted pair copper cables to standard EIA/TIA 568 

These cables conform to: 

vvstandard EIA/TIA 568, category CAT 5E, 

vvstandard IEC 11801/EN 50173, class D. 

Their flame resistance conforms to: 

vvNFC 32070# classification C2 

vvstandards IEC 322/1, 

vvLow Smoke Zero Halogen (LSZH). 

bbShielded twisted pair copper cables, UL and CSA 22.1 approved 

These cables conform to: 

vvstandards UL and CSA 22.1. 

Their flame resistance conforms to NFPA 70. 

“Do It Yourself” cable and connectors 

The ConneXium “Do It Yourself” range allows the user to make up Ethernet copper 

cables on site and to the required length. They are designed for cabling Ethernet 

10/100 Mbit/s networks. The maximum length of cables made up in this way is 80 m. 

They can be assembled quickly using a knife and cutting pliers (no special tools are 

required). 

Description Characteristics Length Reference Weight 

kg 

Ethernet copper cable 

2 shielded twisted pairs 

24 AWG 

RJ 45 connector 

M12 connector 

Conforming to the 

above-mentioned 

standards and approvals 

Conforming to 

EIA/TIA-568-D 

Conforming to 

IEC 60176-2-101 

300 m TCS ECN 300R2 – 

– TCS EK3 MDS – 

– TCS EK1 MDRS – 

(1) Partner products (Part No: 021445-B, Medium: WLAN 2.4 + cabling) to be ordered from 

HMS (http://www.hms.se/products/wireless_bridge.shtml). 

For more information, see our Collaborative Automation Partner Program on: 

http://www2.schneider-electric.com/sites/corporate/en/products-services/automation-control/ 

collaborative-automation-partner-program/capp.page 

(2) For other versions (optical fibre, switches,…), please consult our site www.schneider-electric.com 

4/10


Communication 




490 NTp 000 pp 

TCS ESU 043F1N0 

TCS ESM 043F2Cp0 

499 NMS/NSS 251 02 

TCS ESM 083F2Cp0 

TCS ESU 051 F0 


Shielded twisted pair cables to standard EIA/TIA568 

Description 

Pre-formed 

at both ends 

Straight cables 

2 x RJ45 connectors 

For connection to 

terminal equipment 

(DTE) 

Crossover cables 


For connection between 

hubs, switches and 

transceivers 

Shielded twisted pair cables, UL and CSA 22.1 approved 

Description 

Pre-formed 

at both ends 

Straight cables 


For connection to terminal 

equipment (DTE) 

Crossover cables 


For connection between 

hubs, switches and 

transceivers 

Shielded twisted pair cable for IP 67 switch 

Description 

Pre-formed 

at both ends 

Straight cables 1 x IP 67 

4-way M12 connector 

and 1 x RJ45 connector 

Item Length Reference Weight 

kg 

1 2 m 490 NTW 000 02 – 

5 m 490 NTW 000 05 – 

12 m 490 NTW 000 12 – 

40 m 490 NTW 000 40 – 

80 m 490 NTW 000 80 

2 5 m 490 NTC 000 05 – 

15 m 490 NTC 000 15 – 

40 m 490 NTC 000 40 – 

80 m 490 NTC 000 80 – 


kg 

1 2 m 490 NTW 000 02U – 

5 m 490 NTW 000 05U – 

12 m 490 NTW 000 12U – 

40 m 490 NTW 000 40U – 

80 m 490 NTW 000 80U – 

2 5 m 490 NTC 000 05U – 

40 m 490 NTC 000 40U – 

80 m 490 NTC 000 80U – 


kg 

– 1 m TCS ECL 1M3M 1S2 – 

3 m TCS ECL 1M3M 3S2 – 





ConneXium hub 

Description Number of ports Item Reference Weight 

Copper 

cable 

Fibre 

optic 

Twisted pair hub 

4 – 3 499 NEH 104 10 0.530 

10BASE-T copper ports, 

RJ45 shielded connectors 

ConneXium switches 

Description Number of ports Item Manag Reference 

Weight 

Optimized twisted pair switch 

10BASE-T/100BASE-TX copper ports, 


100BASE-FX optic port, SC connectors 

Twisted pair switches 



Twisted pair and fibre optic switches 


RJ45 shielded connectors. 

100BASE-FX optic ports, SC connectors 

IP 67 twisted pair switch (1) 


shielded M12 connectors (type D) 

Copper 

cable 

Fibre 

optic 

-eable 

3 – 3 No TCS ESU 033FN0 0.113 

4 1 3 No TCS ESU 043FN0 0.120 

5 – 3 No TCS ESU 053FN0 0.113 

8 – 3 No 499 NES 181 00 0.230 

8 – 4 Yes TCS ESM083F23F0 0.410 

3 1, multimode 4 Yes TCS ESM043F1CU0 0.400 


3 1, single-mode 4 Yes TCS ESM043F1CS0 0.400 


4 1, multimode 3 No 499 NMS 251 01 0.330 

3 2, multimode 3 No 499 NMS 251 02 0.335 

4 1, single-mode 3 No 499 NSS 251 01 0.330 

3 2, single-mode 3 No 499 NSS 251 02 0.335 





5 – – No TCS ESU 051 F0 0.210 

(1) Require special cables with M12 connectors for their c 24 V supply: XZC P1p64Lp. 

kg 

kg 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

4/11

Presentation, 

description 

Communication 


TwidoPort interface module for Modicon M238 logic 


Presentation 

TwidoPort module 499 TWD 01100 is an Ethernet interface that is easy to use and 

dedicated to Modicon M238 logic controllers type S. It allows incorporation of this 

controllers into an Ethernet network as a passive device (slave). . 

When connected to the integrated RS 485 serial port acts as a gateway between the 

Ethernet network and the controller’s Modbus serial link port. 

1 

2 

3 

The main characteristics of the TwidoPort module are as follows: 

b Connects to the RS 485 of the Modicon M238 controller type S (marked SL1 or 

SL2 depending on model); no external auxiliary supply is necessary. 

b Ethernet configuration: 

v takes the Ethernet configuration from the Twido application configuration 

(normal mode), 

v supports manual configuration using Telnet. 

b Provides Ethernet statistics via a Telnet session. 

Description 

The TwidoPort 499 TWD 01100 interface module comprises: 

1 Five pilot lights indicating the status of the interface and of the TwidoPort module 

links. 

2 An RJ45 type connector for connection of the power supply and of the link to the 

controller’s integrated RS 485 port. This connection is made using connection 

cable TWD XCA RJP03P supplied with the TwidoPort interface module in case of 

the Twido controller. 

3 An RJ45 connector (accessed through the bottom of the module) for connection 

to the Ethernet TCP/IP network. 

4 An earthing screw (accessed through the bottom of the module). 

4 

5 

Modbus 


network 

2 

Modicon M238 

type S 

The TwidoPort interface module can be mounted as standard on a symmetrical 5 

rail. Fixing kit TWD XMT5 (sold in lots of 5) allows plate or panel mounting 

(2 x Ø 4.3 holes). 

6 

1 

To order separately 

For connecting to the Modicon M238 controller type S, the cordset for connection 

Modbus XBT Z9980 (lenght 2.5 m). 

7 

4 

3 

8 

9 

10 

4/12

References 

Communication 


TwidoPort interface module for Modicon M238 logic 


References 

Description Controller bases Function Reference Weight 

kg 

TwidoPort 

interface 

module 


10/100 Mbit/s 

Auto MDIX function 

499 TWD 01100 0.200 

Description Use Length Reference Weight 

kg 

Modbus 

RS 485 

cordsets 

Connection to 


Equiped with 2 RJ45 

connectors 

2.5 m XBT Z9980 0.100 

1 

2 

499 TWD 01100 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

4/13

chapter 5 

Motor control 



Contents 

Motor control 

bb 

Specific introduction to hoisting field 

vv 

TeSys for Hoisting application.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/2 to 5/5 

bb 

Starter-controller for 3-phase motors 

vv 

STANDARD motor starter 

STANDARD motor starter............................................................................ 5/6 

ADVANCED motor starter ........................................................................... 5/6 

MULTIFUNCTION motor starter................................................................... 5/6 

Function modules......................................................................................... 5/7 

Communication modules............................................................................. 5/7 

Contact blocks............................................................................................. 5/7 

vv 

MULTIFUNCTION protection 


ADVANCED protection................................................................................. 5/8 

Current transformers.................................................................................... 5/8 

Function modules......................................................................................... 5/9 

Communication modules............................................................................. 5/9 

bb 

Contactors 

v v TeSys K, 0.06…5.5 kW .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/10 & 5/11 

vv 

TeSys D 

Contactors 0,06…75 kW................................................................. 5/12 & 5/13 

Auxiliary contacts....................................................................................... 5/14 

Suppressor modules.................................................................................. 5/15 

vv 

TeSys F, 90…450 kW........................................................................... 5/16 & 5/17 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

bb 

Circuit-breakers 

vv 

TeSys GV2-ME & GV2-P, 0.06…15 kW .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/18 

vv 

TeSys GV2-L & GV2-LE 0.06 to 15 kW.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/19 

vv 

TeSys GV3-P& GV3-L 

Thermal-magnetic, 5.5…30 kW with EverLink terminal blocks.................5/20 

Magnetic, 11…30 kW with EverLink terminal blocks................................. 5/20 

Add-on blocks and accessories................................................................5/20 

vv 

TeSys GV2 & GV3 accessories.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/21 

6 

7 

vv 

TeSys GV7-R, 0.75…90 kW .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/22 & 5/23 

vv 

TeSys GV3-ME, 37 kW .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/24 

vv 

TeSys GK3-EF, 37 kW.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/25 

8 

bb 

Relays 

vv 

Thermal overload relays 

TeSys K, 0.11…11.5 A ............................................................................... 5/26 

TeSys D, 0.1…140 A.................................................................................. 5/27 

vv 

Electronic thermal overload relays 

TeSys LR9, 60…630 A............................................................................... 5/28 

TeSys LR& LT, 0.3…38 A............................................................................ 5/29 

9 

10 

5/1

Presentation 

Motor control 

TeSys for Hoisting application 

1 


World leader in contactors , Schneider Electric has 

developed TeSys control and protection offer , 

particularly suited for hoisting applications 

2 

3 

4 

5 

Two speed control 

Cranes < 5 t 

In most simple applications, motor control necessary at different hoisting, 

direction or translation movements, is managed by direct on line starters. 

> > Vertical movement: 

the contactor has to meet the AC4 utilisation category . 

This category requires a better withstand in the strumming operations when the 

operator seeks to position the load smoothly. Indeed, the contactor makes or breaks 

the starting current Id, up to 6 times the rated current In. 

In some cases, another contactor is needed to control the brake, either by 

application of a reverse current, or by injection rectified current. 

> > Horizontal movement: 

The starter has to meet the AC3 category , direct or reverse mode. The contactor 

makes 3 times the nominal current In. 

> > Two speed control: 

When it is necessary to adjust the speed, the following diagram establishes control 

Low speed/high speed with a dual motor winding 

6 

7 

8 

9 

Control and protection of auxiliary circuits 

Cranes > 5 t 

Mainly controlled by a variable speed drive , we find the contactor in the 

following configuration: 

> > Vertical movement: 

A contactor, upstream of the drive, ensures its galvanic isolation. In this case, it is 

sized according to AC1 utilisation category. 

> > Horizontal movement: 

Once again a line contactor could be installed upstream of the drive. 

On the load side , when several motors are controlled with a single variable speed 

drive, each motor must be protected by a circuit breaker or motor starter overload 

relay TeSys GV or LR. 

> > Auxiliary circuits: 

The TeSys offer could also work for the control and protection of auxiliary circuits 

such as hydraulic pumps, fans, lighting, etc 

10 

5/2

Presentation 

Motor control 


Selection according to required electrical durability, in categories AC-2 or AC-4 (Ue y 440 V) 

Control of 3-phase asynchronous squirrel cage motors (AC-4) or slip ring motors (AC-2) with breaking whilst motor stalled. 

The current broken (Ic) in AC-4 is equal to 6 x Ie. (Ie = rated operational current of the motor). 

1 

Millions of operating cycles 

1 

0,8 

0,6 

0,4 

0,2 

LC1, LP1, LP4 K06 

LC1, LP1, 

LP4 K09,K12 

LC1 D09 

LC1 D12 

LC1 D18 

LC1 D25 

LC1 D32 et D38 

LC1 D40A 

LC1 D50A 

LC1 D65A 

LC1 D80 

LC1 D95 

LC1 D115 

LC1 D150 

2 

3 

0,1 

0,08 

0,06 

0,05 

0,04 

0,03 

0,02 

4 

0,01 

5 6 7 8 9 10 20 30 36 40 50 54 72 80 108 150 192 240 300 390 480 570 630 828 1000 

Current broken in A 

Example: 

> > Asynchronous motor with P = 90 kW - Ue = 380 V - Ie = 170 A. Ic = 6 x Ie = 1020 A . 

or asynchronous motor with P = 90 kW - Ue = 415 V - Ie = 165 A. Ic = 6 x Ie = 990 A. 

> > 60 000 operating cycles required. 

> > The above selection curves show the contactor rating needed: LC1 F265. 

(1) The dotted lines are only applicable to LC1, LP1 K12 contactors.. 

Selection according to required electrical durability, in categories AC-2 or AC-4 (Ue y 440 V) 

Control of 3-phase asynchronous squirrel cage motors (AC-4) or slip ring motors (AC-2) with breaking whilst motor stalled. 

The current broken (Ic) in AC-2 is equal to 2.5 x Ie. 

The current broken (Ic) in AC-4 is equal to 6 x Ie. (Ie = rated operational current of the motor). 

5 

6 

Millions of operating cycles 

1 

0,8 

0,6 

0,4 

0,2 

LC1 F185 

LC1 F225 

LC1 F265 

LC1 F330 

LC1 F400 

LC1 F500 

LC1 F630 

LC1 F800 

LC1 F780 

LC1 BL, BM 

LC1 BP 

LC1 BR 

7 

8 

0,1 

0,08 

0,06 

0,04 

0,02 

9 

0,01 

100 200 400 600 800 1020 1470 2220 3360 42605000 8000 20 000 

1230 1800 2760 3690 6000 10 000 

Current broken in A 

Example: 

> > Asynchronous motor with P = 5.5 kW - Ue = 400 V - Ie = 11 A. Ic = 6 x Ie = 66 A . 

or asynchronous motor with P = 5.5 kW - Ue = 415 V - Ie = 11 A. Ic = 6 x Ie = 66 A. 

> > 200 000 operating cycles required. 

> > The above selection curves show the contactor rating needed: LC1 D25. 

10 

5/3

Presentation 

Motor control 


Maximum operational current (open-mounted device) 

1 

Maximum operational current 

(open-mounted device) 

2 

Contactor size 

LC1/ 

LP1 

K09 

LC1/ 

LP1 

K12 

LC1 

D09 

LC1 

DT20 

LC1 

D12 

DT25 

LC1 

D18 

DT32 

LC1 

D25 

DT40 

LC1 

D32 

LC1 

D38 

LC1 LC1 

D40A D50A 

DT60A 

LC1 LC1/ 

D65A LP1 

DT80A D80 

Maximum operating rate . 

in operating cycles/hour 

600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 

3 

Connection . 

conforming to. 

IEC 60947-1 

Cable 

c.s.a. 

Bar 

c.s.a. 

mm 2 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 10 10 35 35 35 50 

mm – – – – – – – – – – – – – 

4 

5 

Operational current in 

AC-1 in A, according to 

the ambient 

temperature 

conforming to . 

IEC 60947-1 

Maximum operational . 

power y 60 °C 

y 40 °C A 20 20 25 20 25 32 40 50 50 60 80 80 125 

y 60 °C A 20 20 25 20 25 32 40 50 50 60 80 80 125 

y 70 °C A 

(at UC) 

220/ 

230 V 

(1) (1) 17 (1) 17 22 28 35 35 42 56 56 80 

kW 8 8 9 8 9 11 14 18 18 21 29 29 45 

240 V kW 8 8 9 8 9 12 15 19 19 23 31 31 49 

380/ 

400 V 

kW 14 14 15 14 15 20 25 31 31 37 50 50 78 

6 

7 

415 V kW 14 14 17 14 17 21 27 34 34 41 54 54 85 

440 V kW 15 15 18 15 18 23 29 36 36 43 58 58 90 

500 V kW 17 17 20 17 20 23 33 41 41 49 65 65 102 

660/ 

690 V 

(1) Please consult your Customer Care Centre. 

kW 22 22 27 22 27 34 43 54 54 65 80 80 135 

1000 V kW – – – – – – – – – – – – 120 

Increase in operational current by parallel connection of poles 

8 

Apply the following coefficients to the currents or power values given above; these coefficients take into account an often unbalanced current 

distribution between the poles: 

> > 2 poles in parallel: K = 1.6 



9 

10 

5/4

1 

LC1 

D95 

LC1 

D115 

LC1 

D150 

LC1 

F185 

LC1 

F225 

LC1 

F265 

LC1 

F330 

LC1 

F400 

LC1 

F500 

LC1 

F630 

LC1 

F780 

LC1 

F800 

LC1 LC1 LC1 LC1 LC1 

F1250 F1400 F1700 F2100 BL 

LC1 

BM 

LC1 

BP 

LC1 

BR 

2 

600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 300 200 200 200 120 120 120 120 

50 120 120 150 185 185 240 – – – – – – – – – – – – – 

– – – – – – – 2 

30 x 5 

2 

40 x 5 

2 

60 x 5 

2 2 

100 x 5 60 x 5 

2 

100 x 

5 

2 

100 x 

5 

3 

100 x 

5 

125 250 250 275 315 350 400 500 700 1000 1600 1000 1260 1400 1700 2100 

(2) 

4 

100 5 

2 

50 x 5 

2 

80 x 5 

2 

100 x 

5 

2 

100 x 

10 

800 1250 2000 2750 

125 200 200 275 280 300 360 430 580 850 1350 850 1060 1190 1450 1750 700 1100 1750 2400 

3 

4 

80 160 160 180 200 250 290 340 500 700 1100 700 – – – – 600 900 1500 2000 

45 80 80 90 100 120 145 170 240 350 550 350 420 474 570 700 300 425 700 1000 

49 83 83 100 110 125 160 180 255 370 570 370 440 490 600 780 330 450 800 1100 

5 

78 135 135 165 175 210 250 300 430 600 950 600 730 820 1000 1200 500 800 1200 1600 

85 140 140 170 185 220 260 310 445 630 1000 630 760 850 1050 1300 525 825 1250 1700 

90 150 150 180 200 230 290 330 470 670 1050 670 810 910 1100 1350 550 850 1400 2000 

102 170 170 200 220 270 320 380 660 750 1200 750 920 1000 1250 1550 600 900 1500 2100 

6 

135 235 235 280 300 370 400 530 740 1000 1650 1000 1260 1400 1700 2100 800 1100 1900 2700 

120 345 345 410 450 540 640 760 950 1500 2400 1500 1840 2100 2500 3100 1100 1700 3000 4200 

7 

8 

9 

10 

5/5

TeSys U 

Motor control 


STANDARD motor starter 

1 

= + 

2 

3 

Function characteristics, LUB… + LUCA… Maximum Power base Standard control unit 

motor power Non-reversing Reversing Class 10 Setting range 

< 400/415 V (1) (2) 

- Thermal overload protection against: 0.09 kW LUB12 LU2B12pp LUCA6Xpp 0.15…0.6 A 

short-circuit, overcurrent, 0.25 kW LUB12 LU2B12pp LUCA1Xpp 0.35…1.4 A 

phase failure or imbalance, 1.5 kW LUB12 LU2B12pp LUCA05pp 1.25…5 A 

insulation breaks (equipment only). 5.5 kW LUB12 LU2B12pp LUCA12pp 3…12 A 

- Manual reset following thermal fault. 7.5 kW LUB32 LU2B32pp LUCA18pp 4.5…18 A 

15 kW LUB32 LU2B32pp LUCA32pp 8…32 A 

ADVANCED motor starter 

4 

5 

6 

Function characteristics, LUB… + LUCA… Maximum Power base Advanced control unit 

motor power Non-reversing Class 10 Class 20 Setting range 

< 400/415 V (2) (3) (2) 

- Thermal overload protection against: 0.09 kW LUB120 LUCB6Xpp LUCD6Xpp 0.15…0.6 A 

short-circuit, overcurrent, 0.25 kW LUB120 LUCB1Xpp LUCD1Xpp 0.35…1.4 A 

phase failure or imbalance, 1.5 kW LUB120 LUCB05pp LUCD05pp 1.25…5 A 

insulation breaks (equipment only). 5.5 kW LUB120 LUCB12pp LUCD12pp 3…12 A 

- Manual reset following thermal fault. 7.5 kW LUB320 LUCB18pp LUCD18pp 4.5…18 A 

- Thermal overload test function. 15 kW LUB320 LUCB32pp LUCD32pp 8…32 A 

(3) For single-phase-motors, replace LUCBpppp by LUCCpppp. 

MULTIFUNCTION motor starter 

7 

8 

9 

Function characteristics, LUB… + LUCA… 

- Thermal overload protection against: 

short-circuit, overcurrent, 

phase failure or imbalance, 

insulation breaks (equipment only). 

- Manual, automatic or remote reset, 

- Thermal overload test function, 

- Overtorque and no-load running, alarm, 

- Motor operation log, 

- Motor parameters display on LUCM.., PC or HMI, 

- Integrated Modbus communication. 

Maximum Power base Multifunction control unit 

motor power Non-reversing Class 5 to 30 Setting range 

< 400/415 V 

0.09 kW LUB120 LUCM6XBL 0.15…0.6 A 

0.25 kW LUB120 LUCM1XBL 0.35…1.4 A 

1.5 kW LUB120 LUCM05BL 1.25…5 A 

5.5 kW LUB120 LUCM12BL 3…12 A 

7.5 kW LUB320 LUCM18BL 4.5…18 A 

15 kW LUB320 LUCM32BL 8…32 A 

10 

(1) Complete the references of the power bases according to the following table. Example: LU2B12 pp 

(2) Complete the references of the control units according to the following table. Example: LUCA/B/D/M6X pp 

Standard control circuit voltages 

24 V DC BL 

24 V AC B 

48 V AC / 48…72 V DC ES 

110…240 V AC / 110…220 V DC FU 

5/6 

Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

TeSys U 

Motor control 


Function modules 

+ 

= 

1 

Type of optional function Thermal Thermal fault signalling Motor load 

overload alarm 

indication 

Compatible with LUCA NO NO NO NO NO 

Compatible with LUCL NO NO NO NO NO 

Compatible with LUCB, LUCD YES YES YES YES YES 

Compatible with LUCM NO NO NO NO YES 

Output signal 1 NO 1 NO +1 NC 1 NC 1 NO 4…20 mA 

Reset NA Manual Automatic or remote NA 

References LUFW10 LUFDH11 LUFDA01 LUFDA10 LUFV2 

Communication modules 

2 

3 

4 

Type of communication Modbus Modicon Profibus DP CANopen DeviceNet AS-Interface Parallel 

STB 

wiring 

Only compatible with 24 V DC control units YES YES YES YES YES YES YES 

LUCA..BL, LUCB..BL, LUCD..BL, LUCM..BL 

Transfer speed 19.2 Kbps Dpg. on NIM (1) 9.6…12 Mbps 20 K…1 Mbps 125…500 Kbaud 167 Kbps NA 

Number of slaves 31 per Modbus Dpg..on Network 125 per Profibus DP 128 per CANopen 63 per DeviceNet 62 per AS-Interface 8 per LU9GC02 

master Interface Module module module module master splitter box 

Pre-wired coil connection (A1 A2) LU9BN11C, LU9BN11L, LU9BN11L, LU9BN11L, LU9BN11L, LU9BN11C, LU9Rxx 

LU9MRC LU9MRL LU9MRL LU9MRL LU9MRL LU9MRC 

Connecting cable to PC VW3 A8 306 Rpp LU9RCDpp, TSXPBSCApp TSXCANCpp DeviceNet XZCG0142 TSXCDPppp 

LU9RDDpp 

standard 

References LUFC033 LULC15 LULC07 LULC08 LULC09 ASILUFC51 LUFC00 

(1) Network Interface Module. 

Information carried by the Modbus, Modicon STB or CANopen bus 

Type of control unit LUCAppBL LUCBppBL, LUCDppBL LUCMppBL 

Start and Stop commands X X X 

Starter status (ready, running, fault) X X X 

Thermal alarm X X 

Remote reset via the bus X X 

Indication of motor load X X 

Signalling and fault differentiation X X 

Alarms (overcurrent, …) 

X 

Remote programming and monitoring of all the functions 

X 

“Log” function 

X 

Monitoring function 

X 

Contact blocks 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

Type of contact block Add-on Auxiliary 

Signalling contacts of any fault NC (95-96) NO (97-98) – – – 

position of control handle NO (17-18) NO (17-18) – – – 

2 auxiliary contacts module – – NO (33-34) NC (31-32) NC (31-32) 

– – NO (43-44) NO (43-44) NC (41-42) 

References Screw clamp terminals LUA1C11 LUA1C20 LUFN20 LUFN11 LUFN02 

Without connections LUA1C110 LUA1C200 – – – 

10 

Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre. 

5/7

TeSys 

LUTM 

TeSys GV3L 


Motor control 

Controller for 3-phase motors 


1 

TeSys LC1D 

Contactor 

= + 

2 

3 

4 

Function characteristics Control base for use Multifunction 

with contactors 

control unit 

TeSys D (LC1D..) TeSys F (LC1F..) Class 5 to 35 

- Thermal overload protection against: LUTM10BL LUTM20BL LUCMT1BL 




- Manual, automatic or remote reset, 

- Thermal overload test function, 

- Overtorque and no-load running, alarm, 

- Motor operation log, 

- Motor parameters display on LUCM.., PC or HMI, 

- Integrated Modbus communication. 

ADVANCED protection 

5 

6 

7 

Function characteristics Control base for use Advanced 

with contactors 

control unit 

TeSys D (LC1D..) TeSys F (LC1F..) Class 10 Class 20 

- Thermal overload protection against: LUTM10BL LUTM20BL LUCBT1BL LUCDT1BL 




- Manual reset following thermal fault. 

- Thermal overload test function. 

8 

Current transformers 

9 

10 

Type of transformer 

Supply voltage 

24 V DC 

Operating current Primary 30 A 50 A 100 A 200 A 400 A 800 A 

Secondary 

1 A 

References LUTC0301 LUTC0501 LUTC01001 LUTC02001 LUTC04001 LUTC05001 

Above 32 A, the TeSys U controller provides a motor starter management system solution identical to that provided by the TeSys U starter-controller. 

Used in conjunction with a short-circuit protection device and a contactor, it provides a motor starter whose functions are the same as those of a TeSys U starter-controller 

and, in particular, provides the following functions: overload protection, motor starter control and application monitoring. 

It comprises a control unit, whose adjustment range is compatible with the secondary of current transformers, and a control base that also enables the fitting of a function module or 

communication module. 

It requires a 24 V DC external power supply. 

5/8 


TeSys 

LUTM 

Motor control 

Controller for 3-phase motors 

Function modules 

+ 

= 

1 

Type of optional function Thermal overload alarm Motor load indication 

Compatible with LUCA NO NO 

Compatible with LUCL NO NO 

Compatible with LUCB, LUCD YES YES 

Compatible with LUCM NO YES 

Output signal 1 NO 4…20 mA 

Reset NA NA 

References LUFW10 LUFV2 

2 

3 

TeSys rotating handles for 

Kit IP54 black handle 

IP54 kit red handle and yellow front 

IP65 kit red handle and yellow front 

TeSys U 

LU9APN21 

LU9APN22 

LU9APN24 

Communication modules 

4 

5 

Type of communication Modbus Modicon STB CANopen DeviceNet Parallel 

wiring 

Only compatible with 24 V DC control units YES YES YES YES YES 

LUCA..BL, LUCB..BL, LUCD..BL, LUCM..BL 

Transfer speed 19.2 Kbps Dpg. on NIM (1) 20 K…1 Mbps 125…500 Kbaud NA 

Number of slaves 31 per Modbus Dpg. on Network 128 per CANopen 63 per DeviceNet 8 per LU9GC02 

master Interface Module module module splitter box 

Pre-wired coil connection (A1 A2) LU9BN11C, LU9BN11L, LU9BN11L, LU9BN11L, LU9Rxx 

LU9MRC LU9MRL LU9MRL LU9MRL 

Connecting cable to PC VW3 A8 306 Rpp LU9RCDpp TSXCANCpp DeviceNet TSXCDPppp 

LU9RDDpp 

standard 

References LUFC033 LULC15 LULC08 LULC09 LUFC00 

6 

7 

8 

Information carried by the Modbus, Modicon STB or CANopen bus 

Type of control unit LUCBT1BL, LUCDT1BL LUCMT1BL 

Start and Stop commands X X 

Starter status (ready, running, fault) X X 

Thermal alarm X X 

Remote reset via the bus X X 

Indication of motor load X X 

Signalling and fault differentiation X X 

Alarms (overcurrent, …) 

X 

Remote programming and monitoring of all the functions 

X 

“Log” function 

X 

Monitoring function 

X 

9 

10 


5/9

TeSys K 

Motor control 

Contactors 

0.06…5.5 kW 

1 

2 

3 

4 

Connections 

screw clamp terminals 

Rated operational current Ie max AC-3 (Ue ≤ 440 V) 6 A 9 A 12 A 

Ie AC-1 (θ ≤ 40° C) - 20 A - 

Rated operational power 220/240 V 1.5 kW 2.2 kW 3 kW 

in category AC3 380/400 V…415/440 V 2.2 kW 4 kW 5.5 kW 

660/690 V…500 V 3 kW 4 kW 4 kW 

Contactor type (1)* a LC1K06•• LC1K09•• LC1K12•• 

c LP1K06•• or LP4K06•• LP1K09 or LP4K09•• LP1K12 or LP4K12•• 

Reversing contactor type * a LC2K06 LC2K09 LC2K12 

with mechanical interlock c LP2K06 or LP5K06 LP2K09 or LP5K09 LP2K12 or LP5K12 

b spring terminals 

Add the figure 3 before the voltage code. Example: LC1K0610•• becomes LC1K06103•• 

b Faston connectors, 1 x 6.35 or 2 x 2.8 


b solder pins for printed circuit boards 


(1) Basic reference, to be completed by adding 01 for NC auxiliary contact, or 10 for NO auxiliary contact. 

* Basic reference to be completed by adding the coil voltage code 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 


a supply 

Contactors LC1K (0.8…1.15 Uc) (0.85…1.1 Uc) 

Volts 12 20 24 36 42 48 110 115 120 127 200/208 220/230 230 230/240 

50/60 Hz J7 Z7 B7 C7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 G7 FC7 L7 M7 P7 U7 

Volts 256 277 380/400 400 400/415 440 480 500 575 600 660/690 

50/60 Hz W7 UE7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 T7 S7 SC7 X7 Y7 

Example of complete reference: LC1K0910P7 

c supply 

Contactors LP1K (0.8…1.15 Uc) 

Volts 12 20 24 36 48 60 72 100 110 125 155 174 200 220 230 240 250 

Code JD ZD BD CD ED ND SD KD FD GD PD QD LD MD MPD MUD UD 

Coil with integral suppression device available, add 3 to the code required. Example: JD3 

Low consumption 

Contactors LP4K (0.7…1.30 Uc), coil suppression as standard 

Volts 12 20 24 48 72 110 120 

Code JW3 ZW3 BW3 EW3 SW3 FW3 GW3 

Example of complete reference: LC1K0910BD 

10 

5/10 


Motor control 

1 

Auxiliary contact blocks 

■ instantaneous, screw clamp connections 

■ for LC1, LP1K, LP4 

■ for LC1, LP1K 

Composition 2NO - 2NC 1NO 1NC 4NO 3NO 1NC 2NC 2NC 1NO 3NC - 4NC 

Reference LA1KN20 LA1KN02 LA1KN11 LA1KN40 LA1KN31 LA1KN22 LA1KN13 LA1KN04 

■ electronic time delay 

Relay outputs, with common point changeover contact, a or c 24…48, 2 A maximum 

Control voltage 0.85…1.1 Uc 

Maximum switching capacity 250 VA or 150 W 

Operating temperature -10…+ 60°C 

Reset time: 1.5 s during the time delay period, 0.5 s after time delay period 

Type 

Timing range 

Composition 1 

On-delay 

1…30 s 

Voltage a or c 24…48 V a 110…240 

Reference LA2KT2E LA2KT2U 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

Suppressor modules 

For LC1, LP1-K 

Type Varistor (a and c) Diode (c) + Zener RC (a) 

Voltage 12…24 V 32…48 V 50…129 V 130…250 V 12…24 V 32…48 V 220…250 V 

Reference LA4KE1B LA4KE1E LA4KE1FC LA4KE1UG LA4KC1B LA4KC1E LA4KA1U 

7 

8 

9 

10 


5/11

TeSys D 

Motor control 

Contactors 

0.06…75 kW 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

Connections 

■ screw clamp terminals or connectors 

Rated operational voltage 

690 V 

Rated operational current Ie max AC-3 (Ue ≤ 440 V) 9 A 12 A 18 A 25 A 32 A 38 A 

Ie AC-1 (θ ≤ 60° C) 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 

Rated operational power 220/240 V 2.2 kW 3 kW 4 kW 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 9 kW 

in category AC3 380/400 V 4 kW 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 11 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 

415/440 V 4 kW 5.5 kW 9 kW 11 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 

500 V 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 10 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 18.5 kW 

660/690 V 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 10 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 18.5 kW 

1000 V – – – – – – 

Contactor type * LC1D09 LC1D12 LC1D18 LC1D25 LC1D32 LC1D38 

Reversing contactor type * with mechanical interlock LC2D09 LC2D12 LC2D18 LC2D25 LC2D32 LC2D38 

■ spring terminals (1) 

Add the figure 3 before the voltage code. Example: LC1D09P7 becomes LC1-093P7 

■ lug-clamps (2) 


■ Faston connectors (3) 2 x 6.35 (power) and 1 x 6.35 (control) up to D12 only 



6 

(1) (2) 

(3) 

7 

8 

9 

10 


a supply 

Volts 24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440 500 

Contactors LC1D09…D150 (coils D115 and D150 with integral suppression device fitted as standard) 

50/60 Hz B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 S7 

Contactors LC1D80…D115 

50 Hz B5 D5 E5 F5 FE5 M5 P5 U5 Q5 V5 N5 R5 S5 

60 Hz B6 - E6 F6 - M6 - U6 Q6 - - R6 - 

c supply 

Volts 12 24 36 48 60 72 110 125 220 250 440 

Contactors LC1D09…D65A (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard) 

U 0.75…1.25 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD 

Contactors LC1D80…D95 

U 0.85…1.1 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD 

U 0.75…1.2 Uc JW BW CW EW - SW FW - MW - - 

Contactors LC1D115 and D150 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard) 

U 0.75…1.2 Uc - BD - ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD 

Low consumption 

Contactors LC1D09…D38 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard) 

Volts c 5 12 20 24 48 110 120 250 

U 0.7…1.25 Uc AL JL ZL BL EL FL ML UL 

Example of complete reference: LC1D09P7 

5/12 


Motor control 

1 

690 V 1000 V on a supply, 690 V on c supply 

40 A 50 A 65 A 80 A 95 A 115 A 150 A 

60 A 80 A 80 A 125 A 200 A 

11 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 22 kW 25 kW 30 kW 40 kW 

18.5 kW 22 kW 30 kW 37 kW 45 kW 55 kW 75 kW 

22 kW 25 kW 30 kW 45 kW 45 kW 59 kW 80 kW 



– – – 45 kW 45 kW 75 kW 90 kW 

LC1D40A LC1D50A LC1D65A LC1D80 LC1D95 LC1D115 LC1D150 

LC2D40A LC2D50A LC2D65A LC2D80 LC2D95 LC2D115 LC2D150 

2 

3 

4 

Mounting accessories for 3-pole reversing contactors 

5 

2 identical contactors with screw clamp terminals or connectors, horizontally mounted 

Mechanical interlock Set of connections Mechanical interlock 

■ with an electrical interlocking kit for the contactors 

LC1-D09…D38 LAD-9R1V included 

■ with integral electrical interlocking 

LC1-D80 and D95 (a) LA9D8069 LA9D4002 

LC1-D80 and D95 (c) LA9D8069 LA9D8002 

LC1-D115 and D150 LA9D11569 LA9D11502 

■ without electrical interlocking 

LC1-D09…D38 LA99R1 included 

LC1-D40A…D65A LAD9R3 included 

LC1-D80 and D95 (a) LA9D8069 LA9D50978 

LC1-D80 and D95 (c) LA9D8069 LA9D80978 

6 

7 

8 

9 

Mechanical latch blocks 

Clip-on front mounting, manual or electrical unlatching control 

For use on contactor Reference Standard control circuit voltages 

LC1D09…D65A a or c, LC1DT20…DT80 a or c LAD6K10• B E F M Q 

LC1D80…D150 3P a, LC1D80 and D115 3P a, LC1D115 4P c LA6DK20• B E F M Q 

10 


5/13

TeSys D 

Motor control 

Contactors 

Auxiliary contacts 

1 

Contact type 

instantaneous, connection by screw terminals 

2 

3 

Block mounting Front mounting Side mounting 

References Contact 1 NO LADN10 – 

1 NC LADN01 – 

1 NO + 1 NC LADN11 LAD8N11 

2 NO LADN20 LAD8N20 

2 NC LADN02 LAD8N02 

2 NO + 2 NC LADN22 – 

1 NO + 3 NC LADN13 – 

3 NO + 1 NC LADN31 – 

4 NO LADN40 – 

4 NC LADN04 – 

4 

5 

Contact type 

Time delay, connection by screw terminals 

6 

Block mounting 

Front mounting 

Temporisation 0.1…3 s 0.1…30 s 10…180 s 

References On-delay LADT0 LADT2 LADT4 

Off-delay LADR0 LADR2 LADR4 

Maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be fitted 

7 

8 

9 

10 

Instantaneous 

Time delay 

Type Number of poles Side mounting Front mounting Front 

and size on left side on right side 1 contact 2 contacts 4 contacts mounting 

AC 3P LC1D09…D38 1 – and – 1 or 1 or 1 

LC1D40A…D65A 1 or 1 and – 1 or 1 or 1 

LC1D80…95 (50/60 Hz) 1 1 or 2 and 1 or 1 or 1 

LC1D80…95 (50 or 60 Hz) 1 1 and 2 and 1 or 1 or 1 

LC1D115 and D150 1 – and – 1 or 1 or 1 

4P LC1DT20…DT40 1 – and – 1 or 1 or 1 

LC1DT60A…D80A 1 or 1 and – 1 or 1 or 1 

LC1D115 1 1 and 1 or 1 or 1 or 1 

DC 3P LC1D09…D38 – – – 1 or 1 or 1 

DC low 

consumption 

LC1D40A…D65A 1 or 1 and – 1 or 1 or 1 

LC1D80 and 95 – – 1 or 1 or 1 or 1 

LC1D115 and D150 1 – and – 1 or 1 or 1 

4P LC1DT20…DT40 – – – 1 or 1 or 1 

LC1DT60A…D80A – – – 1 or 1 or 1 

LC1D115 1 1 – and 1 or 1 or 1 

3P LC1D09…D38 – – – 1 – – 

4P LC1DT20…DT40 – – – 1 – – 

5/14 


TeSys D 

Motor control 

Contactors 

Suppressor modules 

1 

Type of module 

RC circuits (Resistor-Capacitor) 

Mounting Side clip-on Front clip-on Screw fixing 

For use with contactor D09…D38(3P) DT20…DT40(4P) D40A…D65A(3P) DT60A…DT80A(4P) D80…D150(3P) D40…D115(4P) 

References Voltage 24…48 VAC LAD4RCE LAD4RC3E LA4DA2E 

50…127 VAC LAD4RCG LAD4RC3G LA4DA2G 

110…240 VAC LAD4RCU LAD4RC3U LA4DA2U 

380…415 VAC – LAD4RC3N LA4DA2N 

2 

3 


Varistors (peak limiting) 

4 



References Voltage 24…48 VAC LAD4VE LAD4V3E LA4DE2E 

50…127 VAC LAD4VG LAD4V3G LA4DE2G 

110…240 VAC LAD4VU LAD4V3U LA4DE2U 

24…48 VDC – – LAD4DE3E (AC and DC) 

50…127 VDC – – LAD4DE3G (AC and DC) 

110…240 VDC – – LAD4DE3U (AC and DC) 

5 

6 


Flywheel diodes 



References Voltage 24…250 VDC LAD4DDL LAD4D3U LAD4DC3U 

7 

8 


Bidirectional peak limiting diode 



References Voltage 24 VAC LAD4TB LAD4T3B LA4DB2B 

24 VDC LAD4TBDL LAD4T3B LA4DB2S 

72 VAC LAD4TS LAD4T3S LA4DB3B 

72 VDC LAD4TSDL LAD4T3S LA4DB3S 

125 VDC LAD4TGDL LAD4T3G (AC and DC) – 

250 VDC LAD4TUDL LAD4T3U (AC and DC) – 

600 VDC LAD4TXDL LAD4T3R (AC and DC) – 

9 

10 


5/15

TeSys F 

Motor control 

Contactors 

90…450 kW 

1 

2 

3 

4 

Rated operational current Ie max AC-3 (Ue ≤ 440 V) 185 A 225 A 265 A 330 A 

Ie AC-1 (θ ≤ 40° C) 275 A 315 V 350 A 400 A 

Rated operational voltage 1 000 V 1 000 V 1 000 V 1 000 V 

Number of poles 3 or 4 3 or 4 3 or 4 3 or 4 

Rated operational power 220/240 V 55 kW 63 kW 75 kW 100 kW 

in category AC3 380/400 V 90 kW 110 kW 132 kW 160 kW 

415 V 100 kW 110 kW 140 kW 180 kW 

440 V 100 kW 110 kW 140 kW 200 kW 

500 V 110 kW 129 kW 160 kW 200 kW 

660/690 V 110 kW 129 kW 160 kW 220 kW 

1000 V 100 kW 100 kW 147 kW 160 kW 

Contactor type* LC1F185 LC1F225 LC1F265 LC1F330 

Reversing contactor type* LC2F185 LC2F225 LC2F265 


5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 


a supply 

Volts 24 48 110 115 120 208 220 230 240 380 400 415 440 

Contactors LC1F115…F225 (0.85…1.1 Uc) 

50 Hz (coil LX1) B5 E5 F5 FE5 - - M5 P5 U5 Q5 V5 N5 - 

60 Hz (coil LX1) - E6 F6 - G6 L6 M6 - U6 Q6 - - R6U7 

40…400 Hz (coil LX9) - E7 F7 FE7 G7 L7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 

Contactors LC1F265…F330U7 

40…400 Hz (coil LX1) B7 E7 F7 FE7 G7 L7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 

Contactors LC1F400…F630U7 

40…400 Hz (coil LX1) - E7 F7 FE7 G7 (1) L7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 

Contactor LC1F780U7 

40…400 Hz (coil LX1) - - F7 FE7 F7 L7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 

Contactor LC1F800U7 

40…400 Hz (coil LX1) - - FE7 FE7 FE7 - P7 P7 P7 V7 V7 V7 V7Y7 

c supply 

Volts 24 48 110 125 220 230 250 400 440 


(coil LX4-F) BD ED FD GD MD MD UD - RD 


(coil LX4-F) - ED FD GD MD - UD - RD 

Contactor LC1F780 (0.85…1.1 Uc) 

(coil LX4-F) - - FD GD MD - UD - RD 

Contactor LC1F800 (0.85…1.1 Uc) 

(coil LX4-F) - - FW FW MW MW - QW - 

Contactor LC1F1250 

(coil LX4F) - ED FD - MD - UD - - - - - - 

Contactor LC1F1400 

(coil LX4F) - - FD GD MD - UD - RD - - - - 

Example: For a 630 A contactor with a 110 V a coil, order LC1F630F7 

(1) F7 for LC1-F630 

5/16 


Motor control 

1 

400 A 500 A 630 A 780 A 800 A - - 

500 A 700 A 1 000 A 1 600 A 1 000 A 1260 1400 

1 000 V 1 000 V 1 000 V 1 000 V 1 000 V 1000 1000 

2, 3 or 4 2, 3 or 4 2, 3 or 4 3 or 4 3 3 3 

110 kW 147 kW 200 kW 220 kW 250 kW Sans objets Sans objets 

200 kW 250 kW 335 kW 400 kW 450 kW en AC1 en AC1 

220 kW 280 kW 375 kW 425 kW 450 kW - - 

250 kW 295 kW 400 kW 425 kW 450 kW - - 

257 kW 355 kW 400 kW 450 kW 450 kW - - 

280 kW 335 kW 450 kW 475 kW 475 kW - - 

185 kW 335 kW 450 kW 450 kW 450 kW - - 

LC1F400 LC1F500 LC1F630 LC1F780 LC1F800 LC1F1250 LC1F1400 

For customer assembly - - 

2 

3 

4 

5 

Auxiliary contact blocks 

■ instantaneous dust & damp protected contacts ■ time delay 1 NO + 1 NC 

Composition Reference Composition Reference Composition Reference Composition Reference Type Range Reference 

NO NC NO NC NO NC NO NC 

1 - LADN10 1 1 LADN11 2 2 LADN22 2 - - - LA1DX20 On-delay 0.1…3 s LADT0 

- 1 LADN01 2 - LADN20 1 3 LADN13 2 2 - - LA1DY20 0.1…30 s LADT2 

- 2 LADN02 4 - LADN40 2 - 2 - LA1DZ40 10…180 s LADT4 

- 4 LADN04 2 - 1 1 LA1DZ31 1…30 s LADS2 

3 1 LADN31 Off-delay 0.1…3 s LADR0 

2 2 LADC22 0.1…30 s LADR2 

10…180 s LADR4 

6 

7 

Mounting accessories for 3-pole reversing contactors for motor control 

8 

2 identical contactors, horizontally mounted 

Mechanical interlock with an electrical interlocking kit for the contactors 

Contactor type Set of connections Mechanical interlock 

LC1F115 LA9FF976 LA9FF970 

LC1F150 LA9F15076 LA9FF970 

LC1F185 LA9FG976 LA9FG970 

LC1F225 LA9F22576 LA9FG970 

LC1F265 LA9FH976 LA9FJ970 

LC1F330 LA9FJ976 LA9FJ970 

LC1F400 LA9FJ976 LA9FJ970 

LC1F500 LA9FK976 LA9FJ970 

LC1F630 or LC1F800 LA9FL976 LA9FL970 

LCIF1250 - - 

LCIF1400 - - 

9 

10 


5/17

TeSys 

GV2-ME, GV2-P 

Motor control 

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers 

0.06…15 kW 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV2-ME and GV2-P for connection by screw clamp terminals 

GV2-ME with pushbutton control, GV2-P control by rotary knob 

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Setting range Magnetic Reference 

400/415 V 500 V 690 V of thermal tripping 

P Icu Ics (1) P Icu Ics (1) P Icu Ics (1) trips current 

kW kA kW kA kW kA A A (d ± 20%) 

- - - - - - - - - 0.1…0.16 1.5 GV2ME01 GV2P01 

0.06 g g - - - - - - 0.16…0.25 2.4 GV2ME02 GV2P02 

0.09 g g - - - - - - 0.25…0.40 5 GV2ME03 GV2P03 

0.12 g g - - - 0.37 g g 0.40…0.63 8 GV2ME04 GV2P04 

0.18 g g - - - - - - 0.40…0.63 8 GV2ME04 GV2P04 

0.25 g g - - - 0.55 g g- 0.63…1 13 GV2ME05 GV2P05 

0.37 g g 0.37 g g - - - 1…1.6 22.5 GV2ME06 GV2P06 

0.55 g g 0.55 g g 0.75 g g 1…1.6 22.5 GV2ME06 GV2P06 

- - - 0.75 g g 1.1 g g 1…1.6 22.5 GV2ME06 GV2P06 

0.75 g g 1.1 g g 1.5 3 75 1.6…2.5 33.5 GV2ME07 

0.75 g g 1.1 g g 1.5 8 100 1.6…2.5 33.5 GV2P07 

1.1 g g 1.5 g g 2.2 3 75 2.5…4 51 GV2ME08 

1.1 g g 1.5 g g 2.2 8 100 2.5…4 51 GV2P08 

1.5 g g 2.2 g g 3 3 75 2.5…4 51 GV2ME08 

1.5 g g 2.2 g g 3 3 100 2.5…4 51 GV2P08 

2.2 g g 3 50 100 4 3 75 4…6.3 78 GV2ME10 

2.2 g g 3 g g 4 6 100 4…6.3 78 GV2P10 

3 g g 4 10 100 5.5 3 75 6…10 138 GV2ME14 

3 g g 4 50 100 5.5 6 100 6…10 138 GV2P14 

4 g g 5.5 10 100 7.5 3 75 6…10 138 GV2ME14 

4 g g 5.5 50 100 7.5 6 100 6…10 138 GV2P14 

5.5 15 50 7.5 6 75 9 3 75 9…14 170 GV2ME16 

5.5 g g 7.5 42 75 9 6 100 9…14 170 GV2P16 

- - - - - - 11 3 75 9…14 170 GV2ME16 

- - - - - - 11 6 100 9…14 170 GV2P16 

7.5 15 50 9 6 75 15 3 75 13…18 223 GV2ME20 

7.5 50 50 9 10 75 15 4 100 13…18 223 GV2P20 

9 15 40 11 4 75 18.5 3 75 17…23 327 GV2ME21 

9 50 50 11 10 75 18.5 4 100 17…23 327 GV2P21 

11 15 40 15 4 75 - - - 20…25 327 GV2ME22 (2) 

11 50 50 15 10 75 - - - 20…25 327 GV2P22 

15 10 50 18.5 4 75 22 3 75 24…32 416 GV2ME32 

15 50 50 18.5 10 75 22 4 100 24…32 416 GV2P32 

g > 100 kA 

(1) as % of Icu 

(2) combined with a recommended contactor 

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV2-ME for connection by spring terminals 

Add the figure 3 to the end of the reference. Example: GV2ME22 becomes GV2ME223 

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV2-ME for connection by ring terminals 

Add the figure 6 to the end of the reference. Example: GV2ME32 becomes GV2ME326 

TeSys extended rotary handles 

These handles are suitable for the following products GV2 -P & GV2 - L GV3-P & GV3 - L TeSys U 

Kit IP54 black handle GV2APN01 GV3APN01 LU9APN21 

IP54 kit red handle and yellow front GV2APN02 GV3APN02 LU9APN22 

IP65 kit red handle and yellow front GV2APN04 GV3APN04 LU9APN24 

Common accessories GV2 / GV3, see page 5/21 

5/18 


TeSys 

GV2-L, GV2-LE 

Motor control 

Magnetic circuit-breakers 

0.06 to 15 kW 

1 

Magnetic circuit-breakers GV2-LE and GV2-L for connection by screw clamp terminals 

GV2-LE control by rocker lever, GV2-L control by rotary knob 

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Magnetic Tripping Use in association Reference 

400/415 V 500 V 690 V protection current with thermal 

P Icu Ics (1) P Icu Ics (1) P Icu Ics (1) rating d ± 20% overload relay 

kW kA kW kA kW kA A A 

0.06 g g - - - - - - 0.4 5 LR2K0302 GV2LE03 

0.09 g g - - - - - - 0.4 5 LR2K0304 GV2LE03 

or LRD03 

GV2L03 

0.12 g g - - - 0.37 g g 0.63 8 LR2K0304 GV2LE04 

or LRD04 

GV2L04 

0.18 g g - - - - - - 0.63 8 LR2K0305 GV2LE04 

or LRD04 

GV2L04 

- - - - - - 0.55 g g 1 13 LR2K0305 GV2LE05 

or LRD05 

GV2L05 

0.25 g g - - - - - - 1 13 LR2K0306 GV2LE05 

or LRD05 

GV2L05 

- - - - - - 0.75 g g 1 13 LR2K0306 GV2LE05 

or LRD06 

GV2L05 

0.37 g g 0.37 g g - - - 1 13 LR2K0306 GV2LE05 

or LRD05 

GV2L05 

0.55 g g 0.55 g g 1.1 g g 1.6 22.5 LR2K0307 GV2LE06 

or LRD06 

GV2L06 

- - - 0.75 g g - - - 1.6 22.5 LR2K0307 GV2LE06 

or LRD06 

GV2L06 

0.75 g g 1.1 g g 1.5 3 75 2.5 33.5 LR2K0308 GV2LE07 

0.75 g g 1.1 g g 1.5 4 100 2.5 33.5 LRD07 GV2L07 

1.1 g g - - - - - - 2.5 33.5 LR2K0308 GV2LE08 

or LRD08 

GV2L08 

1.5 g g 1.5 g g 3 3 75 4 51 LR2K0310 GV2LE08 

1.5 g g 1.5 g g 3 4 100 4 51 LRD08 GV2L08 

- - - 2.2 g g - - - 4 51 LR2K0312 GV2LE08 

or LRD08 

GV2L08 

2.2 g g 3 50 100 4 3 75 6.3 78 LR2K0312 GV2LE10 

2.2 g g 3 g g 4 4 100 6.3 78 LRD10 GV2L10 

3 g g 4 10 100 5.5 3 75 10 138 LR2K0314 GV2LE14 

3 g g 4 10 100 5.5 4 100 10 138 LRD12 GV2L14 

4 g g 5.5 10 100 - - - 10 138 LR2K0316 GV2LE14 

or LRD14 

GV2L14 

- - - - - - 7.5 3 75 10 138 LRD14 GV2LE14 

- - - - - - 7.5 4 100 10 138 LRD14 GV2L14 

- - - - - - 9 3 75 14 170 LRD16 GV2LE16 

- - - - - - 9 4 100 14 170 LRD16 GV2L16 

5.5 15 50 7.5 6 75 11 3 75 14 170 LR2K0321 GV2LE16 

5.5 50 50 7.5 10 75 11 4 100 14 170 LRD16 GV2L16 

7.5 15 50 9 6 75 15 3 75 18 223 LRD21 GV2LE20 

7.5 50 50 9 10 75 15 4 100 18 223 LRD21 GV2L20 

9 15 40 11 4 75 18.5 3 75 25 327 LRD22 GV2LE22 

9 50 50 11 10 75 18.5 4 100 25 327 LRD22 GV2L22 

11 15 40 15 4 75 - - - 25 327 LRD22 GV2LE22 

11 50 50 15 10 75 - - - 25 327 LRD22 GV2L22 

15 10 50 18.5 4 75 22 3 75 32 416 LRD32 GV2LE32 

15 50 50 18.5 10 75 22 4 100 32 416 LRD32 GV2L32 

g > 100 kA 


Common accessories GV2 / GV3, see page 5/21 


5/19 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10

TeSys 

GV3-P/GV3-L 

Motor control 


Thermal-magnetic 5.5…30 kW 

with EverLink terminal blocks 

1 

2 

3 

4 

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV3-P for connection by EverLink terminal blocks (2) 

Control by rotary knob 

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Setting range Reference 

400/415 V 500 V 660/690 V of thermal 

P Icu Ics (1) P Icu Ics (1) P Icu Ics (1) trips 

kW kA kW kA kW kA A 

5.5 100 50 7.5 12 50 11 6 50 9…13 GV3P13 

7.5 100 50 11 12 50 15 6 50 12…18 GV3P18 

11 100 50 15 12 50 18.5 6 50 17…25 GV3P25 

15 100 50 18.5 12 50 22 6 50 23…32 GV3P32 

18.5 50 50 22 10 50 30 5 60 30…40 GV3P40 

22 50 50 30 10 50 37 5 60 37…50 GV3P50 

30 50 50 37 10 50 45 5 60 48…65 GV3P65 

(1) as % of lcu 

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV3-P for connection by ring terminals 

Add the figure 6 to the end of the reference. Example: GV3-P13 becomes GV3-P136 

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV3-P for connection by only 1 EverLink terminal block 

Add the figure 1 to the end of the reference. Example: GV3P65 becomes GV3P651 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

Magnetic 11…30 kW 

with EverLink terminal blocks 

Magnetic circuit-breakers GV3-L for connection by EverLink terminal blocks (2) 


Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Associated equipment Circuit-breaker 

400/415 V 500 V 690 V Thermal Short-circuit 

P Icu Ics P Icu Ics P Icu Ics overload protection 

kW kA kW kA kW kA relay Rating A Reference 

11 100 50 15 12 50 18.5 6 50 LRD325 25 GV3L25 

15 100 50 18.5 12 50 22 6 50 LRD332 32 GV3L32 

18.5 50 50 22 10 50 30 5 60 LRD340 40 GV3L40 

22 50 50 30 10 50 45 5 60 LRD350 50 GV3L50 

30 50 50 37 10 50 45 5 60 LRD365 65 GV3L65 

Magnetic circuit-breakers GV3-L for connection by ring terminals 

Add the figure 6 to the end of the reference. Example: GV3-L25 becomes GV3-L256 

Magnetic circuit-breakers GV3-L for connection by only 1 EverLink terminal block 

Add the figure 1 to the end of the reference. Example: GV3L65 becomes GV3L651 

(2) 4 mm BTR screw 

Add-on blocks and accessories (3) 

Add-on blocks (front) 

Fault signalling contact + instantaneous auxiliary contact 

Contact type NO (fault) + NC NO (fault) + NO 

References (4) GV-AED011 GV AED101 

10 

Accessories Cover Busbars 

Type 

IP20 for lug IP20 for lug “Wide spacing” Set of 3‐pole Set of 3‐pole “S” form for side 

type terminals 

type terminals 

UL 508 type E 115 A busbars 115 A busbars 

for 2 . 

for 3 . 

by side mounted 

when used with 

contactor 

circuit-breakers circuit-breakers circuit-breaker/ 

contactor 

References LAD96570 LAD96575 GV3G66 GV3G264 GV3G364 GV3S 

(3) Common add-on blocks and accessories GV2 / GV3, see page 5/21 

(4) For spring terminal version add 3 to the end of the reference. Example: GV-AED011 becomes GV-AED0113 

5/20 


TeSys 

GV2/GV3 

Motor control 


Accessories 

1 

(TeSys rotating handles) 

Combination block GV2 

For mounting on LC1-K or LP1-K LC1-D09…D38 LAD-31 and LC1-D09…D38 

GV2AF01 GV2AF3 GV2AF4 

Sets of 3-pole busbars GV2 

63 A Pitch 45 mm 54 mm 72 mm 

Number of tap-offs 2 GV2G245 GV2G254 GV2G272 

3 GV2G345 GV2G354 

4 GV2G445 GV2G454 GV2G472 

5 GV2G554 

Protective end cover GV2 

For unused busbar outlets 

GV1G10 

Terminal blocks GV2 

For supply to one or more GV2-G busbar sets connection from the top can be fitted with current limiter GV1-L3 (GV2-ME and GV2-P) 

GV1G09 

GV1G05 

Padlockable external operator for GV2 and GV3 (150 to 290 mm) 

Padlocking In “On” and “Off” position In “Off” position 

Handle black red 

Legend plate blue yellow 

IP 54 For GV2-ME/P/L GV2AP01 GV2AP02 

For GV2-LE GV2AP03 – 

For GV3-P/L GV3AP01 GV3AP02 

2 

3 

4 

5 

TeSys rotating handles for GV2-P GV3-P 

Kit IP54 black handle GV2APN01 GV3APN01 

IP54 kit red/yellow handle GV2APN02 GV3APN02 

IP65 kit red/yellow handle GV2APN04 GV3APN04 

Contact blocks common to GV2 / GV3 

NO + NC NO + NC NO + NO (fault) + NC (fault) + NO CO common 

Instantaneous auxiliary contacts 

point 

Mounting front GVAE1 GVAE11 GVAE20 

LH side GVAN11 GVAN20 

Fault signalling contact + instantaneous auxiliary contact 

LH side NO (fault) GVAD1001 GVAD1010 

NC (fault) GVAD0101 GVAD0110 

Short-circuit signalling contact 

LH side 

GVAM11 

Electric trips for GV2 and GV3 : undervoltage or shunt (1) 

Side mounting (1 block on RH side of circuit-breaker) 50 Hz 60 Hz 

Voltage 24 V GVA•025 GVA•026 

48 V GVA•055 GVA•056 

100 V GVA•107 

100…110 V GVA•107 

110…115 V GVA•115 GVA•116 

120…127 V GVA•125 

127 V GVA•115 

200 V GVA•207 

200…220 V GVA•207 

220…240 V GVA•225 GVA•226 

380…400 V GVA•385 GVA•386 

415…440 V GVA•415 

415 V GVA•416 

Padlocking device 

For use with up to 4 padlocks (padlocks not supplied) Ø 6 mm shank max GV2V03 

(1) Undervoltage trips: replace the • with U, shunt trips: replace the • with S 


5/21 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10

TeSys 

GV7-R 

Motor control 


0.75…90 kW 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV7-R for connection by screw clamp terminals 

Control by rocker lever 


400/415 V 500 V 660/690 V of thermal 



7.5 25 100 9 18 100 11 8 100 12…20 GV7RE20 

9 25 100 11 18 100 15 8 100 

7.5 70 100 9 50 100 11 10 100 12…20 GV7RS20 

9 70 100 11 50 100 15 10 100 

9 25 100 11 18 100 15 8 100 15…25 GV7RE25 

11 25 100 15 18 100 18.5 8 100 

9 70 100 11 50 100 15 10 100 15…25 GV7RS25 

11 70 50 15 50 100 18.5 10 100 

18.5 25 100 18.5 18 100 22 8 100 25…40 GV7RE40 

22 18 100 

18.5 70 100 18.5 50 100 22 10 100 25…40 GV7RS40 

22 25 100 30 18 100 30 8 100 30…50 GV7RE50 

37 25 100 45 18 100 55 8 100 48…80 GV7RE80 

55 18 100 

37 70 100 45 50 100 55 10 100 48…80 GV7RS80 

55 50 100 

45 25 100 - 18 100 75 8 100 60…100 GV7RE100 

45 70 100 - 50 100 75 10 100 60…100 GV7RS100 

55 35 100 75 30 100 90 8 100 90…150 GV7RE150 

75 70 100 90 30 100 110 8 100 

55 70 100 75 50 100 90 10 100 90…150 GV7RS150 

75 70 100 90 50 100 110 10 100 

90 35 100 110 30 100 160 8 100 132…220 GV7RE220 

110 35 100 132 30 100 200 8 100 

160 30 100 

90 70 100 110 50 100 160 10 100 132…220 GV7RS220 


8 

9 

10 

5/22 


Motor control 

1 

Add-on blocks 

GV7-AE11, AB11 


Auxiliary contacts 

Contact type 

CO 

GV7AE11 

Thermal or magnetic fault discrimination 

z 24…48 V or c 24…72 V 

z 110…240 V 

GV7AD111 

GV7AD112 

Electric trips 

Voltage 50/60 Hz 48 V 110… 130 V 200… 240 V 380…440 V 

50 Hz 525 V 

Undervoltage trip (1) GV7AU055 GV7AU107 GV7AU207 GV7AU387 GV7AU525 

Shunt trip (1) GV7AS055 GV7AS107 GV7AS207 GV7AS387 GV7AS525 

(1) For mounting of a GV7-AD or a GV7-AU or AS 

2 

3 

4 

Accessories 

Terminal shields IP 405 

Supplied with sealing accessory 

GV7AC01 

Phase barriers 

Safety accessories 

GV7AC04 

used when fitting of shields is impossible 

Insulating screens 

Ensure insulation between 

GV7AC05 

the connections and the backplate 

Kit for combination with contactor 

Allowing link between the circuit-breaker and the contactor LC1-F115 to F185 LC1-F225 and F26 LC1-D115 and D150 

GV7AC06 GV7AC07 GV7AC08 

Rotary handles 

Handle black red 

Legend plate black yellow 

■ direct IP 40 GV7AP03 GV7AP04 

■ extended IP 55 GV7AP01 GV7AP02 

Conversion accessory 

for mounting on enclosure door IP 43 GV7AP05 

Locking device 

For circuit-breaker not fitted with a rotary handle 

GV7V01 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 


5/23

TeSys 

GV3-ME 

Motor control 


37 kW 

1 

2 

3 

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV3-ME for connection by screw clamp terminals 

Pushbutton control 


400/415 V 500 V 660/690 V of thermal 



37 15 50 45 4 100 55 2 100 56…80 GV3ME80 


4 

5 

6 

7 

Add-on blocks for GV3-ME 


Instantaneous auxiliary contacts (1 per breaker) 

Normal early break type contacts NC + NO NO + NO NC + NO + NO NO + NO + NO NO + NO (1) NC + NO (1) 

GV3A01 GV3A02 GV3A03 GV3A05 GV3A06 GV3A07 

Fault signalling contact 

Normal early break type contacts NC NO 

GV3A08 

GV3A09 

Electric trips 

Voltage 50 Hz 110, 120, 127 V 220, 240 V 380, 415 V 

60 Hz 120, 127 V 277 V 440, 480 V 

Undervoltage trip GV3B11 GV3B22 GV3B38 

Shunt trip GV3D11 GV3D22 GV3D38 


Start button (for bare device) 

GV1V02 

(1) + 2 volt free terminals 

8 

9 

10 

5/24 


TeSys 

GK3-EF 

Motor control 

Magnetic circuit-breakers 

37 kW 

1 

Magnetic circuit-breakers GK3-EF for connection by screw clamp terminals 


Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Associated equipment Circuit-breaker 

400/415 V 500 V 690 V Thermal Short-circuit 

P Icu Ics P Icu Ics P Icu Ics overload relay protection 

kW kA kW kA kW kA min. size Rating A Reference 

37 35 25 45 15 30 - - - LRD-3363 80 GK3EF80 

2 

3 

4 

Add-on blocks for GK3 


Contact type NO NO + NO NC + NO NC NO 

On-Off signalling contacts GK2AX10 GK2AX20 GK2AX50 

and “Control circuit test” function (1 or 2 blocks per device) 

mounted on RH side of GK3-EF 

Instantaneous fault signalling contacts GK2AX12 GK2AX22 GK2AX52 

(1 or 2 blocks per device) mounted on LH side of GK3-EF 

Fault signalling contact (1) GV3A08 GV3A09 

(1) 1 trip OR 1 fault signalling contact to be fitted inside the circuit-breaker. 

5 

6 

7 

8 

Accessories for GK3 


for padlocking the operator with up to 3 padlocks (padlocks not supplied) 

External operator 

for mounting on enclosure door. 

Red Ø 40 pushbutton on yellow plate, can be locked in 

position O by means of up to 3 padlocks with door locked in 

position I, and door locked in position O when padlocked 

GK3AV01 

GK3AP03 

9 

10 


5/25

TeSys K 

Motor control 


0.11…11.5 A 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

Thermal overload relays, TeSys K 

adjustable from 0.11 to 12 A 

Connection by screw clamp terminals, direct mounting on contactors LC1-K, manual or automatic reset 

Relay setting range Fuses to be used with selected relay Reference 

Class 10A aM gG BS88 

0.11…0.16 A 0.25 A 0.5 A - LR2K0301 

0.16…0.23 A 0.25 A 0.5 A - LR2K0302 

0.23…0.36 A 0.5 A 1 A - LR2K0303 

0.36…0.54 A 1 A 1.6 A - LR2K0304 

0.54…0.8 A 1 A 2 A - LR2K0305 

0.8…1.2 A 2 A 4 A 6 A LR2K0306 

1.2…1.8 A 2 A 6 A 6 A LR2K0307 

1.8…2.6 A 2 A 6 A 10 A LR2K0308 

2.6…3.7 A 4 A 10 A 16 A LR2K0310 

3.7…5.5 A 6 A 16 A 16 A LR2K0312 

5.5…8 A 8 A 20 A 20 A LR2K0314 

8…11.5 A 10 A 25 A 20 A LR2K0316 

Thermal overload relays for use on class 10A unbalanced loads: for above references LR2-K0305 to LR2-K0316 only, replace the prefix LR2 with LR7. 

Example: LR7-K0310. 

Accessories 

Prewiring kit 

Allowing direct connection of the NC contact 

For use on 

of relay LRD-01…35 or LR3-D01… D35 to the contactor LC1D09…D18 LAD7C1 

LC1D25…D38 

LAD7C2 

Terminal blocks (1) 

For clip-on mounting on 35 mm mounting rail (AM1-DP200) LRD01…35 and LR3D01…D35 LAD7B10 

or screw fixing LRD3•••, LR3D3•••, LRD35•• LA7D3064 (2) 

For independent mounting of the relay LR2K•••• LA7K0064 

EverLink Terminal blocks 

Separate terminal block LRD313… LRD365 LAD9R3 

Terminal block adapter 

For mounting a relay beneath an LC1-D115 or D150 contactor LRD3•••, LR3D3•••, LRD35•• LA7D3058 

Stop or electrical reset 

Remote (3) LRD01…35 and LR3D01…D35 LAD703• (4) 

Tripping or electrical reset device 

Remote (3) All relays except LRD01…35 and LR3D01…D35 LA7D03• (4) 

(1) Terminal blocks are supplied with terminals protected against direct finger contact and screws in the open “ready-to-tighten” position. 

(2) To order a terminal block for connection by lug-clamps, the reference becomes LA7-D30646. 

(3) The time for which the coil of remote tripping or electrical resetting device LA7-D03 or LAD-703 can remain energised depends on its rest time: 1 s pulse duration with 9 s rest 

time; maximum pulse duration of 20 s with a rest time of 300 s. Minimum pulse time 200 ms. 

(4) Reference to be completed by adding the code indicating the control circuit voltage. 


a supply 

Volts 12 24 48 96 110 220/230 380/400 415/440 

50/60 Hz. Consumption, inrush and sealed < 100 VA - B E - F M Q N 

c supply 

Consumption, inrush and sealed < 100 W J B E DD F M - - 

5/26 


TeSys D 

Motor control 


0.1…140 A 

1 

Thermal overload relays, TeSys D 

adjustable from 0.1 to 140 A 

Compensated relays with manual or automatic reset, with relay trip indicator, for a.c. or d.c. 

Relay setting range Fuses to be used with selected relay With contactor Reference 

Connection by screw clamp terminals or connectors aM gG BS88 

Class 10A 0.10…0.16 A 0.25 A 2 A - LC1D09…D38 LRD01 (1) 

0.16…0.25 A 0.5 A 2 A - LC1D09…D38 LRD02 (1) 

0.25…0.40 A 1 A 2 A - LC1D09…D38 LRD03 (1) 

0.40…0.63 A 1 A 1.6 A - LC1D09…D38 LRD04 (1) 

0.63…1 A 2 A 4 A - LC1D09…D38 LRD05 (1) 

1…1.7 A 2 A 4 A 6 A LC1D09…D38 LRD06 (1) 

1.6…2.5 A 4 A 6 A 10 A LC1D09…D38 LRD07 (1) 

2.5…4 A 6 A 10 A 16 A LC1D09…D38 LRD08 (1) 

4…6 A 8 A 16 A 16 A LC1D09…D38 LRD10 (1) 

5.5…8 A 12 A 20 A 20 A LC1D09…D38 LRD12 (1) 

7…10 A 12 A 20 A 20 A LC1D09…D38 LRD14 (1) 

9…13 A 16 A 25 A 25 A LC1D12…D38 LRD16 (1) 

12…18 A 20 A 35 A 32 A LC1D18…D38 LRD21 (1) 

16…24 A 25 A 50 A 50 A LC1D25…D38 LRD22 (1) 

23…32 A 40 A 63 A 63 A LC1D25…D38 LRD32 (1) 

30…38 A 50 A 80 A 80 A LC1D32 and D38 LRD35 (1) 

55…70 A 80 A 125 A 125 A D50…D95 LRD3361 (1) 

63…80 A 80 A 125 A 125 A D65…D95 LRD3363 (1) 

80…104 A 100 A 160 A 160 A D80 and D95 LRD3365 (1) 

80…104 A 125 A 200 A 160 A D115 and D150 LRD4365 (1) 

95…120 A 125 A 200 A 200 A D115 and D150 LRD4367 (1) 

110…140 A 160 A 250 A 200 A D150 LRD4369 (1) 

80…104 A 100 A 160 A 160 A Independent mtg. LRD33656 (1) 



Class 20 6 A 10 A 16 A LC1D09…D32 LRD1508 (1) 

4…6 A 8 A 16 A 16 A LC1D09…D32 LRD1510 (1) 

5.5…8 A 12 A 20 A 20 A LC1D09…D32 LRD1512 (1) 

7…10 A 16 A 20 A 25 A LC1D09…D32 LRD1514 (1) 

9…13 A 16 A 25 A 25 A LC1D12…D32 LRD1516 (1) 

12…18 A 25 A 35 A 40 A LC1D18…D32 LRD1521 (1) 




55…70 A 100 A 125 A 125 A D65…D95 LR2D3561 (1) 

63…80 A 100 A 160 A 125 A D80 and D95 LR2D3563 (1) 

Connection by EverLink terminal blocks, with BTR screws 

Class 10A 9…13 A 16 A 25 A 25 A LC1D40A…D65A LRD313 (2) 

12…18 A 20 A 32 A 35 A LC1D40A…D65A LRD318 (2) 






Class 20 9…13 A 20 A 32 A 35 A LC1D40A…D65A LRD313L (2) 

12…18 A 25 A 40 A 40 A LC1D40A…D65A LRD318L (2) 






Class 10A with connection by lug-clamps: 

Select overload relay with screw clamp terminals or connectors from the table above and add 

one of the following suffixes: 

b figure 6 for relays LRD01 to LRD35 and LRD313 to LRD365. 

b A66 for relays LRD3361 to LRD3365. 

Relays LRD43 are suitable as standard, for use with lug-clamps. 

Thermal overload relays for use with unbalanced loads Class 10A 

with connection by screw clamp terminals and lug-clamp terminals: 

In the reference selected above, change LRD(except..LRD4ppp) to LR3D 

Example: LRD01 becomes LR3D 01 

Example with EverLink terminals: LRD340 becomes LR3D 340 

Example with lug-clamp terminals: LRD3406 becomes LR3D 3406 

(1) For independent mounting on a DIN rail, order an EverLink LAD7B106 terminal block. (2) For independent mtg..on a DIN rail, order an EverLink LAD96560 terminal block. 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 


5/27

TeSys 

LR9 

Motor control 

Electronic thermal overload relays 

60…630 A 

1 

2 

For use with contactor LC1-D LC1-F 

Motor current 60…150 A 30…630 A 

Basic reference, to be completed LR9D LR9F 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

Relay setting range Fuse to be used with selected relay For mounting. Compensated and differential With alarm 

beneath contactor LC1- 

aM gG Class 10 Class 20 Class 10 or 20 

60…100 100 160 D115 and D150 LR9D5367 LR9D5567 

90…150 160 250 D115 and D150 LR9D5369 LR9F5569 

30…50 50 80 F115…F185 LR9F5357 LR9F5557 LR9F57 

48…80 80 125 F115…F185 LR9F5363 LR9F5563 LR9F63 

60…100 100 200 F115…F185 LR9F5367 LR9F5567 LR9F67 

90…150 160 250 F115…F185 LR9F5369 LR9F5569 LR9F69 

132…220 250 315 F185…F400 LR9F5371 LR9F5571 LR9F71 

200…330 400 500 F225…F500 LR9F7375 LR9F7575 LR9F75 

300…500 500 800 F225…F500 LR9F7379 LR9F7579 LR9F79 

380…630 630 800 F400…F630 and F800 LR9F7381 LR9F7581 LR9F81 

8 

9 

10 

Accessories 

Remote control 

Function Reset Stop and/or Reset 

Electrical reset (1) LA7D03• (2) 

Reset by flexible cable (length 0.5 m) 

LA7D305 

Adapter for door interlock mechanism 

LA7D1020 

Operating head for pushbutton 

Spring return ZA2BL639 ZA2BL432 

Rod with snap-off end 

Adjustable from 17 to 120 mm 

ZA2BZ13 

Insulated terminal blocks 

For relays LR9-F5•57, F5•63, F5•67, F5•69, F57, F63, F67 and F69 Set of 2 blocks 

LA9F103 

(1) The time for which the coil of remote electrical reset device LA7-D03 can remain energised depends on its rest time: 1 s pulse with 9 s rest time; 5 s pulse duration with 30 s 

rest time; 10 s pulse duration with 90 s rest time: maximum pulse duration 20 s with rest time of 300 s. Minimum pulse time: 200 ms. 

(2) Reference to be completed by adding the coil voltage code, see page 5/27 

5/28 


TeSys 

LR/LT 

Motor control 

Electronic overcurrent relays 

0.3…38 A 

1 

Relay type 


TeSys LR97D 

Relay setting range 0.3…1.5 A 1.2…7 A 5…25 A 20…38 A 

For use with contactor LC1D09…D38 LC1D25…D38 

References 200… 240 VAC LR97D015M7 LR97D07M7 LR97D025M7 LR97D038M7 

100… 120 VAC LR97D015F7 LR97D07F7 LR97D025F7 LR97D038F7 

24 VAC/DC LR97D015B LR97D07B LR97D025B LR97D038B 

48 VAC/DC LR97D015E LR97D07E LR97D025E LR97D038E 

0.5…60 A 

2 

3 

. 

4 

Relay type 


TeSys LT47 with manual reset 

Relay setting range 0.5…6 A 3…30 A 5…60 A 

References 200… 240 VAC LT4706M7S LT47D30M7S LT4760M7S 

100… 120 VAC LT47D06F7S LT47D30F7S LT4760F7S 

24 VAC/DC LT47D06BS LT47D30BS LT4760BS 

48 VAC/DC LT47D06ES LT47D30ES LT4760ES 

5 

6 

7 

Relay type 


TeSys LT47 with automatic reset 

Relay setting range 0.5…6 A 3…30 A 5…60 A 

References 200… 240 VAC LT4706M7A LT47D30M7A LT4760M7A 

Accessories: please consult your Schneider Electric agency. 

100… 120 VAC LT47D06F7A LT47D30F7A LT4760F7A 

24 VAC/DC LT47D06BA LT47D30BA LT4760BA 

48 VAC/DC LT47D06EA LT47D30EA LT4760EA 

8 

9 

10 


5/29

chapter 6 

Variable 

speed drives 



Contents 


bb 

Introduction to hoisting field 

vv 

Compact Drives up to 15 kw: 

Altivar 312, compact.........................................................................................6/2 

Altivar 32, book format................................................................................. 6/3 

vv 

Heavy duty Drives up to 2000kW 

Altivar 71, high performance for hoisting...................................................... 6/4 

vv 

Active Front End (AFE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/6 

vv 

Braking & Hoist Resistors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/7 

1 

2 

vv 

Your application, our solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/8 

vv 

Main characteristics by product . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/9 

bb 

Altivar 312 for simple industrial machines 

3 

vv 

Compact drives, 0.18…15 kW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/10 

bb 

Altivar 32 for complex machines 

vv 

Compact drives, 0.18…15 kW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/11 

4 

bb 

Altivar 71 for complex, high-power machines 

vv 

High performance drives, 0.37…630 kW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/12 

vv 

Water-cooled drives for harsh environments, 90…630 kW . . . . . . . . . . . 6/14 

5 

vv 

I/O extension and encoder interface cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/15 

vv 

AFE function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/16 & 6/17 

vv 

Line chokes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/18 & 6/19 

vv 

Motor chokes 

In which cases motor chokes are mandatory?............................................ 6/20 

In which cases do we need to use shielded cable?..................................... 6/20 

Maximum distance without chokes for IEC motors..................................... 6/20 

How to select the motor choke?................................................................. 6/21 

vv 

Braking resistors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/22 

6 

7 

vv 

Hoist resistors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/23 

8 

9 

10 

6/1

Presentation 


Compact Drives up to 15kW 

1 

Compact Drives up to 15 kW 

Altivar 312: Compact 

The Altivar 312 is the ideal solution to move from conventional motion to 

variable speed drive solution. 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

Torque Master/Slave – 

Braking control 

Hoist control 

Hoisting functions 

Integration 

Safety – 

Several drives can be mounted side by side to save space 

Drives 

> > from 0.18 to 15 kW 

> > from 200 to 500 V 

> > 1 or 3 phases 

A ready-to-use solution 

Good performances 

> > Simple dedicated hoisting functions 

Integrated EMC filters 

> > Conformal coated for resistance to harsh environments 

> > CANopen embedded 

Perfecting installations using tailor made options 

> > Braking resistor 

Output filter 

> > Additional EMC filter 

> > Line choke and Motor choke 

Safety level with standard IOs 

> > Safety Integrity Level SIL1, Performance Level PLc/ category 1 according to 

EN954 can be achieved with standard Logical Inputs (in “source” mode) 

Product references: see page 6/10 

8 

9 

10 

6/2

Presentation 




Altivar 32: Powerful, book format 

The Altivar 32 perfectly suits for the optimization of your electrical cabinet 

for synchronous and asynchronous motors. 

1 

2 

Torque Master/Slave – 


Hoist control 


Integration 

Safety 

Compact and easy to install 

Construction crane 

Travelling crane 

In press workshop 

Drives 

> > from 0.18 to 15 kW 

> > from 200 to 500 V 

> > 1 or 3 phases 

High performance level 

> > Open loop for synchronous or asynchronous motors 

Speed control 

> > Load slipping function 

> > Optimized hoisting functions 

Function blocks integrated with ATV Logic 

> > Embedded Safety functions 

Performant motor control 

> > Transient overtorque 

> > 170…200 % of the nominal motor torque 

> > Braking torque : 

> > 2 sec braking with a 0.6 Tn braking torque for a 40 sec cycle 

> > 0.8 sec braking with a 1.5 Tn braking torque for a 40 sec cycle 

> > Peak current : 

> > Up to 4 times the drive direct current for 1 sec 

Improved protection with embedded Safety functions 


> > Safety Integrity Level SIL1, Performance Level PLc category 1 according to 


Safety level with specific IOs 

> > Safety Integrity Level (SIL1, SIL2 or SIL3) according to IEC 61508 

Performance Level (PLd) according to ISO 13849-1/ -2 Category 3 

> > Vertical movement : 

> > STO (Safe Torque Off) 

> > SS1 Type C (Safe Stop 1) 

> > Horizontal movement : 

> > SLS (Safely Limited Speed) 

Specific Hoisting Menu & Application 

High speed hoisting 

Brake feedback control 

> > Brake Control 

Totally transparent integration 

Modbus and CANopen embedded 

> > Access to the majority of industrial communication networks (easy-fit with 

cassette modules) 

> > Built-in Bluetooth as standard 

Mounting designed to ensure maximum integration 

Compact, vertical and slim format (45mm) 

Flexible mounting, vertical or on the side 

> > Side by side mounting 

+ 10 % energy efficiency due to the use of synchronous motors in speed 

control mode 

New control profile for optimized performance 

> > Simplification of the speed reducer stage 


Up to 40 % more space freed up in enclosures 

Up to 30 % savings compared to a solution with external safety modules 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

6/3

Presentation 


Heavy duty Drives up to 2000 kW 

1 

2 


Altivar 71: High Performance for Hoisting 

The Altivar 71 offers numerous advantages in the control of asynchronous 

and synchronous motors operating in open & closed loop mode in complex 

machines, including integrated application-specific functions or 

customized solutions. 

3 

4 

Torque Master/Slave 


Hoist control 


Integration 

Safety 

5 

6 

7 

Drives 

> > from 0.75 to 2000 kW 

> > Power up to 690 V 

An advanced Solution : complete & expandable 

Drives from 0.75 to 2000 kW; power up to 690 V 

> > Robust 50°C ambiant temperature without cooling 

> > IP 54 power stage for cooling solutions 

High performance motor control 

> > Transient overtorque (+/- 10%) 

> > 170% of the nominal torque for 60 sec 

> > 220% of the nominal torque for 2 sec 

> > Braking torque 

> > 150% of the nominal torque for 60 sec with braking resistor 

> > Max transient current 

> > 165% of the nominal torque of the drive for 2 sec 

8 

Advanced functions for an effective response to hoisting application 

> > Processing of load measurement by weight sensor 

High-speed hoisting 

Brake control with feedback management 

Limit switch management 

Regenerative module 

> > Load slipping 

9 

10 

With Flange mounting: no heat inside cabinet 

Increased Safety thanks to multiple protections: for motors, machines and 

drives 


> > Safety Integrity Level SIL1, Performance Level PLc category 1 according to 


Safety level with specific IOs 

STO (Safe Torque Off) function 

> > SIL 2 of IEC/EN 61508 

> > IEC/EN 61800-5-2 which covers the functional safety requirements of power 

drive products 

> > ATEX certification 

More Flexibility & more Performance for your application 

6/4

Presentation 



Altivar 71 Q: increased ruggedness 

through water cooling 

Remote graphic display terminal 

Altivar 71: High Performance for Hoisting 

(continued) 

Perfect Integration in industrial communication installations 

> > Modbus and CANopen embedded 

> > Connectivity to any fieldbus through option cards 

> > Bluetooth connection as option 

Modular design for greater integration & Energy management 

> > Optimizes automation solutions with its seamless integration into your control 

system architecture 

> > Optimizes Energy consumption by adding regenerative module 

> > Avoid interferences on electrical supply (Harmonics) through optional passive 

filters, Active Front End module 

More robust in the harshest of environments 

> > Rugged 3C2 version in accordance with standard IEC 721-3-3 (gas, liquids), 

IP 20/IP 54 

> > Available in dust and damp-proof wall-mounted or floor-standing enclosures 

(IP 54/IP 55) 

> > Water-cooled versions 

Altivar 71 Q: increased ruggedness through water cooling 

> > Cooling system efficiency: 85 to 100% of heat loss is dissipated within the drive’s 

water cooling system 

Reduced need for air conditioning 

> > Prolonged maintenance-free continuous operation 

Corrosion-free stainless steel water pipes 

> > Very high starting torque for frequent start-up applications 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

Travelling crane 

Container crane 

Container gantry support 

10 

Easy cooling & better reliability in harsh environment 

6/5

Presentation 


Active Front End (AFE) 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

Active Front End (AFE) 

Resistor Less Technology 

The Active Front End is an option for frequency inverters to return energy to 

the line supply. It provides 4-quadrant operation and thus is ideal for all 

applications with a generator operating mode. 

Special design allows possibility to connect several AFE units in parallel. 

This enables: 

a higher supply / regenerative power 

> > the use of smaller units adapted to the drives in order to reduce the spare parts 

> > an increased reliability due to redundancy 

Single drive 

Common DC bus 

Redundancy with AFB in parallel 

in common DC bus 

3 a Mains supply 

50/60Hz 


50/60Hz 


50/60Hz 

LFM 

AFE 

LFC AIC ATV 71 

AFE: Active Front End - LFM: line Filter Module 

LFC: Line Filter Choke - AIC: Active Infeed Converter 

AFE 

LFM 

LFC 

AIC 

ATV 71 

3 M 

DC Bus 



AFE 

LFM 

LFM 

LFM 

LFC 

AFE 

LFC 

AFE 

LFC 

AIC 

AIC 

AIC 

DC Bus 

M 

ATV 71 

1 

ATV 71 

2 

ATV 71 

1 

ATV 71 

2 

ATV 71 

3 



Harmonic Mitigation to increase power quality 

State-of-the-art components, a new control concept, as well as a topquality 

filter module all serve to reduce the total current distortion factor 

THD(i). 

Special design allows possibility to connect several AFE units in parallel. 

This enables 

THD(i) of less than 4% 

Power factor of cos Phi 1 independent of the load and the energy direction 

> > Line voltage drops of up to 40% without disturbing operation 

Up to 60% Energy Savings 

> > Energy regeneration to the supplying mains 

Improved efficiency and reliability due to innovative control system 

> > No damping resistors with heavy losses required and thus it is especially robust 

in respect of heavily distorted mains voltages 

> > Reduction of transformer losses, wiring and switching devices 

M 

M 

M 

M 

M 

Improved Dynamics & Energy savings 

6/6

Presentation 


Braking & Hoist Resistors 

Braking & Hoist Resistors 

Minimum Ohmic value of the resistor associated to the drive 

According to your application and its specific requirements, you have to 

select the right resistors. 

1 

Altivar 312 

References 

ATV 312Hppppp 018M2, U11M2, U22M2 

037M2, 

055M2, 

075M2 

U15M2 

Minimum value (Ω) 40 27 25 

ATV 312Hppppp 018M3, 

037M3, 

055M3, 

075M3 

U11M3, 

U15M3 

U22M3 

Generally, resistor calculation depends on the movement applied and the drive 

rating : 

For horizontal movement, you have to size the resistor at 30% of the drive power 

> > For vertical movement, the sizing is estimated at 60% of the drive power. 

U30M3, 

U40M3 

U55M3, 

U75M3 

Minimum value (Ω) 40 27 25 16 8 5 

ATV 312Hppppp 037N4, 

055N4, 

075N4 

U11N4, 

U11N4, 

U22N4 

D11M3, 

D15M3 

U30N4 U40N4 U55N4 U75N4 D11N4, 

D15N4 

Minimum value (Ω) 80 54 55 36 29 19 20 

ATV 312Hppppp 075S6 U15S6 U40S6 U55S6 U75S6 D11S6, D15S6 

U22S6 


Altivar 32 

References 

ATV 32Hppppp 018M2, U11M2, U22M2 

037M2, 

055M2, 

075M2 

U15M2 

Minimum value (Ω) 40 27 25 

ATV 32Hppppp 037N4, 

055N4, 

075N4 

U11N4, 

U15N4, 

U22N4, 

U30N4 

U40N4 

U55N4, 

U75N4 

D11N4, 

D15N4 

Minimum value (Ω) 80 54 36 27 16 

Altivar 71 

References 

ATV 71Hppppp 037M3, U15M3 U22M3, U40M3 U55M3 U75M3 

075M3 

U30M3 


ATV 71Hppppp 

ATV 71Hppppp / 

ATV 71Wppppp / 

ATV 71PpppppZ 

D11M3X, 

D15M3X 

D18M3X 

D22M3X, 

D30M3X 

D37M3X, 

D45M3X 

D55M3X 

Minimum value (Ω) 3 4 3,3 1,7 1,3 

075N4, 

U15N4 

U22N4 

U30N4, 

U40N4 

D75M3X 

U55N4 U75N4 D11N4 D15N4, 

D18N4 

D22N4, 

D30N4 

D37N4 

D45N4, 

D55N4 

Minimum value (Ω) 56 34 23 19 12 7 13,3 6,7 5 3,3 

ATV 71Hppppp D90N4 C11N4, 

C13N4, 

C16N4 

C20N4 (1), 

C25N4 (1), 

C28N4 (1) 

C31N4 (1), 

C40N4 (1) 

C50N4 (1) 

Minimum value (Ω) 2,5 1,9 1,05 0,7 

ATV 71Hppppp 

U22Y, 

U30Y, 

U40Y, 

U55Y, 

U75Y, 

D11Y, 

D15Y, 

D18Y, 

D22Y, 

D30Y, 

D37Y 

D45Y, 

D55Y 

D75Y, 

D90Y 

C11Y, 

C13Y, 

C16Y 

C20Y (1), 

C25Y (1), 

C31Y (1) 


(1) For those drives, a braking 

unit must be used. 

C40Y (1), 

C50Y (1), 

C63Y (1) 

D75N4 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

6/7

Presentation 


Whatever your application, we provide you the 

solution 

1 

Whatever your application, we provide 

you the solution 

With the Altivar range of variable speed drives, you save Energy 

and manage the speed of your motors to optimize and enhance 

productivity in your installations 

Crane type Weight Other-Drive Hoist Drive Hoist Power Motor control 

2 

3 

Construction cranes 

Self erecting Up to 2 t ATV 312 ATV 312 < 18.5 kW Open loop 

Tower crane standard < 20 t ATV 32 ATV32 < 18.5 kW Open loop 

ATV 71 < 90/110 kW Close loop 

Special > 20 t ATV 71 ATV 71 Up to 400 kW Close loop 

4 

5 

Industrial cranes 

bbStandard 

Block hoist Up to 2 t AT 312 AT 312 < 4 kW Open loop 

Basic 5…10 t ATV 32 ATV 32 < 18.5 kW Open loop 

6 

7 

< 20 t ATV 32 ATV 71 < 18.5 kW Open loop 

ATV 71 < 37 kw Close loop 

< 50 t ATV 32 ATV 71 up to 90 kW Open loop 

Close loop 

bbSpecial 

Basic < 50 t ATV 32 ATV 71 < 18.5 kW Open loop 

ATV 71 up to 90 kW Close loop 

Advanced < 250 t ATV 32 ATV 71 < 18.5 kW Open loop 

ATV 71 ATV 71 up to 250 kW Close loop 

Complex (process) up to 600 t ATV 71 ATV 71 up to 500 kW Open loop 

Close loop 

8 

9 

Harbour cranes 

RTG < 45 t ATV 71 ATV 71 up to 315 kW Close loop 

STS < 60 t ATV 71 ATV 71 up to 1 MW Close loop 

10 

Increase the safety & flexibility of your hoisting applications 

While reducing cost & complexity 

6/8

Presentation 


Main characteristics by product 

Main characteristics by product 

Variable speed drive 

Main characteristics 

ATV 312 ATV 32 ATV 71 

Asynchronous Open Loop X X X 

Asynchronous Close Loop – – X 

Synchronous Open Loop – X X 

Speed -/+ X X X 

Position control via limit switches X X X 

Slowdown & stop distance management – X X 

Preset speeds X X X 

High speed hoisting – X X 

Brake logic control X X X 

Brake feedback via contact – X X 

Braking choppers X X X 

External weight measurement – X X 

Line contactor command – X X 

Output contactor command – X X 

Customized ramps X X X 

Stop mode X X X 

DC injection X X X 

Slack sing – X X 

Torque control – – X 

Load sharing – X X 

Master-slave (Torque) – – X 

Master-slave (Speed) X X X 

Motor switching – X X 

Configuration switching – X X 

Parameters set switching – X X 

Overspeed detection – – X 

Load slipping – X X 

STO – X X 

SS1 – X – 

Rescue function – X X 

Motor protections X X X 

Limitation of mechanical stress – X X 

Jog positioning – X X 

Multi-loader & SoMove software / Bluetooth X X X 

Additional I/O – – X 

Brake & Hoist Resistors X X X 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

Variable speed drive smart options 

9 

10 

Remote display terminals Remote graphic display terminal Configuration MMS + E mail + wap + 

Multi loader: storage and 

duplication of configurations 

Simple loader: duplication of 

configurations 

internet 

6/9

Altivar 312 

0.18…15 kW 


Simple industrial machines 

Compact drives 

1 

2 

3 

4 

Dimensions (in mm) 

width x height x depth 

T 1: 72 x 145 x 122 T 6: 107 x 143 x 152 

T 2: 72 x 145 x 132 T 7: 142 x 184 x 152 

T 3: 72 x 145 x 132 T 8: 180 x 232 x 172 

T 4: 72 x 145 x 142 T 9: 245 x 330 x 192 

T 5: 105 x 143 x 132 

Type of drive 

Single-phase 

200...240 V 

Three-phase 

200...240 V 

Three-phase 

380...500 V 

Three-phase 

525...600 V 

Supply voltage with integrated EMC filters without EMC filter with integrated EMC filters without EMC filter 

Degree of protection 

IP31 & IP41 on upper part and IP21 on terminals 

Drive Output frequency 0.5…500 Hz 

Type of control Asynchronous motor Standard (voltage / frequency) - Performance (sensorless flux vector control) 

Energy saving ratio, pump & Fan ratio (Kn² quadratic ratio) 


170 ... 200% of the nominal motor torque 

Speed range 1 to 50 

Functions Number of functions 50 

Number of preset speeds 16 

Number of I/O Analog inputs 3 

Logic inputs 6 

Analog outputs 1 

Logic outputs – 

Relay outputs 2 

Dialogue 

Integrated 4-digit display, remote terminals (IP54 or IP65), Altivar 61/71 remote graphic display terminal 

5 

6 

7 

8 

Communication Integrated Modbus and CANopen 

As an option 

CANopen Daisy chain, Modbus TCP, DeviceNet, Profibus DP, Fipio 

Reduction of current harmonics 

EMC filter Integrated C2 EMC Integrated C2(1) or C3 EMC 

As an option C1 EMC C2 EMC – – 

Motor power kW/HP 0.18/0.25 ATV312H018M2 T3 ATV312H018M3 T1 – – 

0.37/0.5 ATV312H037M2 T3 ATV312H037M3 T1 ATV312H037N4 T5 – 

0.55/0.75 ATV312H055M2 T4 ATV312H055M3 T2 ATV312H055N4 T5 – 

0.75/1 ATV312H075M2 T4 ATV312H075M3 T2 ATV312H075N4 T6 ATV312H075S6 T6 

1.1/1.5 ATV312HU11M2 T6 ATV312HU11M3 T5 ATV312HU11N4 T6 – 

1.5/2 ATV312HU15M2 T6 ATV312HU15M3 T5 ATV312HU15N4 T6 ATV312HU15S6 T6 

2.2/3 ATV312HU22M2 (2) T7 ATV312HU22M3 T6 ATV312HU22N4 T7 ATV312HU22S6 T7 

3/- – ATV312HU30M3 T7 ATV312HU30N4 T7 – 

4/5 – ATV312HU40M3 T7 ATV312HU40N4 T7 ATV312HU40S6 T7 

5.5/7.5 – ATV312HU55M3 T8 ATV312HU55N4 T8 ATV312HU55S6 T8 

7.5/10 – ATV312HU75M3 T8 ATV312HU75N4 T8 ATV312HU75S6 T8 

11/15 – ATV312HD11M3 T9 ATV312HD11N4 T9 ATV312HD11S6 T9 

15/20 – ATV312HD15M3 T9 ATV312HD15N4 T9 ATV312HD15S6 T9 

(1) C2 up to 4 kW 

(2) Supplied with integrated C3 EMC filter 

9 

10 

6/10 


Altivar 32 

0.18…15 kW 


Complex machines 

Compact drives, book format 

Dimensions (in mm) width x height x depth 

T1: 45 x 317 x 245 

T2: 60 x 317 x 245 

T4: 150 x 308 x 232 (EMC plate installed) 

T4: 150 x 232 x 232 (EMC plate not installed) 

T5: 180 x 404 x 232 (EMC plate installed) 

T5: 180 x 330 x 232 (EMC plate not installed) 

Type of drive Single-phase Three-phase 

200...240 V 

with integrated EMC filter 

380...500 V 

with integrated EMC filter 


IP20 

Drive Output frequency 0.1…599 Hz 

Type of control Asynchronous motor Standard (voltage/frequency) 

Performance (sensorless flux vector control) 

Pump/fan (Kn² quadratic ratio) 

Energy saving ratio 

Synchronous motor Profile for open loop synchronous motor 

1 

2 

3 


170...200% of the nominal motor torque 

Speed range 1 to 50 

Functions Number of functions 150 

Number of I/O Analog inputs 3 - Response time : 3ms, resolution 10 bits 

Logic inputs 

6 - Response time : 8 ms, configurable in PTC and IN pwm 

4 

Analog outputs 

Logic outputs 

1 - Updating time : 2 ms 

1 - Sampling time : 2 ms, configurable as voltage (0-10 V) or current (0-20 mA) 

Relay outputs 2 

Dialogue 

4-digit display, remote display terminal (IP54 or IP55), remote graphic display terminal, SoMove setup 

software and SoMove Mobile application for mobile phone. 

Communication Integrated Modbus and CANopen - Bluetooth® link 

As an option 

DeviceNet, Profibus DP V1, EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP, EtherCat 


EMC filter Integrated C2 EMC 

As an option 

C1 EMC 

5 

6 

Motor power kW HP 

0.18 1/4 ATV32H018M2 T1 – 

0.37 1/2 ATV32H037M2 T1 ATV32H037N4 T1 

0.55 3/4 ATV32H055M2 T1 ATV32H055N4 T1 

0.75 1 ATV32H075M2 T1 ATV32H075N4 T1 

1.1 11/2 ATV32HU11M2 T2 ATV32HU11N4 T1 

1.5 2 ATV32HU15M2 T2 ATV32HU15N4 T1 

2.2 3 ATV32HU22M2 T2 ATV32HU22N4 T2 

3 - – ATV32HU30N4 T2 

4 5 – ATV32HU40N4 T2 

5.5 71/2 – ATV32HU55N4 T4 

7.5 10 – ATV32HU75N4 T4 

11 15 – ATV32HD11N4 T5 

15 20 – ATV32HD15N4 T5 

ATV32 option card 

Voltage 

Encoder signals 

PTI Feedback Card 

Encoder feedback Open Loop 

Short-circuit and overload protection 

5 V 

Support A/B 

supply 

5V ± 0,25V CD 200 mA 

Max pulse encoder 5000 

Operating frequency 

Max 300 KHz 

reference 

VW3A3620 

7 

8 

9 

10 


6/11

Altivar 71 

0.37…630 kW 


Complex, high-power machines 

High performance drives 

1 


T2 : 130 x 230 x 175 T3 : 155 x 260 x 187 

T4 : 175 x 295 x 187 T5A : 210 x 295 x 213 

T5B : 230 x 400 x 213 T6 : 240 x 420 x 236 

T7A : 240 x 550 x 266 T7B : 320 x 550 x 266 

T8 : 320 x 630 x 290 T9 : 320 x 920 x 377 

T10 : 360 x 1022 x 377 T11 : 340 x 1190 x 377 

T12 : 440 x 1190 x 377 T13 : 595 x 1190 x 377 

T14 : 890 x 1390 x 377 T15 : 1120 x 1390 x 377 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

Type of drive Single-phase Three-phase Three-phase 

Supply voltage 200…240 V (3) 200…240 V (3) 380…480 V (3) 


IP20 for unprotected drives and IP41 on the upper part 

Drive Output frequency 0…599 Hz up to 37 kW - 0…500 Hz from 45…630 kW 

Speed range 

Type of control Asynchronous motor Flux vector control with or without sensor, voltage/frequency ratio (2 or 5 points), ENA System 


Functions Number of functions > 150 

Synchronous motor Vector control with and without speed feedback (4) 


Number of I/O Analog inputs 2…4 

Logic inputs 6…20 

220% of nominal motor torque for 2 seconds, and 170% for 60 seconds 

1…1000 in closed loop mode with encoder feedback, 1…100 in open loop mode 

Analog outputs 1…3 

Logic outputs 0…8 

Relay outputs 2…4 

Safety input 1 

Dialogue Remote graphic display terminal, SoMove setup software (5) 


As an option Modbus TCP, Modbus/Uni-Telway, EtherNet/IP, EtherCAT, DeviceNet, Profibus DP V0 and V1, 

InterBus, CC-Link. 

Cards (available as an option) 

Encoder interface cards, I/O extension cards, “Controller Inside” programmable card 

Reduction of current harmonics DC choke integrated or supplied with the product or Altivar AFE (Active Front End ). 

EMC filter Integrated C2 EMC up to 4 kW, C3 EMC from 5,5 to 500 kW 

As an option 

C1 EMC from 0.75 to 500 kW 

Motor power kW/HP 0.37/0.5 ATV71H075M3 T2 ATV71H037M3 T2 – 

0.75/1 ATV71HU15M3 T2 ATV71H075M3 T2 ATV71H075N4 T2 

1.5/2 ATV71HU22M3 T3 ATV71HU15M3 T2 ATV71HU15N4 T2 

2.2/3 ATV71HU30M3 T3 ATV71HU22M3 T3 ATV71HU22N4 T2 

3/– ATV71HU40M3 (1) T3 ATV71HU30M3 T3 ATV71HU30N4 T3 

4/5 ATV71HU55M3 (1) T4 ATV71HU40M3 T3 ATV71HU40N4 T3 

5.5/7.5 ATV71HU75M3 (1) T5A ATV71HU55M3 T4 ATV71HU55N4 T4 

7.5/10 – ATV71HU75M3 T5A ATV71HU75N4 T4 

11/15 – ATV71HD11M3X (2) T5B ATV71HD11N4 T5A 

15/20 – ATV71HD15M3X (2) T5B ATV71HD15N4 T5B 

18.5/25 – ATV71HD18M3X (2) T6 ATV71HD18N4 T5B 

22/30 – ATV71HD22M3X (2) T6 ATV71HD22N4 T6 



45/60 – ATV71HD45M3X (2) T7B ATV71HD45N4 T8 



90/125 – – ATV71HD90N4 T9 

110/150 – – ATV71HC11N4 T10 

132/200 – – ATV71HC13N4 T11 

160/250 – – ATV71HC16N4 T12 

200/300 – – ATV71HC20N4 T13 

220/350 – – ATV71HC25N4 T13 

280/450 – – ATV71HC28N4 T13 

315/500 – – ATV71HC31N4 T14 

355/– – – ATV71HC40N4 T14 

500/700 – – ATV71HC50N4 T15 

(1) Must be used with a line choke, see page 6/18 . 

(2) Drive supplied without EMC filter. 

(3) A three-phase 380...480 V range on base plate is available from 0.75 to 11 kW. Please refer to our site www.schneider-electric.com 

(4) Vector control with speed feedback for synchronous motors is supported by the S383 variant of the Altivar 71. 

(5) SoMove setup software : available from 2011. Altivar 71 is also supported by Powersuite software workshop. 

6/12 


Altivar 71 

0.37…630 kW 



High performance drives 


T2 : 130 x 230 x 175 T3 : 155 x 260 x 187 

T4 : 175 x 295 x 187 T5A : 210 x 295 x 213 

T5B : 230 x 400 x 213 T6 : 240 x 420 x 236 

T7A : 240 x 550 x 266 T7B : 320 x 550 x 266 

T8 : 320 x 630 x 290 T9 : 320 x 920 x 377 

T10 : 360 x 1022 x 377 T11 : 340 x 1190 x 377 

T12 : 440 x 1190 x 377 T13 : 595 x 1190 x 377 

T14 : 890 x 1390 x 377 T15 : 1120 x 1390 x 377 

Type of drive 



Three-phase 

500... 690 V 

IP20 for unprotected drives and IP41 on the upper part 

Drive Output frequency 0…599 Hz up to 37 kW - 0…500 Hz from 45…630 kW 

Speed range 




Synchronous motor Vector control with and without speed feedback (1) 














As an option Modbus TCP, Modbus/Uni-Telway, EtherNet/IP, EtherCAT, DeviceNet, Profibus DP V0 and V1, 


Motor power kW/HP 500 V 575 V 690 V 

kW HP kW 

InterBus, CC-Link. 

Encoder interface cards, I/O extension cards, “Controller Inside” programmable card 

DC choke integrated or DC choke optional or AFE Altivar (Active Front End) 

1.5 2 2.2 ATV71HU22Y T6 

2.2 3 3 ATV71HU30Y T6 

3 – 4 ATV71HU40Y T6 

4 5 5.5 ATV71HU55Y T6 

5.5 7.5 7.5 ATV71HU75Y T6 

7.5 10 11 ATV71HD11Y T6 

11 15 15 ATV71HD15Y T6 

15 20 18.5 ATV71HD18Y T6 

18.5 25 22 ATV71HD22Y T6 

22 30 30 ATV71HD30Y T6 

30 40 37 ATV71HD37Y T8 

37 50 45 ATV71HD45Y T8 

45 60 55 ATV71HD55Y T8 

55 75 75 ATV71HD75Y T8 

75 100 90 ATV71HD90Y T8 

90 125 110 ATV71HC11Y T11 

110 150 132 ATV71HC13Y T11 

132 – 160 ATV71HC16Y T11 

160 200 200 ATV71HC20Y T13 

200 250 250 ATV71HC25Y T13 

250 350 315 ATV71HC31Y T13 

315 450 400 ATV71HC40Y T15 

400 550 500 ATV71HC50Y T15 

500 700 630 ATV71HC63Y T15 

(1) Vector control with speed feedback for synchronous motors is supported by the S383 variant of the Altivar 71. 

(2) SoMove setup software : available from 2011. Altivar 71 is also supported by Powersuite software workshop.. 

For all other variants, please refer our site www.schneider-electric.com 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 


6/13

Altivar 71Q 

90…630 kW 



Water-cooled drives for harsh environments 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

Dimensions (in mm) 

T11 : 330 x 950 x 377 

T13 : 585 x 950 x 377 

T15 : 1110 x 1150 x 377 

width x height x depth 

Type of drive 

Three-phase 

Three-phase 



380...480 V 

Sideways and front IP31 - Top IP20 - Bottom IP00 

500...690 V 

Drive Output frequency 0.1...500Hz 


Synchronous motor Vector control without speed feedback 



Speed range 












As an option 

Modbus TCP, Modbus/Uni-Telway, Fipio, Modbus Plus, Profbus DP, Profbus DP V1, DeviceNet, 

EthernetIP, CC-Link, InterBus 


Multi-pump cards, I/O extension cards, “Controller Inside” programmable card 


Optional AC choke, Altivar AFE (Active Front End) 


As an option 

C1 EMC 

Motor power kW/HP 90/125 ATV71QD90N4 T11 – 

110/150 ATV71QC11N4 T11 – 

132/200 ATV71QC13N4 T11 – 

160/250 ATV71QC16N4 T13 – 

200/300 ATV71QC20N4 T13 – 

250/400 ATV71QC25N4 T13 – 

315/500 ATV71QC31N4 T15 – 

400/600 ATV71QC40N4 T15 – 

500/700 ATV71QC50N4 T15 – 

500 V 575 V 690 V 

kW HP kW 

90 125 110 – ATV71QC11Y T11 

110 150 132 – ATV71QC13Y T11 

132 - 160 – ATV71QC16Y T11 

160 200 200 – ATV71QC20Y T13 

200 250 250 – ATV71QC25Y T13 

250 350 315 – ATV71QC31Y T13 

315 450 400 – ATV71QC40Y T15 

400 550 500 – ATV71QC50Y T15 

500 700 630 – ATV71QC63Y T15 

(1) SoMove setup software : available during 2011. Altivar 71 also works with the PowerSuite software workshop. 

10 

6/14 


Altivar 71 

0.37…2000 kW 



I/O extension and encoder interface cards 

1 

Type of card 

Description 

I/O extension 

Logic 

1 relay logic output (“C/O” contact) 

4 x 24 VDC positive or negative logic inputs 

2 x 24 VDC open collector positive or negative logic 

outputs 

1 input for PTC probes 

Extended 

Reference VW3A3201 VW3A3202 

1 x 0…20 mA differential current analog input 

1 software-configurable voltage (0…10 VDC) or 

current (0…20 mA) analog input 

2 software-configurable voltage (±10V, 0…10 VDC) 

or current (0…20 mA) analog inputs 

1 relay logic output (“C/O” contact) 

4 x 24 VDC positive or negative logic inputs 

2 x 24 VDC open collector positive or negative logic 

outputs, 1 input for PTC probes, 1 frequency control 

input 

2 

3 

4 

Type of card 

Encoder interface with 

Differential outputs (RS422) Open collector outputs (NPN) Push-pull outputs 

Operating frequency 

300 kHz 

Reference 5 V VW3A3401 – – 

12 V – VW3A3403 VW3A3405 

15 V VW3A3402 VW3A3404 VW3A3406 

24 V – – VW3A3407 

5 

6 

Type of card (1) Resolver Universal Sincos Absolute Incremental with 

emulation 

Speed feedback resolution 12 bits 16 bits 16 bits 10,000 

Encoder type supported 

Resolver with 

2, 4, 6 or 8 poles 

"SinCos, 

SinCosHiperface 

Sincos Absolute "Incremental 

RS 422 - 5 V or 15 V" 

EnDat, SSI" 

References VW3A3408 VW3A3409 VW3A3410 VW3A3411 

Supported by Altivar LIFT and Altivar71 with S383 firmware version 

7 

8 

9 

10 


6/15

Altivar 71 

0.75…630 kW 



AFE function 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

AFE function 

For drives Motor Line supply DC bus Active Front End Quantity Reference Weight 

Power indicated on 

rating plate 

Nominal line current 

400 V 

Maximum current Continuous power 

400 V 

(1) (2) 

per drive 

kW A A kW kg 

Three-phase supply voltage: 380…440 V 50/60 Hz 

ATV 71H075N4… 0.75…90 177 185 120 AIC 1 VW3 A7 250 60.000 

HD90N4D 

LFC 1 VW3 A7 265 54.000 

LFM 1 VW3 A7 260 60.000 

ATV 71HC11N4D 110 212 220 143 AIC 1 VW3 A7 251 74.000 

LFC 1 VW3 A7 266 69.000 

LFM 1 VW3 A7 261 80.000 


LFC 1 VW3 A7 266 69.000 

LFM 1 VW3 A7 261 80.000 


LFC 1 VW3 A7 267 132.000 

LFM 1 VW3 A7 262 125.000 


LFC 1 VW3 A7 267 132.000 

LFM 1 VW3 A7 262 125.000 


LFC 1 VW3 A7 267 132.000 

LFM 1 VW3 A7 262 125.000 


LFC 2 VW3 A7 267 132.000 

LFM 2 VW3 A7 262 125.000 


LFC 2 VW3 A7 267 132.000 

LFM 2 VW3 A7 262 125.000 


LFC 2 VW3 A7 267 132.000 

LFM 2 VW3 A7 262 125.000 


LFC 2 VW3 A7 267 132.000 

LFM 2 VW3 A7 262 125.000 

Three-phase supply voltage: 480 V 50/60 Hz 

ATV 71H075N4… 

HD90N4D 

1…125 160 163 120 AIC 1 VW3 A7 250 60.000 

LFC 1 VW3 A7 265 54.000 

LFM 1 VW3 A7 260 60.000 


LFC 1 VW3 A7 266 69.000 

LFM 1 VW3 A7 261 80.000 


LFC 1 VW3 A7 266 69.000 

LFM 1 VW3 A7 261 80.000 


LFC 1 VW3 A7 267 132.000 

LFM 1 VW3 A7 262 125.000 


LFC 1 VW3 A7 267 132.000 

LFM 1 VW3 A7 262 125.000 


LFC 1 VW3 A7 267 132.000 

LFM 1 VW3 A7 262 125.000 


LFC 2 VW3 A7 267 132.000 

LFM 2 VW3 A7 262 125.000 


LFC 2 VW3 A7 267 132.000 

LFM 2 VW3 A7 262 125.000 


LFC 2 VW3 A7 267 132.000 

LFM 2 VW3 A7 262 125.000 


LFC 2 VW3 A7 267 132.000 

LFM 2 VW3 A7 262 125.000 

(1) For more information about the Active Front End, please refer to the programming manual or visit our website www.schneider-electric.com. 

(2) AIC = active infeed converter; LFC = line filter choke; LFM = line filter module. 

6/16 


Altivar 71 

0.75…630 kW 



AFE function 

AFE function 

For drives Motor Line supply DC bus Active Front 

Power indicated on Max. nominal line current Max. current Continuous power End 

rating plate 

500 V…690 V 

500 V 600 V 690 V 

(1) (2) 

Quantity 

per drive 

Reference 

kW A A kW kW kW kg 


ATV 71HC11Y 110 120 130 102 123 142 AIC 1 VW3 A7 270 110.000 

LFC 1 VW3 A7 268 99.000 

LFM 1 VW3 A7 263 80.000 

ATV 71HC13Y 132 150 156 127 153 172 AIC 1 VW3 A7 271 110.000 

LFC 1 VW3 A7 268 99.000 

LFM 1 VW3 A7 263 80.000 

ATV 71HC16Y 160 185 195 157 188 215 AIC 1 VW3 A7 272 110.000 

LFC 1 VW3 A7 268 99.000 

LFM 1 VW3 A7 263 80.000 

ATV 71HC20Y 200 228 244 193 230 268 AIC 1 VW3 A7 273 190.000 

LFC 1 VW3 A7 269 210.000 

LFM 1 VW3 A7 264 125.000 

ATV 71HC25Y 250 285 305 242 290 335 AIC 1 VW3 A7 274 190.000 

LFC 1 VW3 A7 269 210.000 

LFM 1 VW3 A7 264 125.000 

ATV 71HC31Y 315 360 386 305 365 424 AIC 1 VW3 A7 275 190.000 

LFC 1 VW3 A7 269 210.000 

LFM 1 VW3 A7 264 125.000 

ATV 71HC40Y 400 450 481 382 460 528 AIC 1 VW3 A7 276 400.000 

LFC 2 VW3 A7 269 210.000 

LFM 2 VW3 A7 264 125.000 

ATV 71HC50Y 500 563 604 478 575 663 AIC 1 VW3 A7 277 400.000 

LFC 2 VW3 A7 269 210.000 

LFM 2 VW3 A7 264 125.000 

ATV 71HC63Y 630 715 765 607 730 842 AIC 1 VW3 A7 278 400.000 

LFC 2 VW3 A7 269 210.000 

LFM 2 VW3 A7 264 125.000 

(1) For more information about the Active Front End, please refer to the programming manual or visit our website www.schneider-electric.com. 

(2) AIC = active infeed converter; LFC = line filter choke; LFM = line filter module. 

Weight 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

Dimensions (overall) 

Active infeed converter (AIC) W x H x D (mm) 

VW3 A7 250 310 x 680 x 377 

VW3 A7 251 350 x 782 x 377 

VW3 A7 252 330 x 950 x 377 

VW3 A7 253 430 x 950 x 377 

VW3 A7 254 585 x 950 x 377 

VW3 A7 255 585 x 950 x 377 

VW3 A7 256 880 x 1150 x 377 

VW3 A7 257 880 x 1150 x 377 

VW3 A7 258 1110 x 1150 x 37 

VW3 A7 270 330 x 1190 x 377 

VW3 A7 271 330 x 1190 x 377 

VW3 A7 272 330 x 1190 x 377 

VW3 A7 273 585 x 1190 x 377 

VW3 A7 274 585 x 1190 x 377 

VW3 A7 275 585 x 1190 x 377 

VW3 A7 276 1110 x 1390 x 377 

VW3 A7 277 1110 x 1390 x 377 

VW3 A7 278 1110 x 1390 x 377 

VW3 A7 283 585 x 950 x 377 

VW3 A7 286 1110 x 1150 x 377 

VW3 A7 287 1110 x 1150 x 377 

Dimensions (overall) 

Line choke (LFC) 

W x H x D (mm) 

VW3 A7 265 835 x 210 x 185 

VW3 A7 266 835 x 295 x 195 

VW3 A7 267 970 x 360 x 255 

VW3 A7 268 835 x 295 x 210 

VW3 A7 269 985 x 540 x 250 

Line filter (LFM) 

W x H x D (mm) 

VW3 A7 260 240 x 680 x 379 

VW3 A7 261 290 x 730 x 379 

VW3 A7 262 290 x 1100 x 379 

VW3 A7 263 290 x 730 x 370 

VW3 A7 264 290 x 1100 x 390 

7 

8 

9 

10 


6/17

Altivar 71 

0.75…630 kW 



Line chokes: reduction of current harmonics 

L1 

1 

L2 

L3 

Line choke 

Altivar 71 

M1 

3 

2 

3 

4 

5 

Line chokes 

For drives Line supply Isc Line choke Quantity 

Inductance 

value 

Nominal current Saturation 

current 

Loss 

required per 

drive 

Reference 

kA mH A A W kg 

Single-phase supply voltage: 200…240 V 50/60 Hz 

ATV 71HU40M3 (1) 5 2 25 – 45 1 VW3 A58501 3.500 

ATV 71HU55M3 (1) 5 1 45 – 50 1 VW3 A58502 3.500 

ATV 71HU75M3 (1) 22 1 45 – 50 1 VW3 A58502 3.500 


ATV 71H037M3, H075M3 5 10 4 – 45 1 VW3 A4 551 1.500 

ATV 71HU15M3, HU22M3 5 4 10 – 65 1 VW3 A4 552 3.000 

ATV 71HU30M3 5 2 16 – 75 1 VW3 A4 553 3.500 

ATV 71HU40M3 5 1 30 – 90 1 VW3 A4 554 6.000 

ATV 71HU55M3 22 1 30 – 90 1 VW3 A4 554 6.000 

ATV 71HU75M3, HD11M3X 22 0.5 60 – 94 1 VW3 A4 555 11.000 

ATV 71HD15M3X 22 0.3 100 – 260 1 VW3 A4 556 16.000 

ATV 71HD18M3X…HD45M3X 22 0.15 230 – 400 1 VW3 A4 557 45.000 

ATV 71HD55M3X 35 0.049 429 855 278 1 VW3 A4 562 50.000 

ATV 71HD75M3X 35 0.038 509 1025 280 1 VW3 A4 563 59.000 

(1) Use of a line choke is recommended. 

Weight 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

6/18 


Altivar 71 

0.75…630 kW 



Line chokes: reduction of current harmonics 

L1 

L2 

L3 

Line choke 

Altivar 71 

M1 

3 

1 

Line chokes 

For drives Line supply Isc Line choke Quantity 

Inductance 

value 

Nominal current Saturation 

current 

Loss 

required per 

drive 

Reference 

kA mH A A W kg 


ATV 71H075N4, HU15N4 

5 10 4 – 45 1 VW3 A4 551 1.500 

ATV 71W075N4, WU15N4 

ATV 71P075N4Z, PU15N4Z 

ATV 71HU22N4…HU40N4 

5 4 10 – 65 1 VW3 A4 552 3.000 

ATV 71WU22N4…WU40N4 

ATV 71PU22N4Z…PU40N4Z 

ATV 71HU55N4, HU75N4 

22 2 16 – 75 1 VW3 A4 553 3.500 

ATV 71WU55N4, WU75N4 

ATV 71PU55N4Z, PU75N4Z 

ATV 71HD11N4, HD15N4 

22 1 30 – 90 1 VW3 A4 554 6.000 

ATV 71WD11N4, WD15N4 

ATV 71PD11N4Z 


22 0.5 60 – 94 1 VW3 A4 555 11.000 


ATV 71HD30N4…HD55N4 

22 0.3 100 – 260 1 VW3 A4 556 16.000 

ATV 71WD30N4…WD55N4 

ATV 71HD75N4, ATV 71WD75N4 22 0.155 184 370 220 1 VW3 A4 558 31.000 

ATV 71HD90N4 35 0.155 184 370 220 1 VW3 A4 558 31.000 

ATV 71HC11N4 35 0.12 222 445 278 1 VW3 A4 559 35.000 

ATV 71HC13N4 35 0.098 264 530 245 1 VW3 A4 560 43.000 

ATV 71HC16N4 50 0.066 344 685 258 1 VW3 A4 561 47.000 

ATV 71HC20N4 50 0.060 450 850 335 1 VW3 A4 569 70.000 

ATV 71HC25N4, HC28N4 50 0.038 613 1150 307 1 VW3 A4 564 73.000 

ATV 71HC31N4 50 0.032 720 1352 428 1 VW3 A4 565 82.000 

ATV 71HC40N4 50 0.060 450 850 335 2 VW3 A4 569 70.000 

ATV 71HC50N4 50 0.038 613 1150 307 2 VW3 A4 564 73.000 

ATV 71QD90N4 (1) 35 0.12 222 445 278 1 VW3 A4 559 35.000 

ATV 71QC11N4 (1) 35 0.098 264 530 245 1 VW3 A4 560 43.000 

ATV 71QC13N4 (1) 35 0.085 300 570 315 1 VW3 A4 568 46.000 

ATV 71QC16N4 (1) 50 0.066 344 685 258 1 VW3 A4 561 47.000 

ATV 71QC20N4 (1) 50 0.06 450 850 335 1 VW3 A4 569 70.000 

ATV 71QC25N4 (1) 50 0.038 613 1150 307 1 VW3 A4 564 73.000 

ATV 71QC31N4 (1) 50 0.066 344 685 258 2 VW3 A4 561 47.000 

ATV 71QC40N4 (1) 50 0.038 513 1025 320 2 VW3 A4 563 55.000 

ATV 71QC50N4 (1) 50 0.026 590 1180 320 2 VW3 A4 573 60.000 


ATV 71HU15S6X...HU22S6X 22 10 4 – 45 1 VW3 A4 551 1.500 

ATV 71HU30S6X...HU55S6X 22 4 10 – 65 1 VW3 A4 552 3.000 

ATV 71HU75S6X 22 2 16 – 75 1 VW3 A4 553 3.500 


ATV 71HU22Y…HU40Y (1) 22 10 4 – 45 1 VW3 A4 551 1.500 

ATV 71HD55Y, HD75Y (1) 22 4 10 – 65 1 VW3 A4 552 3,000 

ATV 71HD11Y, HD15Y (1) 22 2 16 – 75 1 VW3 A4 553 3.500 

ATV 71HD18Y, HD22Y (1) 22 1 30 – 90 1 VW3 A4 554 6.000 

ATV 71HD30Y…HD45Y (1) 22 0.5 60 – 94 1 VW3 A4 555 11.000 

ATV 71HD55Y…HD90Y (1) 22 0.3 100 – 260 1 VW3 A4 556 16.000 

ATV 71HC11Y (2), ATV 71QC11Y (2) 28 0.22 152 320 220 1 VW3 A4 570 28.000 




ATV 71HC25Y, HC31Y (2) 

35 0.1 428 770 495 1 VW3 A4 572 90.000 

ATV 71QC25Y, QC31Y (2) 




(1) Use of a line choke is recommended. (2) Use of a line choke is mandatory. 

Weight 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 


6/19

1 

2 

Altivar 71 

Altivar 312 

Altivar 32 


Motor chokes 

In which cases motor chokes are mandatory? 

> > Old motors with unknown insulation 

> 

> 

> 

> 

> Several motors connected in parallel 

> Several cables connected in parallel for same motor 

> Specific environment (Video or analog sensor...) 

> Long motor cable length (see table next page) 

In which cases do we need to use shielded cable? 

> > Answer to customer specific requirements 

> > CE compliance: 

> 

> If the crane is supplied by TT or TN network then shielded cable are required (limited 

only by the maximum length possible with motor, see table below) 

> > If the crane is supplied by IT network where the EMC filters are not recommended. 

In this case it is possible to use unshielded cable and motor filters are mandatory. 

3 

Maximum distance without chokes for IEC motors (*) 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

Altivar 71 drives have been designed to operate (without the need for additional optional 

equipment) with the following maximum motor cable lengths. 

For an application with several motors connected in parallel, the cable length must include 

all cabling. 

For drives Maximum motor cable length (1) 

Shielded Unshielded 

m 

m 

ATV 71HpppM3 

50 100 

ATV 71HD11M3X, HD55M3X 

ATV 71H075N4…HD75N4 

ATV 71W075N4…WD75N4 

ATV 71WD075N4C…WD75N4C 

ATV 71P075N4Z…PD75N4Z 

ATV 71HD75M3X…HD90M3X 

80 100 

ATV 71HD90N4…HC50N4 

ATV 71QD90N4…QC50N4 

ATV 71WD37N4…WD75N4C 

50 100 

ATV 71WD37N4C…WD75N4C 

ATV 71HpppS6X 10 10 

ATV 71HU22Y…HD30Y 10 10 

ATV 71HD37Y…HD90Y 10 10 

ATV 71HC11Y…HC63Y 

15 30 

ATV 71QC11Y…QC63Y 

(1) These values are given for a maximum switching frequency of 2.5 or 4 kHz depending on the rating. 

Altivar 71 drives include as standard a software function used to limit overvoltages at the 

motor terminals. For more information, please refer to the Programming Manual (SUL 

function). 

Depending on the cable lengths or the type of application, it may be necessary to use output 

filters: 

> > Motor chokes used to limit the dv/dt 

> > Sinus filters that are particularly effective for long cable runs or to reduce 

electromagnetic motor noise 

(*) This table is usable with our 3 range of variable speed drives: Altivar 312, Altivar 32 

and Altivar 71 

The motor used must have the following level of insulation : 

> > For 400 V motor : IEC 60034-25 curve A (1.6 KV) 

> > For 690 V motor : IEC 60034-25 curve b (2.2 KV) 

10 

6/20 


Altivar 71 

Altivar 312 

Altivar 32 


Motor chokes 

How to select the motor chokes? 

Motor chokes 

For drives Maximum motor cable length (1) Loss Nominal Order in Unit 

Weight 

Max. switching frequency Shielded Unshielded 

current lots of reference 

kHz m m W A kg 


ATV 71H075M3…HU22M3 4 150 300 150 12 – VW3 A5 101 5.500 

ATV 71HU30M3…HU75M3 4 200 260 250 48 – VW3 A5 102 8.000 

300 300 350 90 – VW3 A5 103 10.000 

ATV 71HD11M3X, HD15M3X 4 150 300 350 90 – VW3 A5 103 10.000 

ATV 71HD18M3X, HD22M3X 2.5 150 300 350 90 – VW3 A5 103 10.000 

ATV 71HD30M3X…HD45M3X 2.5 150 300 430 215 3 VW3 A5 104 15.500 

ATV 71HD55M3X, HD75M3X 2.5 150 300 475 314 3 VW3 A5 105 32.000 


ATV 71H075N4…HU40N4 

ATV 71W075N4…WU40N4 

ATV 71P075N4Z…PU40N4Z 

ATV 71HU55N4…HD18N4 

ATV 71WU55N4…WD18N4 

ATV 71PU55N4Z…PD11N4Z 




4 75 90 150 12 – VW3 A5 101 5.500 

85 95 250 48 – VW3 A5 102 8.000 

160 200 350 90 – VW3 A5 103 10.000 

4 85 95 250 48 – VW3 A5 102 8.000 

160 200 350 90 – VW3 A5 103 10.000 

200 300 430 215 3 VW3 A5 104 15.500 

4 140 170 350 90 – VW3 A5 103 10.000 

150 300 430 215 3 VW3 A5 104 15.500 

ATV 71HD37N4, ATV 71WD37N4 2.5 97 166 350 90 – VW3 A5 103 10.000 

200 300 430 215 3 VW3 A5 104 15.500 


2.5 150 300 430 215 3 VW3 A5 104 15.500 


ATV 71HD90N4, ATV 71QD90N4 2.5 200 300 430 215 3 VW3 A5 104 15.500 

ATV 71HC11N4, HC13N4 

2.5 150 250 475 314 3 VW3 A5 105 32.000 

ATV 71QC11N4, QC13N4 


2.5 250 300 530 481 3 VW3 A5 106 58.000 


ATV 71HC25N4 Motor P 220 kW 2.5 250 300 530 481 3 VW3 A5 106 58.000 

ATV 71QC25N4 Motor P 250 kW 2.5 200 250 598 759 3 VW3 A5 107 93.000 


200 250 598 759 3 VW3 A5 107 93.000 

ATV 71QC31N4 

ATV 71HC40N4 Motor P 355 kW 2.5 200 250 598 759 3 VW3 A5 107 93.000 

ATV 71QC40N4 Motor P 400 kW 2.5 250 300 682 1188 3 VW3 A5 108 120.000 

ATV 71HC50N4, ATV 71QC50N4 2.5 250 300 682 1188 3 VW3 A5 108 120.000 

Three-phase supply voltage: 500…600 V 50/60 Hz (2) 

ATV 71HU15S6X…HU75S6X 2.5 50 100 250 48 – VW3 A5 102 8.000 

75 150 350 90 – VW3 A5 103 10.000 

150 250 430 215 3 VW3 A5 104 15.500 

250 400 860 215 3 2 x VW3 A5 104 31.000 

Three-phase supply voltage: 500…690 V 50/60 Hz (3) 

ATV 71HU22Y…HU75Y 4 36 44 150 12 – VW3 A5 101 5.500 

41 46 250 48 – VW3 A5 102 8.000 

77 97 350 90 – VW3 A5 103 10.000 

ATV 71HD11Y…HD30Y 4 41 46 250 48 – VW3 A5 102 8.000 

77 97 350 90 – VW3 A5 103 10.000 

97 145 430 215 3 VW3 A5 104 15.500 

ATV 71HD37Y…HD55Y 2.5 68 82 350 90 3 VW3 A5 103 10.000 

73 145 430 215 3 VW3 A5 104 15.500 

ATV 71HD75Y… HD90Y 2.5 73 145 430 215 3 VW3 A5 104 15.500 

ATV 71HC11Y, HC13Y 

2.5 50 250 475 314 3 VW3 A5 104 15.500 

ATV 71QC11Y, QC13Y 


2.5 50 250 475 314 3 VW3 A5 105 32.000 



2.5 50 250 530 481 3 VW3 A5 106 58.000 



2.5 50 250 598 759 3 VW3 A5 107 93.000 


ATV 71HC63Y, ATV 71QC63Y 2.5 50 250 682 1188 3 VW3 A5 108 120.000 

IP 20 protection kits 

Description For motor chokes Reference Weight 

kg 

Mechanical kit including 

an IP 20 cover and cable clamps 

VW3 A5 104, 105 VW3 A9 612 – 

VW3 A5 106…108 VW3 A9 613 – 

(1) Cable length depends on the drive/motor choke combination. 

For an application with several motors connected in parallel, the cable length must include all cabling. 

Recommended cable types: 

> > Shielded cables: “GORSE” cable, type GUOSTV-LS/LH; “PROTOFLEX” cable, type EMV2YSL CY 

> > Unshielded cables: “GORSE” cable, type H07 RN-F4GXX; “BELDEN” cable, type 2950X 

(2) Maximum length given for a 600 V 60 Hz three-phase supply voltage. 

(3) Maximum length given for a 690 V 50 Hz three-phase supply voltage. 

6/21 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10

VW3 A7 



Braking resistors 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

Supply voltage: Single-phase 200…240 V 50/60 Hz 

Type of variable speed 

drives 


ATV312H018M2…H075M2, 

ATV312HU11M2, HU15M2, 

ATV312H018M3…H075M3, 

ATV312HU11M3, HU15M3, 

ATV312HU22M2, 

ATV312HU22M3, 

ATV 32H018M2…H075M2 

ATV 32HU11M2, HU15M2 


of the resistor 

Ohmic value at 

20°C (Ω) 

Average power 

(kW) available at 

50°C (1) 

Reference 

Weight 

(kg) 

ATV 71H037M3, H075M3 IP 20 100 0.05 VW3 A7 701 1.900 

ATV 32HU22M2 ATV 71HU15M3, HU22M3 IP 20 60 0.1 VW3 A7 702 2.400 

ATV312HU40M3, ATV 71HU30M3, HU40M3 IP 20 28 0.2 VW3 A7 703 3.500 

ATV312HU55M3, HU75M3 ATV 71HU55M3, HU75M3 IP 20 15 1 VW3 A7 704 11.000 

ATV312HD11M3, HD15M3 ATV 71HD11M3X IP 20 10 1 VW3 A7 705 11.000 

ATV 71HD15M3X IP 20 8 1 VW3 A7 706 11.000 

ATV 71HD18M3X, 

IP 20 5 1.3 VW3 A7 707 11.000 

HD22M3X 

ATV 71HD30M3X IP 20 4 1 VW3 A7 708 11.000 


IP 20 2.5 1 VW3 A7 709 11.000 

HD45M3X 


IP 23 1.8 15.3 VW3 A7 713 50.000 

HD75M3X 

(1) Load factor for resistors: the value of the average power that can be dissipated at 50°C from the resistor into the casing is determined for a load factor during braking that corresponds 

to the majority of normal applications: 

For VW3 A7 701…709: 

- 2 s braking with a 0.6 Tn braking torque for a 40 s cycle 

- 0.8 s braking with a 1.5 Tn braking torque for a 40 s cycle 

For VW3 A7 713: 

- 10 s braking with a 2 Tn braking torque for a 30 s cycle 

Supply voltage: Three-phase 380…480 V 50/60 Hz 

Type of variable speed drives 


ATV312H037N4…H075N4, 

ATV312HU11N4…HU22N4, 

ATV312HU30N4, ATV- 

312HU40N4 

ATV312HU55N4, ATV- 

312HU75N4, 

ATV312HU40M3, ATV312H- 

D11N4, HD15N4, 

ATV 32H037N4…H075N4 


ATV 32HU40N4 




ATV 71W075N4, WU40N4 

ATV 71P075N4Z… 

PU55N4Z 


ATV 71WU55N4, WU75N4 

ATV 71PU55N4Z, PU75N4Z 



ATV 71PD11N4Z 



ATV 71HD37N4 

ATV 71WD37N4 

ATV 71HD45N4...HD75N4 

ATV 71WD45N4...WD75N4 

ATV 71HD90N4 

ATV 71QD90N4 



ATV 71HC16N4 

ATV 71QC16N4 

ATV 71HC20N4 

ATV 71QC20N4 


ATV 71QC25N4 



ATV 71HC50N4 

ATV 71QC50N4 




20°C (Ω) 

Average power 


50°C (1) 

Reference 

Weight 

(kg) 

IP 20 100 0,05 VW3 A7 701 1,900 

IP 20 60 0,1 VW3 A7 702 2,400 

IP 20 28 0,2 VW3 A7 703 3,500 

IP 20 15 1 VW3 A7 704 11,000 

IP 20 10 1 VW3 A7 705 11,000 

IP 20 5 1,3 VW3 A7 707 11,00 

IP 23 2,75 25 VW3 A7 710 80,000 

IP 23 2,1 37 VW3 A7 711 86,000 

IP 23 2,1 44 VW3 A7 712 104,000 

IP 23 1,05 56 VW3 A7 715 136,000 

IP 23 1,05 75 VW3 A7 716 172,000 

IP 23 0,7 112 VW3 A7 717 266,000 

IP 23 0,7 150 VW3 A7 718 350,000 

(1) Load factor for resistors: the value of the average power that can be dissipated at 50°C from the resistor into the casing is determined for a load factor during braking that 

corresponds to the majority of normal applications: 

For VW3 A7 701…705 and VW3 A7 707: 

- 2 s braking with a 0.6 Tn braking torque for a 40 s cycle 

- 0.8 s braking with a 1.5 Tn braking torque for a 40 s cycle 

For VW3 A7 710…712 and 715…718: 

- 10 s braking with a 2 Tn braking torque for a 30 s cycle 

6/22 


VW3 A7 



Hoist Resistors 

Supply voltage: Single-phase 200…240 V 50/60 Hz 


ATV32 

ATV71 




20°C (Ω) 

Average power 


50°C (1) 

Reference 

ATV32H037M2...HU22M2 ATV 71H037M3, H075M3 100 1.6 1 VW3 A7 801 6.000 

– ATV 71HU15M3 60 5.6 1 VW3 A7 802 21.000 

– ATV 71HU22M3…HU40M3 24.5 9.8 1 VW3 A7 803 28.000 

– ATV 71HU55M3, HU75M3 14 22.4 1 VW3 A7 804 54.000 

– ATV 71HD11M3X, HD15M3X 8.1 44 1 VW3 A7 805 92.000 

– ATV 71HD18M3X 4.2 62 1 VW3 A7 806 126.000 

– ATV 71HD22M3X, HD30M3X 3.5 19.5 1 VW3 A7 807 51.000 

– ATV 71HD37M3X, HD45M3X 1.85 27.4 1 VW3 A7 808 94.000 

– ATV 71HD55M3X 1.8 30.6 1 VW3 A7 809 103.000 

– ATV 71HD75M3X 1.4 44 1 VW3 A7 810 119.000 

(1) Operating factor for hoist resistors: The value of the average power that can be dissipated at 50°C from the resistor is 

determined by a load factor during braking. For VW3 A7 801…808: 

- 100 s braking with 1 Tn braking torque for a 200 s cycle 

- 20 s braking with 1.6 Tn braking torque for a 200 s cycle 

For VW3 A7 809 and VW3 A7 810 : 



Weight 

(kg) 

1 

2 

3 

4 

Supply voltage: Three-phase 380…480 V 50/60 Hz 


ATV32 

ATV32H037N4...U075N4 

ATV32HU11N4...ATV32HU22N4 

ATV32HDU30N4...U75N4 

ATV32HD11N4, ATV32HD15N4 

ATV71 


ATV 71W075N4…WU22N4 

ATV 71P075N4Z…PU22N4Z 


ATV 71WU30N4…WU55N4 

ATV 71PU30N4Z…PU55N4Z 




20°C (Ω) 

Average power 


50°C (1) 

Reference 

Weight 

(kg) 

100 1,6 1 VW3 A7 801 6,000 

60 5,6 1 VW3 A7 802 21,000 

– ATV 71HU75N4, HD11N4 

24,5 9,8 1 VW3 A7 803 28,000 

ATV 71WU75N4, WD11N4 

ATV 71PD11N4Z 

– ATV 71HD15N4…HD30N4 14 22,4 1 VW3 A7 804 54,000 


– ATV 71HD37N4…HD55N4 8,1 44 1 VW3 A7 805 92,000 

ATV 71W37N4…WD55N4 

– ATV 71HD75N4 

4,2 62 1 VW3 A7 806 126,000 

ATV 71WD75N4 

– ATV 71HD90N4 

2,75 56 1 VW3 A7 811 130,000 

ATV 71QD90N4 

– ATV 71HC11N4, HC13N4 

2,1 75 1 VW3 A7 812 181,000 


– ATV 71HC16N4 

2,1 112 1 VW3 A7 813 250,000 

ATV 71QC16N4 


1,05 112 1 VW3 A7 814 280,000 

ATV 71QC20N4 

– ATV 71HC25N4, HC28N4 

1,05 150 1 VW3 A7 815 362,000 

ATV 71QC25N4 

– ATV 71HC31N4, HC40N4 

0,7 225 1 VW3 A7 816 543,000 



0,7 330 1 VW3 A7 817 642,000 

ATV 71QC50N4 

(1) Operating factor for hoist resistors: The value of the average power that can be dissipated at 50°C from the resistor is 

determined by a load factor during braking. For VW3 A7 716…718: 


For VW3 A7 801…808 and VW3 A7 818: 



For VW3 A7 809…817: 



5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 


6/23

chapter 7 

Machine safety 



Contents 


bb 

General presentation 

vv 

Safety Legal Framework.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/2 

vv 

Risk assessment .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/4 

vv 

Functional Safety of machinery 

Introduction.................................................................................................. 7/6 

Standard EN ISO 13849-1........................................................................... 7/6 

Standard EN/IEC 62061............................................................................. 7/10 

Select the applicable standard................................................................... 7/13 

1 

2 

vv 

Hoisting standard EN 60204-32 .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/14 

vv 

SISTEMA.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/15 

vv 

Specific safety functions related to motion 

STO Safe Torque Off.................................................................................. 7/16 

SS1 Safe Stop 1......................................................................................... 7/17 

SLS Safety Limited Speed......................................................................... 7/18 

vv 

Hoisting application examples 

Example of risk analysis............................................................................. 7/20 

Example of Safety chain to reach Performance level PLc / SIL1................ 7/22 

Example of Safety chain to reach Performance level Pld / SIL2................. 7/23 

3 

4 

bb 

Safety products level 

vv 

Reliable values according to standards EN/ISO 13849-1 & EN/IEC 62061 

For Preventa safety modules..................................................................... 7/24 

For Preventa safety controllers.................................................................. 7/24 

For Electromechanical components........................................................... 7/25 

For Altivar 312, Altivar 32 and Altivar 71..................................................... 7/25 

bb 

Variable speed drive incorporated safety functions 

vv 

Definition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/26 

5 

6 

vv 

Incorporated safety function in Altivar 71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/26 

vv 

Incorporated safety functions in Altivar 32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/26 

b b Safety modules 

For monitoring Emergency Stops and Limit switches................................. 7/28 

bb 

Safety controllers 

For monitoring Emergency Stops and Limit switches, Coded magnetic 

switches & Enabling switch........................................................................ 7/28 

bb 

Emergency stops 

Ø 22 trigger action latching pushbuttons.................................................... 7/29 

Ø 22 trigger action latching pushbutton stations......................................... 7/29 

Accessories............................................................................................... 7/29 

bb 

Motor control 

vv 

Switch disconnectors 

Front mounting........................................................................................... 7/30 

Enclosed.................................................................................................... 7/30 

vv 

Safety device .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/31 

7 

8 

9 

10 

7/1

Presentation 


Safety Legal Framework 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

Safety Legal framework 

Hoisting application 

EC Directive 

EC Directive: 

Legal instrument to harmonise the legislation of the European member states 

> > Defines the essential health and safety requirements (EHSRs) 

> > Transposed into national law (act, decree, order, regulations) 

Standard 

Standard: 

> > A “standard” is a technical specification approved by a recognised 

standardisation body for repeated or continuous application, with which 

compliance is not compulsory 

Harmonised standard 

Harmonised standard: 

> > A standard becomes harmonised when published throughout the member states 

Presumption of conformity 

Presumption of conformity: 

> > When a product conforms to a harmonised European standard, the reference to 

which has been published in the Official Journal of the European Union for a 

specific Directive, and which covers one or more of the essential safety 

requirements, the product is presumed to comply with those essential safety 

requirements of the Directive. 

> > In many cases European standards (ENs) are technically very similar to 

International (IEC or ISO) standards. However only European standards include 

a list of which EHSRs are covered, so only European standards can confer a 

Presumption of Conformity. 

European Directives and Safety Standards 

Link between some of the main Safety Standards and the European 

Directives according with the sectors of activity 

Fundamental rights 

from EU 

Free circulation 

(CE mark) 

Workers . 

protection 

Environment 

protection 

European Union 

Directive 

Machinery 

2006/42/EC 

Use of Work 

Equipment 

89/391/EC 

Seveso II 

2008/99/EC96/82/EC 

7 

8 

9 

10 

It is of course 

necessary to ensure 

compliance with all the 

other EHSRs as well as 

those for which a 

Presumption of 

Conformity is given by 

the use of a specific 

standard. 

Sector of Activity 

Safety Standards 

Generic Standard 

EN/IEC 61508 

Machine. 

Builder 

Harmonized 

Standards 

EN ISO 13849-1 

EN/IEC 62061 

End User. 

System Integrator 

EN ISO 13849-1 

EN/IEC 62061 

EN/IEC 61508 

Hoisting Machinery 

Standards 

IEC 60204-32 Safety of machinery Electrical equipment 

of machines 

End User 

System Integrator 

EN/IEC 61511 

Part 32: 

Requirements for 

hoisting machines. 

Note: For Hoisting applications, conforming to the requirements of the Hoisting standard 

IEC 60204-32 enables compliance with the Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC. 

A list of such standards can be accessed at 

http://www.newapproach.org/Directives/DirectiveList.asp 

7/2

Presentation 


Safety Legal Framework 

A B1 B2 C 

A, B & C standards 

European standards for the Safety of machinery form the following 

structure: 

Type A standards 

> > Basic safety standards giving basic concepts, principles for design, and general 

aspects that can be applied to all machinery 

Type B standards 

> > Generic safety standards dealing with one safety aspect or one type of 

safeguard that can be used across a wide range of machinery: 

> > Type B1 standards on particular safety aspects (e.g. safety distances, surface 

temperature, noise) 

> > Type B2 standards on safeguards (e.g. two-hand controls, interlocking 

devices, pressure sensitive devices, guards) 

Type C standards 

> > Machine safety standards dealing with detailed safety requirements for a 

particular machine or group of machines 

1 

2 

3 

When a Type-C standard deviates from one or more provisions 

dealt with by a Type A standard or by a Type B standard, the Type C 

standard takes precedence. 

Some examples of these types of standards are: 

EN ISO 12100 A 2010 Safety of Machinery - General Principles for Design - 

Risk Assessment and Risk Reduction 

EN ISO 13850 B Emergency Stop - Principles for Design 

EN/IEC 62061 B Functional Safety of Safety-related Electrical, Electronic . 

and Electronic Programmable Control Systems 

EN ISO 13849-1 B Safety of Machinery - Safety-related Parts of Control Systems - 

Part 1 General Principles for Design 

EN 349 B Minimum Gaps to avoid crushing of parts of the Human Body 

EN ISO 13857 B Safety of Machinery - Safety Distances to prevent Hazard zones being 

reached by upper and lower Limbs 

EN 60204-1 B Safety of Machinery - Electrical Equipment of Machines - Part 1: General 

Requirements 

EN 1088/ISO 14119 B Interlocking Devices associated with Guards - Principles for Design and 

Selection 

EN 60947-5-5 B Low-voltage Switchgear and Control Gear - Part 5-5: Control Circuit 

Devices and Switching Elements - Electrical Emergency Stop Devices 

with mechanical latching function 

EN 842 B Visual danger signals - General requirements, design and testing 

EN 1037 B Prevention of unexpected start-up 

EN 953 B General requirements for the design and construction of fixed and 

movable guards 

EN 60204-32 C Safety of machinery - Electrical equipment of machines - Part 32: 

Requirements for hoisting machines 

EN 13557 C Cranes - Controls and control stations 

EN 12077-2 C Cranes safety - Requirements for health and safety - Part 2: Limiting and 

indicating devices 

EN 341 C Cranes - Bridge and Gantry cranes 

EN 13135-1 C Cranes - Equipment - Part1: Electrical equipment 

EN 13135-2 C Cranes - Equipment - Part2: Non-electrical equipment 

EN 13157 C Cranes - Safety - Hand Powered Cranes 

EN 13155 C Cranes - Safety - Non-fixed Load Lifting Attachments 

EN 13557 C Cranes - Control and Control Stations 

EN 14439 C Cranes - Safety. Tower cranes 

EN 14492-1 C Cranes - Power Driven Winches and Hoists - Part 1: Driven Winches 

EN 14492-2 C Cranes - Cranes - Power Driven Winches and Hoists - Part 2: Power 

Driven Hoists 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

7/3

Presentation 


Risk assessment 

1 

Assessment of machinery related risk 

European legislation 

Machines are sources of potential risk and the Machinery Directive requires 

a risk assessment to ensure that any potential risk is reduced to less than 

the acceptable risk. 

2 

3 

Risk related 

to the 

potential 

hazard 

Definition of risk 

Severity 

of the 

potential 

harm 

Probability of 

occurence 

Frequency and 

duration of 

exposure 

Possibility of 

avoiding or 

limiting the 

probability of the 

occurence of an 

event that could 

cause harm 

Standard EN/ISO 12100 defines risk as follows: risk is the severity multiplied by the 

possibility of occurrence. 

It defines an iterative process for achieving machine safety, which states that the 

risks for each potential hazard can be determined in four stages. 

This method provides the basis for the requisite risk reduction. 


> > Risk assessment consists of a series of logic steps which make it possible to 

systematically analyse and evaluate machinery-related risks. 

> 

> Risk assessment is followed, whenever necessary, by a reduction of the risk... 

This definition taken from standard EN/ISO 12100 is based on an iterative 

process represented in the diagram opposite. 

Determination of machine limits 

4 

Risk assessment starts by determining the limits of the machine at all stages 

of its life cycle: 

> > Transport, assembly, installation 

> > Commissioning 

> > Use 

> > De-commissioning, dismantling 

5 

The use limitations must then be specified: 

> > Operating modes 

> > Level of training required 

> > Space limits (amplitude, movement...) 

> > Time limits (life cycle, frequency of maintenance...) 

6 

7 

8 

Start 

Determination of 

machine limits 

Identification 

of the potential hazards 

Risk estimation 

Risk analysis 

Risk evaluation 

Identification of the potential hazard 

If a potential hazard exists, a hazardous phenomenon will cause harm if 

measures are not taken. 

All the tasks associated with the machine’s life cycle must be identified, 

such as: 

> > Assembly, transport and installation 

> > Adjustment, testing 

> > Learning, programming 

> > Tool changing 

> > Feeding, removal of product from the machine 

> > Starting, stopping 

> > Emergency Stops, restarting after an unexpected stop 

> > Maintenance, cleaning, etc. 


9 

Is the machine safe? 

End 

Yes 

10 

No 

Risk reduction 

Logic steps for risk analysis 

7/4

Presentation 




The risk is a function of the severity of the harm and the probability that this 

harm will occur. 

1 

Risk 

Elements of the risk 

Severity 

of 

harm 


harm occuring 

Exposure of 

the person or 

persons to 

hazardous 

events 

Occurrence of a 

hazardous 

event 

Possibility of 

avoiding or 

limiting the 

harm 

> > The severity of the harm takes into account: 

> > The severity of injuries (slight, serious, death) 

> > The extent of the harm (number of persons). 

> > The probability of the harm occurring takes into account: 

> > Exposure to the hazard (nature of access, time spent in the hazardous zone, 

number of persons exposed, frequency of access,...) 

> > The occurrence of a hazardous event (accident history, comparison of risks,....) 

> > The possibility of avoiding or limiting the harm (experience, awareness of the 

risk, ...) 

2 

3 


On the basis of the risk assessment, the designer has to define the safety 

related control system. 

To achieve that, the designer will choose one of the two standards 

appropriate to the application: 

> > either standard EN ISO 13849-1, which defines performance levels (PL) 

> > or standard EN/IEC 62061, which defines safety integrity level (SIL) 

4 

5 


The process of risk reduction for dangerous events starts by: 

> > intrinsic prevention (inherently safe design) 

> > definition of the appropriate protective means (guards, carters, fix fences, ...) 

> > personal training 

6 

If the selected preventive measure depends on a safety related control 

system, the designer has to perform an iterative process for the design of 

the safety relative control system. 

> > The first stage is to define the necessary safety-related control functions: 

> > either through the choice of components 

> > or by adapting the control system architecture. Redundancy (double circuit 

components), for example, significantly increases the reliability of the solution 

> > Once the limits of available technologies have been reached, it will not be 

possible to further reduce the rate of dangerous failures. To achieve the required 

level of safety, it will be necessary to use a diagnostic system that allows 

dangerous failures to be detected 

7 

8 

9 

10 

7/5

Presentation 


Functional Safety of Machinery 

Introduction 

Standard EN ISO 13849-1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

Event: limit switch 

Standards to be applied according to 

the design selected for the safetyrelated 

machine control system 

Guard 

contact 

Safety functions 

Logic 

Representation of the safety function 

L 

Contactor 

Inputs Processing Outputs 

Risk related 

to the 

potential 

hazard 

Risk analysis 

Severity . 

of the potential 

harm 

Action: motor stop 


occurrence: . 

- Frequency and 

duration of 

exposure 

- Possibility of 

avoiding or 

limiting the 

probability of the 

occurrence of an 

event that could 

cause the harm 

Introduction to Functional Safety of Machinery 

The functional safety standards are intended to encourage designers to 

focus more on the functions that are necessary to reduce each individual 

risk, and on the performance required for each function, rather than simply 

relying on particular components. These standards make it possible to 

achieve greater levels of safety throughout the machine’s life. 

> > Under the old standard, EN 954-1, categories (B, 1, 2, 3 and 4) dictated how a 

safety-related electrical control circuit must behave under fault conditions. 

Designers can follow either EN ISO 13849-1 or EN/IEC 62061 to demonstrate 

conformity with the Machinery Directive. These two new standards consider not 

only whether a fault will occur, but also how likely it is to occur. 

> > This means there is a quantifiable, probabilistic element in compliance: machine 

builders must be able to determine whether their safety circuit meets the 

required safety integrity level (SIL) or performance level (PL). Panel builders and 

designers should be aware that manufacturers of the components used in safety 

circuits (such as safety detection components, safety logic solvers and output 

devices like contactors) must provide detailed data on their products. 


Machinery safety - Safety-related parts of control systems 

Standard EN ISO 13849-1 is an evolution of standard EN 954-1. 

Field of application of the standard 

This standard gives safety requirements and advice relating to principles for the 

design and integration of safety-related parts of control systems (SRP/CS), 

including software design. For these parts, it specifies the characteristics, including 

the performance level, needed to achieve these safety functions. It applies to the 

SRP/CS of all types of machine, regardless of the technology and type of energy 

used (electric, hydraulic, pneumatic, mechanical, etc.). 

Process 

Risk assessment as defined in standard EN/ISO 12100 leads to decisions on risk 

reduction measures. 

If these measures depend on a control system, then EN/ISO 12100 can apply..It defines 

a 6-stage design process: 

1 - Selection of the essential safety functions that SRP/CS must perform. For each 

safety function, specify the required characteristics 

2 - Determine the required performance level (PLr) 

3 - Design and technical creation of safety functions: identify the parts that perform 

the safety function 

4 - Evaluate the performance level PL for each safety-related part 

5 - Check that the performance level PL achieved is greater than or equal to the 

required level (PLr) 

6 - Check that all requirements are satisfied 

We will now illustrate these stages, taking as an example a safety function where a 

severe injury can be caused by a trolley not stopping at the end of the Jib and thus 

causing the trolley to fall. A person can be exposed to this dangerous situation 

around the hoisting machine. 

Stage 1 - Selection of safety functions 

The diagram opposite shows a safety function which consists of several parts: 

> > The input actuated by opening of the guard (SRP/CSa) 

> > The control logic, limited in this example to opening or closing of a contactor 

coil (SRP/CSb) 

> > The power output that controls the motor (SRP/CSc) 

> > The connections (Iab, Ibc) 

Stage 2 - Estimation of required performance level (PLr) 

Considering our example of the person coming into area where the dangerous 

hoisting machine is operating we now estimate the risk using the risk graph. 

The parameters to be considered are: 

> > S Severity of the injury 

> > S1 Slight injury, normally reversible 

> > S2 Serious, normally irreversible, including death 

> > F Frequency and/or duration of exposure to the hazardous phenomenon 

> > F1 Rare to fairly frequent and/or short duration of exposure 

> > F2 Frequent to permanent and/or long duration of exposure 

> > P Possibility of avoiding the hazardous phenomena or limiting the harm 

> > P1 Possible under certain circumstances 

> > P2 Virtually impossible 

7/6

Presentation 




Starting point for the 

evaluation of the 

contribution to the risk 

reduction of a safety 

function 

Required 

performance 

level PLr: 

Estimation of required performance level 

S = Severity of injury 

S1 = Slight (normally reversible injury) 

S2 = Serious (normally irreversible) injury including death 

F = Frequency and/or exposure time to the hazard 

F1 = Seldom to less often and/or the exposure time is short 

F2 = Frequent to continuous and/or the exposure time is long 

P = Possibility of avoiding the hazard or limiting the harm 

P1 = Possible under specific conditions 

P2 = Scarcely possible 

L = Low contribution to risk reduction 

H = High contribution to risk reduction 

Estimation 

L 

H 



Process (continued) 

Stage 2 - Estimation of required performance level (PLr) (continued) 

For our example: a serious injury S1 can be caused by being exposed near the hoisting 

machine as if there is no safe guarding to ensure the trolley stops the load and trolley will 

fall..After considering the severity of the injury we investigate the frequency and/or 

duration of the possible entry to the dangerous area..Here we define the frequency of 

exposure to the hazard is low F1 (occasional presence) as there are restrictions to enter 

the area..The last step is based upon the possibility to avoid the hazard and limiting the 

harm..To evaluate this we take into consideration that it is possible to avoid the harm as 

the visibility around the dangerous machine is monitored by the operator and in this case 

there is a possibility to avoid the harm under certain conditions so we define it as P1. 

The result of the estimation gives a required performance level PLr = c. 

Stage 3 - Design and creation of the safety functions 

At this point, we need to describe the PL calculation method. 

For a SRP/CS (or a combination of SRP/CS), PL could be estimated with the figure 

shown on page 7/9, after estimation of several factors such as : 

> > Hardware and software system structure (categories) 

> > Mechanism of failures, diagnostic coverage (DC), 

> > Components reliability, Mean Time To dangerous Failure (MTTF d 

) 

> > Common Cause Failure (CCF) 

> > Categories (Cat.) and designated architectures 

The table below summarises system behaviour in the event of a failure and the 

principles used to achieve the safety, for the 5 categories defined: 

Cat. System behaviour Designated architectures 

B A fault can lead to loss of the safety function 

1 As for category B but the probability of this 

occurence is lower than for the category B 

2 A fault can lead to loss of the safety function 

between two periodic inspections and loss of the 

safety function is detected by the control system 

at the next test. 

3 For a single fault, the safety function is always 

ensured. Only some faults will be detected. The 

accumulation of undetected faults can lead to 

loss of the safety function. 

4 When faults occur, the safety function is always 

ensured. Faults will be detected in time to 

prevent loss of the safety function 

I 

I 

i m 

i m 

m 

L 

L 

TE 

i m 

i m 

i m 

O 

O 

OTE 

m 

i 

I1 

m 

L1 O1 

c 

I2 

i m 

L2 

m 

i m O2 

I1 

i m 

L1 

m 

i m 

O1 

c 

m 

i m 

I2 L2 i m O2 

Key: 

im: Interconnecting means 

m: Monitoring 

c: Cross monitoring O, O1, O2: Output device, e.g. main contactor 

I, I1, I2: Input device, e.g. sensor TE: Test equipment 

L, L1, L2: Logic OTE: Output of TE 

> > MTTF d 

(Mean Time To dangerous Failure) 

The value of the MTTF d 

of each channel is given in 3 levels (see table below) and 

shall be taken into account for each channel (e.g. single channel, each channel of a 

redundant system) individually. 

Reliability levels of components 

Index 

Range 

Low 

3 years y MTTF d 

< 10 years 

Medium 


< 30 years 

High 


< 100 years 

A MTTF d 

of less than 3 years should never be found, because this would mean that 

after one year in operation, 30% of all those components in use would have failed 

to a dangerous state. The maximum value is limited to 100 years because devices 

dealing with a significant risk should not depend on the reliability of a single 

component. Additional measures such as redundancy and tests are required. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

7/7

Presentation 



Standard EN ISO 13849-1 . 

1 

2 

3 







Stage 3- (continued) 

> > Diagnostic coverage (DC): this term is expressed as a percentage and quantifies 

the ability to diagnose a dangerous failure. 

For example, in the event of welding of a N/C contact in a relay, the state of the N/O 

contact could incorrectly indicate the opening of the circuit, unless the relay has 

mechanically linked N/O and N/C contacts, when the fault can be detected. 

The standard recognises four levels: 

Diagnostic coverage (DC) 

Denotation 

Range 

Nil DC < 60% 

Low 60% y DC < 90% 

Medium 90% y DC < 99% 

High 

99% y DC 

> > Relationship between Categories, DC and MTTF d 

of each channel and the PL 

4 

Performance level PL 

a 

b 

c 

PFHD 

u 10 -6 … < 10 -5 

u 10 -6 … < 10 -5 

5 

d 

u 10 -7 … < 10 -6 

e 

u 10 -8 … < 10 -7 

6 

7 

8 

9 

Cat. B Cat. 1 Cat. 2 Cat. 2 Cat. 3 Cat. 3 Cat. 4 

DCavg = 

0 (nil) 

DCavg = 

0 (nil) 

DCavg = 

low 

DCavg = 

medium 

DCavg = 

low 

DCavg = 

medium 

DCavg = 

high 

MTTF d 

: low medium high 

> > Using the above chart we can now select the most appropriate architecture, the required 

Diagnostic coverage as well as ensure the products selected have the right MTTF d 

values. 

> > As we require PL= “c” the chart states as a minimum a category 1 architecture with a 

Diagnostic coverage of 0 (Nil) and a MTTF d 

of High is required. It is possible to use 

architectures with higher categories to solve the safety function needs. 

> > We start with determining the architecture required to solve the function. We use the 

following Category 1 architecture (see page 7/9): 

Cat. System behaviour 

1 

As for category B but the 

probability of this occurence 

is lower than for the 

category B 

Designated architectures 

Event 

Channel 1 

Input Processing Output 

Knowing our architecture it is now possible to select the most appropriate products. 

Using the offer catalogs we define the products as illustrated below. 

Action 

10 

Limit switch 

Safety relay module 

Application scheme of the example 

Contactor 

The selection of the right products may take several iterations as it is only possible 

to ensure the right products are selected after calculations have been made. 

7/8

Presentation 







Stage 4 - Evaluate the performance level PL for each safety-related part 

Typically the data needed for the calculation of the performance level is being 

provided by the components supplier. For safety processing devices the MTTF d 

, 

DC and performance level values are provided. For other non-safety components 

such as contactors, limit switches, etc. which wear primary as a result of their 

mechanical actuation, B10 d 

values are provided by the supplier in some cases. 

When the B10 d 

values are not available, the annex C from the 13849-1 standard 

has to be used. 

Example 

B 10d 

(where 10% of the population fail MTTF d 

DC 

to dangerous failure mode) 

SRP/CS a 

: Limit switch 

2 000 000 (the B10 d 

is coming from the 284 – 

typical components values table from 

Annex C 13849-1) 

SRP/CS b 

: XPS AXE safety module - 457 99,99% 

SRP/CS c 

: TeSys contactor 1 369 863 194 99% 

> > For estimating the performance level of a safety function, the condition is that the 

MTTF d 

, the DC and the category from each component are known. The 

procedure to follow: 

> > Calculation of MTTF d 

and DC of the complete system 

> > Analysis of the category. 

> > For electromechanical products, the MTTF d 

is calculated on the basis of the total 

number of operations that the product can perform, using B 10d 

values: 

In our case, the machine operates for 220 days per year, 8 hours per day with a 

cycle of 90 s 

N = 220 x 8 x (3600 / 90) = 70 400 operations/year 

MTTF d 

= B 10d 

/ (0.1 x N) 

> > For the limit switch: the MTTF d 

= (2 000 000) / (0.1) x 70 400 = 284 years 

> > For the contactor: 

> > The MTTF d 

= (1 369 863) / (0.1) x 70 400 = 194 years 

The MTTF d 

for each channel will then be calculated using the formula: 

i.e. 284 years. 

A similar formula is used to calculate the diagnostic capability 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

The DC is our example is < 60%, e.g. nil. 

Stage 5 - Checking that required performance level is achieved 

The result of the above calculations is summarised below: 

> > An architecture: category 1 

> > A mean time to failure > 30 years: high MTTF d 

> > A Diagnostic Capability < 60% (nil) 

Looking at this table, we confirm that PL level c is achieved: 

a 

7 

8 

b 

c 

d 

9 

e 

Cat. B Cat. 1 Cat. 2 Cat. 2 Cat. 3 Cat. 3 Cat. 4 

DCavg = 

0 (nil) 

DCavg = 

0 (nil) 

DCavg = 

low 

DCavg = 

medium 

DCavg = 

low 

DCavg = 

medium 

DCavg = 

high 

Checking the PL 

Stage 6 - Validation of the required performance level 

The design of SRP/CS must be validated and must show that the combination of 

SRP/CS performing each safety function satisfies all the applicable requirements 

of EN/ISO 13849. 

10 

7/9

Presentation 



Standard EN/IEC 62061 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 





Machinery safety - Safety-Related Electrical Control systems (SRECS) 

Functional Safety of safety-related electrical, electronic and electronic 

programmable control systems 

Field of application of the standard 

Safety-related electrical control systems in machines (SRECS) are playing an 

increasing role in ensuring the overall safety of machines and are more and more 

frequently using complex electronic technology. 

This standard is specific to the machine sector within the framework of EN/ 

IEC 61508..It gives rules for the integration of sub-systems designed in 

accordance with EN/ISO 13849..It does not specify the operating requirements 

of non-electrical control components in machines (for example: hydraulic, 

pneumatic). 

Functional approach to safety 

As with EN ISO 13849-1, the process using the EN/IEC 62061 starts with analysis of 

the risks (EN/ISO 12100) in order to be able to determine the safety requirements. 

A particular feature of this standard is that it prompts the user to make a 

functional analysis of the architecture, then split it into sub-functions and 

analyse their interactions before deciding on a hardware solution for them 

(the SRECS). 

> > A functional safety plan must be drawn up and documented for each design 

project. It must include: 

> > A specification of the safety requirements for the safety functions (SRCF) that 

is in two parts: 

> > Description of the functions and interfaces, operating modes, function 

priorities, frequency of operation, etc. 

> > Specification of the safety integrity requirements for each function, expressed 

in terms of SIL (Safety Integrity Level) 

> > The structured and documented design process for electrical control systems 

(SRECS) 

> > The procedures and resources for recording and maintaining appropriate 

information 

> > The process for management and modification of the configuration, taking into 

account organisation and authorised personnel 

> > The verification and validation plan 

> > Functional safety 

The decisive advantage of this approach is that of being able to offer a failure 

calculation method that incorporates all the parameters that can affect the 

reliability of electrical systems, whatever the technology used... 

The method consists of assigning a SIL to each function, taking into account the 

following parameters: 

> > The probability of a dangerous failure of the components (PFH d 

) 

> > The type of architecture; with or without redundancy, with or without diagnostic 

device making it possible to avoid some of the dangerous failures 

> > Common cause failures (power cuts, overvoltage, loss of communication 

network, etc.) (CCF) 

> > The probability of a dangerous transmission error where digital 

communication is used 

> > Electromagnetic interference (EMC) 

9 

10 

7/10

Presentation 




Risk 

related to the 

hazardous 

phenomenon 

identified 

SRECS: Safety-related control system 

Input 

Severity . 

of the potential 

harm 

Se 

Processing 

Output 


the harm 

occurring 

Frequency 

and duration 

of exposure 

Fr 


an event 

occurring 

Pr 


avoiding or 

limiting the 

harm Av 

Sub-systems 

Sub-system components 

Stage 1: Basic structure of the electrical control system 



Process 

Designing a system is split into 5 stages after having drawn up the functional safety 

plan: 

1 - Based on the safety requirements specification (SRS), assign a safety level 

(SIL) and identify the basic structure of the electrical control system (SRECS), 

describe each related function (SRCF) 

2 - Break down each function into a function block structure (FB) 

3 - List the safety requirements for each function block and assign the function 

blocks to the sub-systems within the architecture 

4 - Select the components for each sub-system 

5 - Design the diagnostic function and check that the specified safety level (SIL) is 

achieved. 

Stage 1 - Assign a safety integrity level (SIL) and identify the structure of the 

SRECS 

Based on the risk assessment performed in accordance with standard EN/ 

ISO 12100, estimation of the required SIL is performed for each hazardous 

phenomenon and is broken down into parameters, see illustration opposite. 

> > Severity Se 

The severity of injuries or damage to health can be estimated by taking into account 

reversible injuries, irreversible injuries and death. 

The classification is shown in the table below: 

Consequence 

Severity Se 

Irreversible: death, loss of an eye or an arm 4 

Irreversible: shattered limb, loss of a finger 3 

Reversible: requires the attention of a medical practitioner 2 

Reversible: requires first aid 1 

> > Probability of the harm occurring 

Each of the three parameters Fr, Pr, Av must be estimated separately using the 

most unfavourable case. It is strongly recommended that a task analysis model be 

used in order to ensure that estimation of the probability of the harm occurring is 

correctly taken into account. 

> > Frequency and duration of exposure Fr 

The level of exposure is linked to the need to access the hazardous zone (normal 

operation, maintenance, ...) and the type of access (manual feeding, adjustment, 

...). It must then be possible to estimate the average frequency of exposure and its 

duration. 

The classification is shown in the table below: 

Frequency of dangerous exposure 

Fr 

y 1 hour 5 

>1 hour... y 1 day 5 

> 1 day... y 2 weeks 4 

2 weeks... y 1 year 3 

> 1 year 2 

> > Probability of occurrence of a hazardous event Pr. 

Two basic concepts must be taken into account: 

> > the predictability of the dangerous components in the various parts of the 

machine in its various operating modes (normal, maintenance, 

troubleshooting), paying particular attention to unexpected restarting 

> > behaviour of the persons interacting with the machine, such as stress, fatigue, 

inexperience, etc. 

Probability of occurrence of a dangerous event 

Pr 

Very high 5 

Probable 4 

Possible 3 

Almost impossible 2 

Negligible 1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

7/11

Presentation 




1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 




SRECS 

Objective SIL 2 

Input Processing Output 

Limit 

switch 

Function 

block 

FB1 

Logic 

Function 

block 

FB2 

Stage 2: Break down into function blocks 

Motor 

control 

Function 

block 

FB3 




Stage 1 -(continued) 

> > Probability of avoiding or limiting the harm Av 

This parameter is linked to the design of the machine. It takes into account the 

suddenness of the occurrence of the hazardous event, the nature of the dangerous 

component (cutting, temperature, electrical) and the possibility for a person to 

identify a hazardous phenomenon. 

Probability of avoiding or limiting the harm 

Av 

Impossible 5 

Almost impossible 3 

Probable 1 

> > Assignment of the SIL 

Estimation is made with the help of the table below. 

In our example (for hoisting), the degree of severity is 4 because there is a risk of 

death for a person being around a crane; this value is shown in the first column of 

the table. 

All the other parameters must be added together in order to select one of the 

classes (vertical columns in the table below), which gives us: 

> > Fr = 3 access weekly or monthly 

> > Pr = 2 low probability of occurrence of the hazardous event (e.g. operator 

monitoring) 

> > Av = 3 probability of avoiding almost impossible 

Therefore a class CI = 3 + 2 + 3 = 8 

A level of SIL 2 must be achieved by the safety-related electrical control system(s) 

(SRECS) on the machine. 

Estimation of the SIL 

Se Class CI 

3-4 5-7 8-10 11-13 14-15 

4 SIL 2 SIL 2 SIL 2 SIL 3 SIL 3 

3 - - SIL 1 SIL 2 SIL 3 

2 - - - SIL 1 SIL 2 

1 - - - - SIL 1 

> > Basic structure of the SRECS 

Without going into detail about the hardware components to be used, the system is 

broken down into sub-systems. In our case, we find the 3 sub-systems that will 

perform the input, processing and output functions. The figure opposite illustrates 

this stage, using the terminology given in the standard. 

Stage 2 - Break down each function into a function block structure (FB) 

A function block (FB) is the result of a detailed break down of a safety-related 

function. 

The function block structure gives an initial concept of the SRECS architecture. 

The safety requirements of each block are deduced from the specification of the 

safety requirements of the system’s function. 

Stage 3 - List the safety requirements for each function block and assign the 

function blocks to the sub-systems within the architecture 

Each function block is assigned to a sub-system in the SRECS architecture. A 

failure of any sub-system will lead to the failure of the safety-related control 

function. More than one function block may be assigned to each sub-system. Each 

sub-system may include sub-system elements and, if necessary, diagnostic 

functions in order to ensure that anomalies can be detected and the appropriate 

action taken. 

These diagnostic functions (D) are considered as separate functions; they may be 

performed within the sub-system, by another internal or external sub-system. 

7/12

Presentation 




Select the applicable standard 




> > Types of sub-system architecture 

Sub-system element 1 

Sub-system type A 

Sub-system element n 

1 



Sub-system type B 

Common cause failure 

2 


Sub-system element n 

Diagnostic function(s) 

Sub-system type C 


Diagnostic function(s) 


Sub-system type D 

Common cause failure 

3 

Stage 4 - Select the components for each sub-system 

As the safety integrity level required in the example mentioned above is SIL 2, each 

of the components must achieve this level. 

Once the targeted SIL is determined, the components constructing the system 

from safety-related sub-systems (sensor/switch, logic, actuator) have to be 

selected. The components must have PFH d 

(probability of dangerous failure per 

hour) equal to the required SIL rating needed. 

Stage 5 - Design the diagnostic function 

The SIL of the sub-system depends not only on the components, but also on the 

architecture selected. 

In EN 62061, a safety integrity requirement is expressed as a target failure value for 

the probability of dangerous failure per hour (PFH d 

) of each safety related control 

function (SRCF). 

This can be calculated from reliability data for each component or sub-system, and 

is related to the SIL as shown in Table 3 of the standard: 

Relationship between SIL and PFH d 

values 

SIL Probability of dangerous failures per hour (PFH d 

) 

3 u 10 -8 ... < 10 -7 

2 u 10 -7 ... < 10 -6 

1 u 10 -6 ... < 10 -5 

For each of the four logical architectures A to D presented above, there is a different formula 

to calculate the PFH d 

. The calculation method is complex and will not be presented here 

(please see EN/IEC 62061 for the formula and the parameters taken into account). 

Select the applicable standard 

In order to be able to select the applicable standard, a common table in both 

standards gives indications which are summarised in the table below: 

Technology used EN ISO 13849-1 

max. PL 

EN/IEC 62061 

max. SIL 

Non electric only, e.g...hydraulic e Not covered 

Including some electromechanical, . 

e (for designated 3 

for example relays and/or non complex electronics architectures only) 

Including complex electronics, . 

d 3 

for example programmable 

For building specific complex sub-systems or for higher level requirements 

including software, standard EN/IEC 61508 relating to systems must be used. 

Relationship between the performance level (PL) and the Safety 

Integrity Level (SIL) 

PL SIL Probability of dangerous failures per hour 1/h 

a No correspondance u 10 -5 … < 10 -4 

b 1 u 3 x 10 -6 … < 10 -5 

c 1 u 10 -6 … < 3 x 10 -6 

d 2 u 10 -7 … < 10 -6 

e 3 u 10 -8 … < 10 -7 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

Typically for hoisting applications use standard EN ISO 13849-1. 

7/13

Presentation 


Hoisting standard EN 60204-32 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

Hoisting standard EN 60204-32 

The functional safety standards EN ISO 13849-1 and IEC 62061 address the 

requirements for reducing each individual machine risk. 

Requirements specific to the hoisting machine are addressed by different 

standards (refer to table, see page 7/3) that may impose special 

requirements on the system in a wide variety of ways, including safety 

performance, physical parameters, labelling, etc. The most representative 

hoisting standard is EN 60204-32 taking into account electrical equipment 

for cranes. 

EN 60204-32 

This standard applies to the application of electrical and electronic 

equipment and systems to hoisting machines and related equipment. 

> > The equipment covered by this standard commences at the point of connection of 

the supply to the electrical equipment of the hoisting machine (crane supply 

switch) including systems for power supply and control feeders outside the hoisting 

machine, for example, flexible cables or conductor bars. 

> > For the purpose of this standard, hoisting machines include cranes of all types, 

like overhead travelling cranes, offshore cranes, tower cranes, slewing luffing 

cranes, gantry cranes, cable cranes, rubber tired gantry cranes (RTGs). 

Machines which are only manually controlled by an operator 

In case of manually controlled hoisting machine: 

> > The emergency stop is mandatory on all cranes. 

Machines with automatic mode 

For automatic cranes, it is mandatory to use access control devices to make 

sure that the machine is not moving when there is a person present in the 

working area. In case of hoisting machine with automatic mode : 

> > The emergency stop 

> > The access control 

> > The limit switch 

are mandatory, the functional safety level required needs to be defined. 

Most important safety information from the standard EN 60204-32 

> > Other safe guarding functions typically found on most types of hoisting machines 

are: 

> > Hoisting overrun limit switch 

> > Overspeed detection device 

> > Rope slack detection device 

> > For example on the emergency stop chain, overrun limit switch of the hoist 

movement has to be added to the safety chain to protect the hoist equipment 

from damage. 

> > In most of the cases of the safety chain a safety module (e.g..Preventa range) 

is needed to be included in order to reach PLc or PLd. 

> > The emergency stop function is a function which is intended 

> > to avert arising or to reduce existing hazards to persons, damage to machinery 

or to work in progress; 

> > to be initiated by a single human action when the normal stopping function is 

inadequate for this purpose. 

The emergency stop function shall be available and operational at all times 

regardless of the operating mode. 

The emergency stop equipment shall neither be used as an alternative to proper 

safeguarding measures nor as an alternative for automatic safety devices, but it 

may be used as a back-up measure. 

The Emergency Stop is mandatory on all machines. 

> > The access control 

> > Mandatory to use access control devices in case of hoisting machines with 

automatic mode 

> > Other safeguarding functions 

> > To help ensure the machine is operating within the appropriate way safe 

position detection is important via travel limiters, as well as Overspeed 

detection, overload and anticollision must be considered. 

Please refer to the safety catalogue and the Schneider Electric SISTEMA 

library for the appropriate devices. 

7/14

Presentation 


SISTEMA Performance Level (PL) verification 

tool for EN ISO 13849-1 

SISTEMA Performance Level (PL) 

verification tool for EN ISO 13849-1 

Schneider Electric library for SISTEMA 

Download 

To support the EN ISO 13849-1 standard, BGIA, the German Institute for 

Occupational Health, has developed SISTEMA, a free-to-download software 

utility that developers and designers can use to evaluate the safety of the 

machine in the context of the standard. 

The tool permits the designer to model the structure of the safety-related control 

components based on the designated architectures of the standard, permitting 

automated calculation of the reliability values with various levels of detail, including 

that of the attained PL. 

Using SISTEMA, relevant risk parameters are entered step-by-step into input 

dialogs. Each parameter change is reflected immediately on the user interface 

together with its impact on the whole system. 

Schneider Electric publishes software libraries for its safety components which 

contain relevant reliability data. This can be imported into SISTEMA and combined, 

the two eliminate time-consuming consultation of tables and calculation of 

formulae and the final results can be printed out in a summary document. 

Step by Step instructions 

> > Download SISTEMA software from the IFA website . 

http://www.dguv.de/ifa/en/pra/softwa/sistema/index.jsp 

> > Install the SISTEMA software 

> > Download the Schneider Electric library for SISTEMA. 

http://www2.schneider-electric.com/sites/corporate/en/solutions/oem/ 

machine-safety/evaluate-the-safety-of-your-machine.page 

> > Open the Library file in the SISTEMA software 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

SISTEMA software 

7 

8 

9 

10 

7/15

Presentation 



1 

2 

3 

Specific safety functions related to 

motion 

STO Safe Torque Off 

The STO function is the most common and basic drive-integrated safety 

function. It ensures that no torque-generating energy can continue to affect 

a motor and prevents unintentional start-ups. 

> > The logic input “STO” is always assigned to this function. 

If a paired terminal line in two channels is required for control of STO, the function 

can be enabled also by the safe logic inputs. 

The STO status (diagnostic information) is accessible with the drive or with SoMove 

software. 

Frequency 

Actual. 

frequency 

4 

STO activation 

Time 

5 

6 

> > STO Normative reference 

The normative definition of STO function is in §4.2.2.2 of the IEC 61800-5-2 (on the 

07/2007 version): 

> > “Power, that can cause rotation (or motion in the case of a linear motor), is not 

applied to the motor. The PDS(SR)(Power Drive System with safety-related 

functions) will not provide energy to the motor which can generate torque (or 

force in the case of a linear motor). 

> > NOTE 1 This safety function corresponds to an uncontrolled stop in 

accordance with stop category 0 of EN 60204-1. 

> > NOTE 2 This safety function may be used where power removal is required to 

help prevent an unexpected startup. 

> > NOTE 3 In circumstances where external influences (for example, falling of 

suspended loads) are present, additional measures (for example, mechanical 

brakes) may be necessary to help prevent any hazard. 

> > NOTE 4 Electronic means and contactors are not adequate for protection 

against electric shock, and additional measures for isolation may be 

necessary.“ 

7 

8 

9 

10 

7/16

Presentation 



SS1 Safe Stop 1 

SS1 Safe Stop 1 consists of 

> > Monitored deceleration of the movement according a specified ramp 

> > STO (triggered after standstill has been reached) 

> > Description 

This function is used to stop the motor following a dedicated down ramp. The motor 

speed is monitored during the down ramp. STO is initiated when the motor speed is 

below a specified threshold. 

The unit of SS1 down ramp is in Hz/s to get the shape of the ramp you need to 

configure 2 parameters (only available on Altivar 32) 

> > [SS1ramp unit] (SSrU)(Hz/s) to give the unit of the ramp 1 Hz/s, 10Hz/s and 

100 Hz/s 

> > [SS1RampValue] (SSrt) (0,1) to set the value of the ramp 

Ramp calculation: ramp = SSRU x SSRT x 0.1 - SSRT is in decimal of sec (0.1) - 

Example: if SSRU = 10 Hz/s and SSRT = 50 the down ramp is 50 Hz/s. 

When the SS1 function is activated it has the highest priority. 

When a fault is detected within the safety function, the drive will trip and stop using 

the internal STO command. 

This safety function is configured with SoMove software. The SS1 status is 

accessible with the drive or with SoMove software. 

> > Behavior at the activation of SS1 function 

The SS1 function monitors the Motor Speed and check the [SS1 trip threshold] (SStt) 

During the SS1 ramp, if the trip area is reached, drive will trip in (SAFF) and the 

drive stops in free wheel mode. 

When the Motor Speed reaches the [Standstill level] (SSSL) a STO is set. 

The protection depends on the stator frequency. 

Frequency 

Actual. 

frequency 

1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

2 

3 

6 

3 

STO activation 

Time 

1 SS1 trip threshold 

2 SS1 deceleration ramp 

(dV/dT) 

3 Stop 

> > Behavior after the deactivation of the SS1 function 

After a SS1 stop has been activated a new start order must be given to the 

machine. 

If the SS1 request disappeared before the end of safe function, the safe function 

continues to run until STO is reached. 

7 

8 

9 

10 

7/17

Presentation 



1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

Specific safety functions related to 

motion 

SLS Safety Limited Speed 

SLS monitors an adjustable speed limit. In case of exceeding the limit speed, 

the drive is shut down safety 

> > Description 

This function is used to limit a machine speed. The main goal is to monitor the 

motor speed and to adjust the speed to a set point. 

This function offers 3 types: 

> > SLS type 1: used to monitor the motor speed and trips in STO in case of over 

speed. 

> > SLS type 2: used to limit the motor speed to a set point and trips in STO in case 

of over speed. 

> > SLS type 3: Same as type 2 with a dedicated behavior when the motor speed 

is above the tolerance threshold. Trips in STO in case of over speed. 

When the function is activated, the SLS function has the reference priority to all 

others reference channel. This safety function is configured with SoMove software, 

see commissioning..The SLS status is accessible with the drive or with SoMove software. 

> > Behavior at the activation of SLS function (only available on Altivar 32) 

SLS type 1 

When the function is activated, 

> > if the current frequency or stator frequency is above the [SLS tolerance 

threshold] (SLtt), the SAFF detected fault is trigged, 

> > if the current frequency or stator frequency is under the [SLS tolerance 

threshold] (SLtt), the speed is limited to the actual speed. The main reference 

channel can only decrease the speed reference. 

While the function is activated, 

> > If the current frequency decrease and reach the [Standstill level] (SSSL) 

frequency, STO is activated..If the current frequency or stator frequency increase 

and reach the [SS1 trip threshold] (SLtt), drive trips in SAFF detected fault. 

Frequency 

Actual. 

frequency 

SLS trip 

threshold 

Setpoint 

Standstill 

detection 

Actual. 

frequency 

SLS activation 

1 

2 

3 

Time 

1 Error and Stop 

2 Reference high limitation 

3 Stop 

SLS type 2 


> > If the current frequency is above the [SLS tolerance threshold] (SLtt), the drive 

decelerates until the [Set point] (SLSP) frequency with the same ramp as SS1 

function. 

> > If the current frequency is under the [SLS tolerance threshold] (SLtt) and 

upper the [Set point] (SLSP), the drive decelerates until the [Set point] (SLSP) 

frequency with the same ramp as SS1 function. 

> > If the current frequency is under the [Set point] (SLSP), the speed is high 

limited by the set point. 

Once the [Set point] (SLSP) is reached, is it still possible to vary the reference 

speed between [Standstill level] (SSSL) and the [Set point] (SLSP). 



frequency, STO is activated. 

> > If the current frequency or stator frequency increase and reach the [SS1 trip 

threshold] (SLtt), drive trips in SAFF detected fault. 

Frequency 

1 

5 


2 

3 3 

4 

2 

4 

Time 




4 Stop 


(dV/dT) 

7/18

Presentation 



SLS Safety Limited Speed (continued) 

SLS type 3 


> > If the current frequency is above the [SLS tolerance threshold] (SLtt) the drive 

decelerates until the [Standstill level] (SSSL) frequency with the same ramp 

as SS1 function and a STO is set. 

> > If the current frequency is under the [SLS tolerance threshold] (SLtt) and 

upper the [Set point] (SLSP), the drive decelerates until the [Set point] (SLSP) 

frequency with the same ramp as SS1 function and it remains equal to the 

Setpoint frequency till the deactivation. 

> > If the current frequency is under the [Set point] (SLSP), the current reference 

is not changed but limited to the [Set point] (SLSP). 



frequency, STO is activated. 

> > If the current frequency or stator frequency increase and reach the [SS1 trip 

threshold] (SLtt), drive trips in SAFF detected fault. 

The [Set point] (SLSP), is linked to the rotor frequency. 

1 

2 

3 

Frequency 

Actual. 

frequency 

SLS trip 

threshold 

Setpoint 

Standstill 

detection 

1 

5 


2 2 2 

4 4 4 

3 

3 

Time 




4 Stop 


(dV/dT) 

4 

5 

> > Behavior at the deactivation of SLS function 

For all SLS types 

> > If the drive is still running when the function is deactivated, the main reference 

and the current run order is applied. 

> > If the drive is already stopped (STO or end of SS1) a new run order must be set 

to restart. 

> > If the SLS request disappeared before the end of SS1 deceleration, the safe 

function continues to run until [Set point] (SLSP) or [Standstill level] (SSSL) 

are reached. 

When a stop order appeared, the drive stops even if a safe function is activated (but 

the safe function stays active and continues to monitor the trip area). A stop order 

has the priority to safe function. 

If a detected fault appeared when a safe function is configured, the drive stops 

following the detected fault reaction configured and a new run order must be set to 

restart. 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

7/19

Presentation 


Hoisting applications examples 

Example of risk analysis 

1 

Example of a risk analysis 

Logic steps for risk analysis 

Start 

2 

3 

Determination of 

machine limits 

Identification 

of the potential hazards 


Risk analysis 


4 


Is the machine safe? 

End 

5 

No 

Yes 


6 

OEM or End User requirements 

7 

8 

9 

10 

Risks identified in hoisting machine 

> > Risk of crushing a person between the hoisting machinery and the building 

structure 

> > Risk of shock or crushing by the load 

> > Specific risks associated with commissionning, maintenance and 

inspections 

> > Risks related to interventions in height 

> > Risks related to electricity 

> > Risk due to type of load (Metal plant, nuclear…) 

On hoisting machine the risk evaluation can be done by using risk assessment 

matrixes. Typically, the risk is estimated from high to very high. 

Evaluate the performance level required for each safety related part. . 

Using the risk estimation determine the Performance Level (PLr) or Safety 

Integrity Level (SIL) of each function. 

An example of safety function where a severe injury can be caused by an 

operator moving a load from one location to another and due to external factors 

the load can become loose and fall. A person can be crushed when exposed to 

this dangerous situation around the hoisting machine. 

7/20

Presentation 



Example of risk analysis 

Logic steps for risk analysis (continued) 

(continued) 

For our example: a serious injury S2 can be caused by being exposed near the 

hoisting machine as if there is no safe guarding to prevent load from falling. 

After considering the severity of the injury we investigate the frequency and/or 

duration of the possible entry to the dangerous area. Here we define the 

frequency of exposure to the hazard is low F1 (occasional presence) as there 

are restrictions to enter the area. The last step is based upon the possibility to 

avoid the hazard and limiting the harm. To evaluate this we take into 

consideration that it is possible to avoid the harm as the visibility around the 

dangerous machine is monitored by the operator and in this case there is a 

possibility to avoid the harm under certain conditions so we define it as P1. 



contribution to the risk 

reduction of a safety 

function 

Required 

performance 

level PLr 


S1 = Slight (normally reversible 

injury) 

S2 = Serious (normally irreversible) 

injury including death 

F = Frequency and/or exposure 

time to the hazard 

F1 = Seldom to less often and/ 

or the exposure time is short 

F2 = Frequent to continuous 

and/or the exposure time is 

long 

P = Possibility of avoiding the 

hazard or limiting the harm 

P1 = Possible under specific 

conditions 


How to reduce the risk? 

3 possibilities: 

1: Measure design 

> > Follow FEM rules 

> > Follow the rules EN 60204-32 

> > Downgrade of the nominal capacity of the machine 

2: Staff information 

> > User guide 

> > Appropriate licence for driving machine 

> > Prevent presence of staff around machine 

3: Specific safeguarding functions for prevention and risk reduction: 

Safeguarding functions for prevention and risk reduction 

Concerning machine exceeding 1000 Kg: 

> > Device for checking the class of use and load spectrum in order to check 

the stresses of the bridge and its compliance with FEM design and 

facilitate the scheduling of maintenance operations 

> > Device to limit the improper crane operation 

> > Lighting and/or embedded signalling to illuminate the area of development 

and signal the approach of the bridge 

> > Collision avoidance device for moving bridges on the same runway 

> > Collision avoidance device when several bridges operate in superposition 

> > Management system interference when multiple bridges are involved in 

moving a single load, or when they overlook other lifting devices 

> > Limiting the working area of the bridge to prevent it from carrying loads 

over areas with people 

> > Protective barrier or safety switches to ensure that the gantry crane will 

not collide with people or objects 

> > Depending on the conditions of use and the type of load, an emergency 

brake is used acting on the drum with separate overspeed sensor, in the 

case the service brake fails 

> > Ensure area where the crane is operating is clear from obstructions and 

completely visible 

> > When the speed exceeds 30 m / min in trolley or 40 m / min in translation, 

use speed drives or soft starters to obtain progressive starting and 

stopping of the horizontal movements 

> > Use limit switches on all movements and a rope end limit switch 

> > A load capacity limiter 

> > Written procedure to prioritize actions when previous solutions have not 

been technically implemented or are not appropriate 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

7/21

Presentation 



Example of Safety chain 

with Emergency stop to reach Performance level c 

1 

2 

3 

Examples of safety chain with 

emergency stop 

Safety chain to reach Performance level PLc / SIL1 

> > Safety module type XPS AXE + Emergency Stop with 1 NC contacts 

A typical example of hoisting for manually controlled machine - the operator has to 

monitor the load of the crane and check there are no people near to the load. The 

operator must be trained and informed how to drive the machine. The operator 

monitoring is the first safety barrier. 

In case of any trouble the operator must stop the machine by pushing at the 

emergency stop. The emergency stop is the second safety barrier. What is now the 

safety level required for the emergency stop? 

Because of the operator is monitoring the area, it can be considered that the 

frequency and the exposure times are short. 

Performance level required in this case is PLr = c 

To reach to required PL (PLc), the following architecture of Category 1 type 

(1-channel) is proposed: 

4 

Required 

performance 

level PLr 

3 x 400 VAC 

24 VDC 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 



contribution to the 

risk reduction of a 

safety function 







P = Possibility of avoiding the hazard or limiting the 

harm 



(1) Fault relay contact 

Motor 

Brake 

control 

Brake 

R2C (1) 

R2A (1) 

Related products: 

> > Emergency stop - Harmony XB4, See chapter 8 

> > Limit switch OsiSense XF, See chapter 9 

> > Preventa Safety Module XPS AXE, See page 7/28 

> > TeSys contactor (nominal load), See chapter 5 

> > Variable Speed Drive Altivar 312, See chapter 6 

The performance level reached (reference SISTEMA and Schneider Electric 

SISTEMA library) with this combination of products is 

> > PLc and 

> > PFH(1/h) of 2,31e -6 which corresponds to SIL1. 

10 

7/22

Presentation 



Example of Safety chain 

with Emergency stop to reach Performance level d 

Safety chain to reach Performance level Pld / SIL2 

> > Safety module type XPS AXE + Emergency Stop with 2 NC contacts 

A typical example of hoisting machine with automatic mode - without of an operator 

to monitor to area around the crane, the risk of a harm is higher and a higher safety 

level is needed. 

Performance level required in this case is PLr = d 

To reach the required PLd an architecture of Category 3 type (2-channel 

architecture) is proposed: 

1 

2 

Required 

performance 

level PLr 

3 x 400 VAC 

24 VDC 

3 



contribution to the 

risk reduction of a 

safety function 







P = Possibility of avoiding the hazard or limiting the 

harm 



Power 

(1) Fault relay contact 

Motor 

Brake 

Brake 

control 

R2C(1) 

R2A (1) 

4 

5 

6 

Related products: 

> > Emergency stop - Harmony XB4, See chapter 8 

> > Limit switch - OsiSense XF, See chapter 9 

> > Preventa Safety Module XPS AXE, See page 7/28 

> > TeSys contactor (nominal load), See chapter 5 

> > Variable Speed Drive Altivar 71 (or Altivar 32) - STO, See chapter 6 

The performance level reached (reference SISTEMA and Schneider Electric 

SISTEMA library) with this combination of products is 

> > PLd and 

> > PFH(1/h) of 1,56e -7 which corresponds to SIL2. 

7 

8 

9 

10 

7/23

Presentation 



1 

Reliable values according to standards 

EN/ISO 13849-1 and EN/IEC 62061 

Preventa safety Modules 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

EN/ISO 13849-1 

Category 

for the device internal 

MTTF d (mean time to 

dangerous failure. in years) 

PL (Performance Level): up 

to... 

DC (diagnostic capability) 


Device + outputs. 

in 

Stop category 0 


in 


Single channel . 

with output 

in 


with output 

in 


in 



in 


Device + 

outputs. 

in 

Device + 

outputs. 

in 

Reference 

Stop category 0 Stop category 1 


XPS ABV11330P 4 3 53 53 e d > 99 % 60…90 % 

XPS AC5121P 4 – 210.4 – e – > 99 % – 

XPS AF5130P 4 – 243.0 – e – > 99 % – 

XPS AK311144P 4 – 154.5 – e – > 99 % – 

XPS AR311144P 4 – 277.8 – e – > 99 % – 

XPS ATE5110P 4 3 134.8 54.5 e d > 99 % 98.4 % 

XPS ATE3710P 4 3 134.8 54.5 e d > 99 % 98.4 % 

XPS AV11113P 4 4 75.8 75.8 e e > 99 % > 99 % 

XPS AXE5120P 4 – 457.0 – e – > 99 % – 

EN/IEC 62061 (EN/IEC 61508) 

PFH d (Dangerous Failure per 

Hour) 

SILCL (Safety Integrity Level 

Claim Level) 

Device + outputs. Device + outputs. Device + outputs. Device + outputs. 

Reference 

in . 


in . 


in . 


in . 


XPS ABV11330P 3.00 x 10 -8 2.00 x 10 -7 3 2 1 

XPS AC5121P 3.56 x 10 -9 – 3 – 1 

XPS AF5130P 4.62 x 10 -9 – 3 – 1 

XPS AK311144P 7.39 x 10 -9 – 3 – 1 

XPS AR311144P 2.22 x 10 -9 – 3 – 1 

XPS ATE5110P 6.81 x 10 -9 1.96 x 10 -8 3 2 1 

XPS ATE3710P 6.81 x 10 -9 1.96 x 10 -8 3 2 1 

XPS AV11113P 7.95 x 10 -9 7.95 x 10 -9 3 3 1 

XPS AXE5120P 3.00 x 10 -8 – 3 – 1 

HFT (Hardware Fault Tolerance) 

7 

8 

9 

10 

EN/ISO 13849-1 

Category 


MTTF d (mean time to 

dangerous failure. in years) 

PL (Performance Level): up 

to... 

DC (diagnostic capability) 



in 



in 



with output 

in 


with output 

in 


in 



in 


Device + 

outputs. 

in 

Device + 

outputs. 

in 

Reference 



XPS MP11123P 4 – 75.8 – e – > 99 % – 

XPS MCppZp (transistor outputs) 4 4 76.6 76.6 e e > 99 % > 99 % 

XPS MCppZp(Relay outputs) 4 4 71.0 71.0 e e > 99 % > 99 % 

EN/IEC 62061 (EN/IEC 61508) 

PFH d (Dangerous Failure per 

Hour) 

Preventa safety controllers 

SILCL (Safety Integrity Level 

Claim Level) 

Device + outputs. Device + outputs. Device + outputs. Device + outputs. 

Reference 

in 


in 


in 


in 


XPS MP11123P 7.95 x 10 -9 – 3 – 1 

XPS MCppZp (transistor outputs) 1.29 x 10 -8 1.29 x 10 -8 3 3 1 

XPS MCppZp(Relay outputs) 1.40 x 10 -8 1.40 x 10 -8 3 3 1 

HFT (Hardware Fault Tolerance) 

7/24

Presentation 



Functional safety and manufacturer 

reliability data of electromechanical 

components according to EN/ISO 

13849-1 and EN/IEC 62061 

Electromechanical components 

The following values apply to high or continuous demand mode of operations used 

in machinery applications. 

The B10 d 

value is given to a lifetime of 20 years, but is mainly limited by mechanical 

or contact wear. 

1 

Ranges 

B10 d 

Emergency stop push-buttons Ø 22 mm XB4 & XB5 1 500 000 

Pushbuttons Ø 22 mm XB4 & XB5 Spring return 10 000 000 

Pushbuttons Ø 22 mm XB4 & XB5 Double headed 2 000 000 

Pushbuttons Ø 22 mm XB4 & XB5 Push-push to release 1 000 000 

Selector switches Ø 22 mm XB4 & XB5 Non illuminated 2 000 000 

Selector switches Ø 22 mm XB4 & XB5 Illuminated 1 000 000 

Toggle switches Ø 22 mm XB4 & XB5 1 000 000 

Joystick controllers Ø 22 mm XB4 & XB5 2 000 000 

Emergency stop trip wire switches XY2 C 50 000 

Safety Limit switches with plunger or roller lever head XCS M/D/P 50 000 000 

Safety switches with key (guard switches) XCS 5 000 000 

Safety switches with key (electromagnet guard switches) XCS 5 000 000 

Safety switches with rotary opening head XCS 5 000 000 

Safety coded magnetic switches XCS DMC/DMP/DMR at 10mA 50 000 000 

contactors with nominal load 1 300 000 

contactors with mechanical load 20 000 000 

Cam switches K1/K2 2 000 000 

Motor control devices 

Contactors & Circuit breakers 

Please refer to Chapter 10 for catalogue information on contactors and circuit 

breakers. 

2 

3 

4 

5 

Variable Speed Drive Specific safety inputs 

Altivar 312, Altivar 32 and Altivar 71 

Please refer to Chapter 6 for catalogue information on the drives. 

The safety values of the 

presented variable speed 

drives are included in the 

Schneider Electric 

SISTEMA library 

The analysis of the standard logic inputs show that there are conform 

according the following standards 

Standard 

LI (logic input) 

IEC 61508-5-2 / IEC 61508 SIL 1 

EN/IEC 62061 

SIL 1 CL 

EN 954-1 (1) Category 1 

EN ISO 13849-1 (2) 

Category 1 - PLc 

(1) According to table 6 of EN/IEC 62061 (2005) [DA6]. 

(2) According to table 4 of EN ISO 13849-1 (2008) [DA2]. 

Summary of safety-relevant data of the standard logical inputs of the range 

of variable speed drives: Altivar 312, Altivar 32 & Altivar 71 

> > “Sink” mode 

> > “Source” mode 

Altivar 32 Altivar 312 Altivar 71 

MTTF d 

(in year) 352 319 286 

DC 

46.7% 45.0% 42.1% 

None None None 

PL c c c 

Category 1 1 1 

SIL 1 1 1 

Altivar 32 Altivar 312 Altivar 71 

MTTF d 

(in year) 3854 1137 1115 

DC 

91.5% 73.75% 73.38% 

Medium Low Low 

PL d c c 


SIL 1 1 1 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

7/25

Presentation 


Variable speed drive incorporated safety 

functions 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

Variable speed drive incorporated 

safety functions 

The Altivar 71 and Altivar 32 variable speed drives contain some 

incorporated safety functions (e.g. Safe Torque Off, Safe Stop 1, Safe 

Limited Speed) that allow developing applications for the protection of 

people and machine. The safety functions are configured with SoMove 

software. The safety integrated functions provide the following benefits: 

> > Replacement of external safety equipment 

> > Reduced wiring efforts and space requirements 

> > Reduced costs 

Definition 

> > STO Safe Torque Off. 

The STO function is the most common and basic drive-integrated safety 

function. It ensures that no torque-generating energy can continue to affect a 

motor and prevents unintentional start-ups. 

> > SS1 Safe Stop 1. 

The Safe Stop 1 (SS1) function is to cause a motor to stop rapidly and safely 

within the shortest possible time and switches the motor to a torque-free (STO) 

mode after standstill has been reached. 

> > SLS Safe Limited Speed. 

The Safe Limited Speed (SLS) function is used if people need access within a 

dangerous area of a machine and their safety can only be guaranteed by 

reduced speed of the machine. The Safe Limited Speed is initially activated and 

the speed is reduced, then once the safe speed is reached access to the 

dangerous area is permitted. Throughout this time the safe monitoring is active 

using the SLS function to ensure that exceeding of the set speed limit is 

prevented. 

Altivar 71 

Incorporated safety function in Altivar 71: 

> > STO Safe Torque Off 

Altivar 32 

Incorporated safety functions in Altivar 32: 

> > STO Safe Torque Off 

> > SS1 Safe Stop 1 

> > SLS Safe Limited Speed 

> > Safety function (SF) level required for STO function 

Configuration 

SIL 

(Safety Integrity Level) 

according to IEC 61-508 

PL 

(Performance Level) 

according to EN ISO 13849 

STO with or without safety module SIL 2 PL “d” 

STO & LI3 with or without safety SIL 3 

PL “e” 

module 

LI3 & LI4 SIL 2 PL “d” 


> > For the machine environment (IEC60204-1 & Machinery Directive), reset shall 

not initiate a restart in any cases. One of the most constringent case is when 

STO is activated, and there is a loss of power supply. 

> > Due to the loss of the power supply the motor is not allowed to restart when the 

power supply is returned to normal state. 

> > Safety relays can also be used to prevent an unexpected restart condition to 

occur. If a machine goes into automatic restart mode when the STO function is 

deactivated it will then require the use of safety relays. 

10 

7/26

Presentation 


Variable speed drive incorporated safety 

functions 

Altivar 32 (Incorporated safety functions - continued) 

SS1 Normative reference 

The normative definition of SS1 function is in §4.2.2.2 of the IEC 61800-5-2: 

“The PDS(SR) (Power Drive System with safety-related functions) either 

Type B. initiates and monitors the motor deceleration rate within set limits to stop 

the motor and initiates the STO function when the motor speed is below a specified 

limit; or 

Type C. initiates the motor deceleration and initiates the STO function after an 

application specific time delay.” 

NOTE: This safety function corresponds to a controlled stop in accordance with 

stop category 1 of IEC 60204-1. 

In accordance with the IEC 60204-1, the SS1 function generates a stop category 1 

for the PDS generates a stop category 0 after: 

> > the motor stop (when the motor speed is below a specified limit) 

> > or an application specific time delay. 

> > Safety function (SF) level required for SS1 function 

Function Configuration SIL 

(Safety Integrity 

Level) according to 

IEC 61508 

SS1 type C STO with safety module SIL 2 PL “d” 

STO & LI3 with safety module SIL 3 PL “e” 

SS1 type B LI3 & LI4 SIL 2 PL “d” 


PL 

(Performance 

Level) according to 

EN ISO 13849 

> > SLS Normative reference 

The normative definition of SLS function is in §4.2.3.4 of the IEC 61800-5-2 «The 

SLS function helps to prevent the motor from exceeding the specified speed limit». 

The safety function (SF) level required for SLS function is: 

Configuration 

SIL 

(Safety Integrity Level) 

according to IEC 61-508 

LI3 & LI4 : SLS SIL 2 PL “d” 

LI5 & LI6 : SLS SIL 2 PL “d” 

Note: The SLS function is not validated in vertical position of the drive. 

> > Summary of safety-relevant data of the safe inputs of Altivar 32 

Function Standard Input STO input STO Input 

& LI3 

PL 

(Performance Level) 

according to EN ISO 13849 

LI3 & LI4 

or LI5 & LI6 

STO IEC 61508 DC 93.1% 91.5% 90% 

SIL capability 2 3 2 

IEC 62061 SIL CL capability 2 3 2 

EN 954-1 (1) Category 3 4 3 

ISO 13849-1 (2) PL d e d 


MTTF d 

in years 13900 “L1” 3850 4290 

“L2” 29300 

SS1 type B IEC 61508 DC 78.7% 

SLS 

SIL capability 2 

IEC 62061 SIL CL capability 2 

EN 954-1 (1) Category 3 3 

ISO 13849-1 (2) PL d 

Category 3 

MTTF d 

in years 3670 

(1) According to table 6 of IEC 62061 (2005) 

(2) According to table 4 of EN13849-1 (2008) 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

7/27

Preventa 

Automation 


Safety modules for monitoring 

emergency stops and limit switches 

1 

2 

3 

4 

Maximum safety level of the solution attained 

(EN ISO 13849-1, EN/IEC 62061) 

PL e / Cat. 4, SILCL 3 

Number of circuits Safety 3 N/O 3N/O 3 N/O 3 N/O 7 N/O 3N/O + 3N/O . 

time del. 

2N/O + 1N/O 

time del. 

2N/O + 3N/O . 

time del. 

Additional 1 solid-state 1 N/C – 1 N/C . 2 N/C . 3 solid-state – 4 solid-state 

+ 4 solid-state + 4 solid-state 

Display (number of LEDs) 2 2 3 4 4 11 3 4 

Width of housing 22.5 mm 22.5 mm 22.5 mm 45 mm 90 mm 45 mm 22.5 mm 45 mm 

Optimum solutions: safety modules (for monitoring 1 safety function) 

Supply voltage (1) 24 VDC – – – – XPSAV11113P XPSABV11330P (2) – 

24 VAC/DC XPSAC5121P XPSAXE5120P (2) XPSAF5130P XPSAK311144P XPSAR311144P – – XPSATE5110P 

230 VAC – – – – – – – XPSATE3710P 

(1) For version with non removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the reference (example: XPSAV11113P becomes XPSAV11113). 

(2) For a version with spring terminals, replace the letter P with the letter C at the end of the reference (example: XPSAXE5120P becomes XPSAXE5120C) 

5 

6 

7 

Universal 

Safety controllers for monitoring 

emergency stops and limit switches 

coded magnetic switches 

enabling switch 

8 

9 

0 

Maximum safety level of the solution attained PL e / Cat. 4, SILCL 3 

(EN ISO 13849-1, EN/IEC 62061) 

Number of circuits Safety 2 x 2N/O + 6 solid-state 2 x 3N/O per function 

Additional – 3 solid-state 

Display (number of LEDs) 30 12 

Width of housing 74 mm 45 mm 

Communication interface Modbus Modbus, CANopen Modbus, Profibus DP – 

Universal solutions: safety controllers (for monitoring several safety functions simultaneously) 

Supply voltage 24 VDC XPSMC32Z (1) (2) XPSMC32ZC (1) (2) XPSMC32ZP (1) (2) XPSMP11123P (3) 

(1) Version with 32 inputs. For version with 16 inputs, replace 32 in the reference by 16 (example: XPSMC32Z becomes XPSMC16Z). 

(2) Configuration software XPSMCWIN (complete version) or SSVXPSMCWINUP (update version), connecting cable, adaptor and set of screw terminal plug-in connectors 

XPSMCTS16 and XPSMCTS32 or set of spring clip terminal plug-in connectors XPSMCTC16 and XPSMCTC32 to be ordered separately. 

(3) For fixed connector version, delete the letter P from the end of the reference (example: XPSMP11123P becomes XPSMP11123). 

7/28 


Preventa 

Operator dialog 


Emergency stops 

Ø 22 trigger action latching pushbuttons 

22 21 

22 21 

13 

14 

13 

14 

32 31 

NC + NO. 

contact 

NC + NO + NC 

contact 

Turn to release 

Key release 

(key n° 455) 


Pushbuttons Metal Plastic 

Key release 

(key n° 455) 

1 

Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles) 0.3 0.3 

Shock / vibration resistance 10 gn / 5 gn 10 gn / 5 gn 

Degree of protection IP 65 IP 65 

Rated operational characteristics AC 15, A 600 / DC 13, Q 600 (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1) 

Dimensions Ø x Depth Ø 40 x 82 mm Ø 40 x 104 mm Ø 40 x 81.5 mm Ø 40 x 103 mm 

Contact NC + NO XB4BS8445 XB4BS9445 XB5AS8445 XB5AS9445 

2 NC + 1 NO XB4BS84441 ZB4BS944+ZB4BZ141 ZB5AS844 + ZB5AZ141 ZB5AS944+ZB5AZ141 

2 

3 

ISO entry 

(to EN 50262) 

Ø 22 trigger action latching pushbutton stations 

4 

22 21 

13 

14 

NC + NO. 

contact 

22 21 

32 31 

NC + NC. 

contact 

5 

Enclosure 

22 21 

13 

14 

32 31 

NC + NO + NC. 

contact 


Plastic 

2 x ISO M20 cable entries or n° 13 (Pg 13.5) cable gland 

Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles) 0.1 0.1 

Shock / vibration resistance 10 gn / 5 gn 10 gn / 5 gn 


Key release (key n° 455) 

Rated operational characteristics AC 15, A 600 / DC 13, Q 600 (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1) 

Dimensions W x D x H 68 x 91 x 68 mm 68 x 113 x 68 mm 

Contact NC + NO XALK178E XALK188E 

NC + NC XALK178F XALK188F 

2 NC + 1 NO – XALK188G 

Accessories 

6 

7 

8 

Type Legend Padlocking kit Bellows seals 

Colour Red with white lettering Yellow with black lettering Yellow Red Silicone Black EPDM 

Dimensions 30 x 40 mm (1) Ø 60 mm 

References Marking: “Arrêt d'urgence” ZBY2130 ZBY9130 – – – 

(1) circular appearance 

With legend holder 

“Emergency stop” ZBY2330 ZBY9330 – – – 

“Not Halt” ZBY2230 ZBY9230 – – – 

– – ZBZ3605 ZBZ48 ZBZ28 

9 

10 


7/29

Vario 

Motor control 


Switch disconnectors 

Front mounting 

1 

2/T1 1/L1 

Type 

4/T2 3/L2 

5/L3 

6/T3 

Door mounting 

Mini-Vario for standard applications 

Backplate 

mounting in 

enclosure 

2 

3 

Front plate dimensions (mm) 60 x 60 60 x 60 

Fixing Ø 22.5 mm Ø 22.5 mm 


Rated operational voltage (Ue) 690 V 690 V 

Thermal current in open air (Ith) 12 A VCDN12 VCCDN12 

20 A VCDN20 VCCDN20 

1/L1 

3/L2 

5/L3 

4 

5 

6 

2/T1 

Type 

4/T2 

6/T3 

Door mounting 

Vario for high performance applications 

Backplate . 

mounting in . 

enclosure 

Front plate dimensions (mm) 60 x 60 60 x 60 90 x 90 60 x 60 60 x 60 90 x 90 

Fixing Ø 22.5 mm 4 screws 4 screws Ø 22.5 mm 4 screws 4 screws 

Degree of protection IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 

Rated operational voltage (Ue) 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V 

Thermal current in open air (Ith) 12 A VCD02 VCF02 – VCCD02 VCCF02 – 

20 A VCD01 VCF01 – VCCD01 VCCF01 – 




63 A – VCF3 – – VCCF3 – 

80 A – VCF4 – – VCCF4 – 

125 A – – VCF5 – – VCCF5 

175 A – – VCF6 – – VCCF6 

7 

Enclosed 

1/L1 

3/L2 

5/L3 

8 

9 

0 

2/T1 

4/T2 

6/T3 

Type Mini-Vario Vario 

Front plate dimensions (mm) 60 x 60 60 x 60 90 x 90 

Dimensions W x D x H 82.5 x 106 x 131 mm 90 x 131 x 146 mm 241 x 191 x 291 mm 

Degree of protection IP 55 IP 65 IP 65 

Rated operational voltage (Ue) 690 V 690 V 690 V 

Thermal current in enclosure (Ithe) 10 A VCFN12GE VCF02GE – 

16 A VCFN20GE VCF01GE – 




50 A – VCF3GE (1) – 

63 A – VCF4GE (1) – 

100 A – – VCF5GEN 

140 A – – VCF6GEN 

(1) Dimensions W x D x H: 150 x 152 x 170 mm. 

7/30 


TeSys 

Motor control 


Motor starters 

Safety device 

1 

Type 

Safety devices 

With red mushroom head Turn to release Turn to release Key release 

Padlockable in “Off” position (key n° 455) 

References GV2K04 GV2K031 GV2K021 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 


7/31

chapter 8 




Contents 


bb 

Introduction to hoisting 

vv 

Harmony and Magelis for your hoisting applications.. . . . . . . . . . . 8/2 & 8/3 

bb 

Control & signalling components 

vv 

Pendant control stations for control circuits 

Ready to use................................................................................................ 8/4 

Separate components (for mounting in enclosures XACA............................ 8/5 

vv 

Controllers stations for hoisting applications 

Controllers type XD “Light hoisting”............................................................ 8/6 

Controllers type XK Medium hoisting”, “Heavy hoisting”.............................. 8/7 

Controllers type XJ..................................................................................... 8/8 

Desks for hoisting applications..................................................................... 8/9 

vv 

Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 22 

with metal bezel 

Contact functions............................................................................ 8/10 & 8/11 

Light functions............................................................................................ 8/12 

Separate components and accessories..................................................... 8/13 

vv 


with plastic bezel 

Contact functions............................................................................ 8/14 & 8/15 


vv 

Wireless and batteryless pushbuttons 

Packages and components ............................................................ 8/16 & 8/17 

vv 

Control stations for XB5 pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights, 

Ø 22 with plastic bezel 

Complete stations ..................................................................................... 8/18 

vv 



Contact functions....................................................................................... 8/20 


Separate components and accessories..................................................... 8/22 

vv 

Cam switches 

12 and 20 A ratings..................................................................................... 8/23 

10 to 150 A ratings...................................................................................... 8/24 

vv 

Rotating mirror beacons: 

Ø 84, 106, 120, 130 mm rotating beacons.................................................. 8/25 

vv 

Modular tower lights 

Ø 70 mm, for customer assembly............................................................... 8/26 

bb 

Human/Machine interfaces 

vv 

Small Panel 

Magelis STO/STU with graphic screen....................................................... 8/27 

vv 

Advanced Panel 

Magelis XBT GT with 3.8” & 5.7” touchscreen............................................ 8/28 

Magelis XBT GT with 7.5”, 10.4”, 12.1” and 15” touchscreen...................... 8/29 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

8/1

Presentation 



Harmony and Magelis for your hoisting applications 

1 

Harmony and Magelis for your hoisting 

applications 

From the simple pushbutton to the operator 

dialog terminal, Schneider Electric is the 

world’s leading supplier 

2 

Control units, Joystick controllers & controller stations, 

desks 

3 

4 

> > Pendant control stations, pushbuttons, desk and joystick controllers are a 

fundamental part of the design of an hoisting application.. 

By themselves or associated with automation, they ensure the start, acceleration 

or braking of the drive motors of the hoisting equipments. 

> > Our control devices are specially designed to hoisting applications and 

distinguished by its robustness and resistance to both mechanical shock and 

chemical agents, so they can be used even in the harshest environments. 

5 

6 

7 

Operator dialog terminals & Signalling Units 

> > The remote signalling by flashing lights or sound signals by buzzer and sirens, 

can be used to warn of a dangerous event which is imminent, such as excessive 

wind speed events or overload. 

> > The terminals (HMI) allow you to customize your control panel, show the 

recording data and incidents for preventive maintenance of the crane, such as 

the Working Safety Period, overspeeding and overloading, or the possible failure 

of the encoder. 

8 

9 

10 

Highly robustness 

Wide ranges 

Comfort & simplicity 

Ease of installation 

8/2

Presentation 



Harmony and Magelis for your hoisting applications 

Pendant Stations: XACA 

> > High resistance both to mechanical shocks and chemical agents (harsh 

environments) 

> > Ready-to-use or fully customizable (from 2 to 12 pushbuttons) 

> > To be used on control or power circuits 

> > Functions: 1 or 2 speed up, down, right, and left movements; emergency stop 

option available 

1 

2 

Controllers (Joysticks): Harmony XKB/D/M 

> > Extremely robust and fully configurable 

> 

> 

> > XKB for light hoisting application 

> > XKD for medium hoisting application 

> > XKM for heavy hoisting application 

> Mechanical durability: from 3 to 4 millions movement per direction 

> Use with XJC controller stations or seated controller desks 

3 

4 

5 

Harmony Control units: Harmony XB4, XB5, 9001K & 

9001SK 

> > Rugged design and protection for harsh environment 

> > Ø 22 (Harmony XB4 & XB5) and Ø 30 mm ranges (9001K & 9001SK) 

> > Plastic and metal bezel ranges 

> > Maximum flexibility with both complete products and sub-assemblies for 

customer assembly 

> > Up to IP66, IP69K 

> > A complete set of accessories to provide a solution for applications where 

exposure to high pressure cleaning, dust and extreme temperatures is an 

everyday occurrence. 

> > Large diameter head (for gloved hand) 

> > High contrasted marking (UV resistant for a long life) 

6 

7 

8 

Magelis HMI solutions 

> > Unique machine automation software suite, SoMachine 

> 

> > Simple installation 

> > Cost-effective & compact 

> 

> > Flexible and powerful 

> > Supports web and multimedia 

> Magelis STU, STO: small panels for light and medium hoisting application 

> Magelis XBT GT: advanced panels for medium and heavy hoisting application 

9 

10 

8/3

Harmony 

XAC 


Pendant control stations . 

for control circuits 

Ready to use 

1 

Type XACA “Pistol grip” 

2 

3 


IP 65 / Nema 4, 4X / Class II 

Rated operational characteristics AC 15 (240 V 3 A), DC 13 

Conventional thermal current Ithe 10 A 

Connection Screw clamp terminals, 1 x 2.5 mm 2 or 2 x 1.5 mm 2 

For control of single-speed motors 2-speed motors 

Dimensions (mm) W x H x D 52 x 295 x 71 (x 85 with ZA2BS834) 52 x 295 x 71 (x 85 with ZA2BS834) 

Number of operators mechanically interlocked 2 2 

Emergency stop without ZA2BS834 without ZA2BS834 

References XACA201 XACA2014 XACA207 XACA2074 

4 

5 

Type XACA 

6 

7 

For control of single-speed motors 

Dimensions (mm) W x H x D 80 x 314 x 70 (x 90 with ZA2BS834) 80 x 440 x 70 (x 90 with ZA2BS844) 

Number of operators mechanically interlocked between pairs 2 4 

Emergency stop without ZA2BS834 without ZA2BS844 

References XACA271 XACA2714 XACA471 XACA4714 

8 

9 

For control of single-speed motors 

+ I / O 

10 

Dimensions (mm) W x H x D 80 x 500 x 70 (x 90 with ZA2BS844) 80 x 560 x 70 

Number of operators mechanically interlocked between pairs 6 8 

Emergency stop without ZA2BS844 without 

References XACA671 XACA6714 XACA871 

Empty enclosures type XACA 

Number of ways 2 3 4 5 6 8 12 

References XACA02 XACA03 XACA04 XACA05 XACA06 XACA08 XACA12 

8/4 



Separate components (for mounting in enclosures XACA) 

Mushroom head, latching, trigger action (1) 

turn to release Ø 40 ZA2BS844 

Ø 30 

ZA2BS834 

1 

2 

Mushroom head, latching, trigger action (1) 

key release Ø 40 ZA2BS944 

Ø 30 

ZA2BS934 

3 

Booted operators 

white 

black 

XACA9411 

XACA9412 

4 

Selector switch 

2 pos. stay put ZA2BD2 

3 pos. stay put ZA2BD3 

Key switch 

key n° 455 2 pos. stay put ZA2BG4 

3 pos. stay put ZA2BG5 

5 

Pilot light heads 

white 

green 

red 

yellow 

Pilot light bodies 

direct supply 

direct supply, through resistor 

Blanking plug 

with seal and 

fixing nut 

ZA2BV01 

ZA2BV03 

ZA2BV04 

ZA2BV05 

ZB2BV006 

ZB2BV007 

ZB2SZ3 

6 

7 

Isolating switch, slow break, for front mounting 

Emergency stop NC+NC+NC XENT1192 

with positive opening operation 

Double blocks latching, slow break 

Single-speed NO+NO 

XENG3781 

Single-speed NO+NC 

XENG3791 

Contact blocks (for mounting in enclosure base) 

NO 

XACS101 

NC+NO 

XACS105 

8 

Contacts blocks for XACA941p. . 


Protective guard (for base mounted units) 

Single-speed NC+NO 

XENG1491 

Single-speed NO 

ZB2BE101 

For selector switch 

XACA982/983 

2-speed NC+NO+NO 

XENG1191 

Single-speed NC 

ZB2BE102 

For emergency stop pushbutton XACA984 

Legends, 30 x 40 mm With symbols conforming to NF E 52-124 With text 

9 

References ZB2BY4901 ZB2BY4903 ZB2BY4907 ZB2BY4909 ZB2BY4913 ZB2BY4915 ZB2BY4930 ZB2BY2303 ZB2BY2304 

blank 

white or yellow 

background 

References ZB2BY2904 ZB2BY2906 ZB2BY2910 ZB2BY2912 ZB2BY2916 ZB2BY2918 ZB2BY2931 ZB2BY1W140 

(1) Trigger action mechanically latching Emergency stop pushbuttons conform to standards EN/IEC 60204-32, EN/ISO 13850, Machinery directive 2006/42/EC and standard EN/ 

IEC 60947-5-5. 

10 


8/5

Harmony 

XD 


Controllers for hoisting applications 

“Light hoisting” 

Products for customer assembly 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

Type 

Applications 


“Light hoisting” 

Compact and light weight 

For control of small materials 

handling equipment, elevating 

work platforms, fork-lift trucks, 

etc. 

Can be installed on control 

panels or enclosures 

types XAL, XAM and XAP 

For control of materials handling equipment, public work cranes, 

etc. 

Can be installed on portable controller stations type XJP 

Mechanical durability (in millions of operating cycles) 

1 in each direction 

Number of Basic 2 or 4 depending on model 4 4 

directions Variable composition – 8 8 

Number of movements 1 or 2 2 2 

Maximum number of notches in each direction XD2: 1 or 2 

3 3 

XD4, XD5: 1 

Types of lever Notched with stayput operation b b b 

movement 

with spring return to zero b b b 

operation 

Unnotched with spring return to zero – b b 

operation 

Operating schemes Predefined cams Variable composition cams 

Maximum number of contacts per movement 

XD2: 4 (1 or 2 N/O contacts in 

each direction) 

4 or 4 + 1 zero (centre) position 

contact 

4 or 4 + 1 zero (centre) position 

contact 

XD4, XD5: 2 (1 N/O contact in 

each direction) 

Contact (1) Supply a and c 

Nominal thermal current 

10 A 

Mechanical durability of contact blocks 

5 1 

(in millions of operating cycles) 

Control device 

Vertical lever 

Handles (2) simple b b b 

with zero (centre) position mechanical – b b 

interlocking 

with zero (centre) position mechanical and – b b 

electrical interlocking 

“Dead man’s” type – b b 

with built-in pushbutton – b b 

Lever gate 

Fixed composition 

30° in each direction 

Variable composition 

Variable composition 

Maximum number of potentiometers per movement – 1 or 2 depending on contact block 

arrangement 

Reference XD2, XD4, XD5 XKB A XKB E 

1 or 2 depending on contact blocks 

arrangement 

Please consult your Customer Care Centre 

(1) N/C slow break contacts with positive opening operation. Contacts closed in absence of cam lobe. 

(2) Handles type b1 and b2 are designed in accordance with the French hoisting standard NF E 52070 (Dec. 1985): Electrical equipment of hoisting devices, paragraph 8231: all 

control devices must be designed, constructed and positioned in such a manner as to avoid any accidental operation… 

10 

8/6 


Harmony 

XK 


Controllers for hoisting applications 

“Medium hoisting” 

“Heavy hoisting” 


1 

Type 


Applications “Medium hoisting” “Heavy hoisting” 

Compact and fully 

configurable unit 

For control of cranes, 

overhead travelling cranes, 

etc. 

Can be installed on fixed 

seated controller desks type 

XJC 

Extremely robust and fully configurable unit 

For control of overhead travelling cranes (iron and steelworks, rolling 

mills) etc. 

Can be installed on seated controller desks type XJC 

Mechanical durability (in millions of operating cycles) 3 in each direction 4 in each direction 

Number of Basic 4 4 2 2 

directions Variable composition 8 8 2 2 

Number of movements 2 2 1 1 

Maximum number of notches in each direction 5 6 6 9 

Types of Notched with stayput operation b b b b 

lever 

with spring return to zero 

movement 

operation 

b b b b 

Unnotched with spring return to zero b b b b 

operation 

Operating schemes 

Variable composition cams 

Maximum number of contacts per movement 16 24 24 12 

2 

3 

4 

5 

Contact (1) Supply a and c a and c 

Nominal thermal current 10 A 20 A 

Mechanical durability of contact blocks 

3 4 

(in millions of operating cycles) 

Control device Vertical lever Vertical lever Vertical lever Side lever 

Handles (2) simple b b b b 

with zero (centre) position mechanical interlocking b b b – 

with zero (centre) position mechanical and b b b – 

electrical interlocking 

“Dead man’s” type b b b – 

with built-in pushbutton b b b – 

Lever gate Predefined or customised Predefined or – – 

customised 

Maximum number of potentiometers per movement 2 2 2 1 

Type XKD F XKM A XKM B XKM C 

Consult your Customer Care Centre 

(1) N/C slow break contacts with positive opening operation. Contacts closed in absence of cam lobe. 

(2) Handles type b1 and b2 are designed in accordance with the French hoisting standard NF E 52070 (Dec. 1985): Electrical equipment of hoisting devices, paragraph 8231: all 

control devices must be designed, constructed and positioned in such a manner as to avoid any accidental operation… 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 


8/7

Harmony 

XJ 


Controller stations for hoisting applications 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

Type 


Applications 


Portable controller stations 

For remote control of overhead travelling cranes 

Model Portable Yes 

With harness, protective guards and chest frame, depending on model 

Fixed – 

Associated controller type XKB XJP A5: 2 controllers type XKB fitted with – 

4-contact blocks per movement, with or without 

potentiometers 

XJP A6: 2 controllers type XKB fitted with 

4-contact blocks per movement + 1 zero (centre) 

position contact, with or without potentiometers 

XKD – 2 controllers type XKD F with or without 

potentiometers 

XKM – – 

Other components 

Ø 22 mm pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights: 

up to 8 units 

Material 

Glass-reinforced polyester 

Colour: yellow 

Dimensions 430 x 150 x 230 480 x 255 x 395 

Weights 

v Empty with cable boot: 2 kg 

v Fitted: approximately 4 kg 

Ø 22 mm pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights: 1 to 

7 units depending on model 

Ø 30 mm pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights: 1 to 

5 units depending on model 

v Empty with cable boot: 3.5 kg 

v Fitted: approximately 7.5 kg 

6 

References 

XJP Ap 


XJ9 BA1 


7 

8 

9 

10 

8/8 


Harmony 

XJ 


Desks for hoisting applications 


1 

Type 

Applications 



Rotating seated controller desks 

2 

For control of cranes, overhead travelling cranes (iron and steelworks, rolling mills, etc.) 

Model Portable – 

Fixed 

Fixed to the floor 

Seat + enclosures rotating assembly (friction bearing) 

Associated controller type XKB – 

3 

XKD 

XKM 

1 controller type XKD maximum on each enclosure, with or without potentiometers 

1 or 2 controllers type XKM depending on width of enclosure, with or without potentiometers 

4 

Other components 

Material 

Type of seat 

Dimensions 

Weights 

References 

Ø 22 mm or Ø 30 mm pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights 

Up to 22 units, depending on enclosures selected 

Steel 

“High comfort” seat, with armrests and headrest, depending on model 

Helical spring suspension with double-action hydraulic shock absorbers 

1360 x 610 x 1170 mm 

Enclosures: width 250 to 430 mm 

Customisable mounting 

55 kg without equipment 

XJC Dp 


5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 


8/9

Harmony 

XB4 




Contact functions 

1 

= + 

Pushbuttons, spring return 

2 

3 

Type of head 

Chromium plated circular bezel 


IP 66 / Nema 4X, 13 / Class I 

Mounting (mm) panel cut-out 

+ 0.4 

Ø 22.5 (22.4 0 recommended) 

mounting centres 

30 (horizontal) x 40 (vertical) 

Depth (mm) below head 43 

Connection (1) 

Screw clamp terminals 

Type of push Flush Flush, booted 

Unmarked Products Complete For user assembly Complete For user assembly 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

References black NO XB4BA21 ZB4BZ101 ZB4BA2 XB4BP21 ZB4BZ101 ZB4BP2 

Type of push 

green NO XB4BA31 ZB4BZ101 ZB4BA3 XB4BP31 ZB4BZ101 ZB4BP3 

red NC XB4BA42 ZB4BZ102 ZB4BA4 XB4BP42 ZB4BZ102 ZB4BP4 

yellow NO XB4BA51 ZB4BZ101 ZB4BA5 XB4BP51 ZB4BZ101 ZB4BP5 

blue NO XB4BA61 ZB4BZ101 ZB4BA6 XB4BP61 ZB4BZ101 ZB4BP6 

Flush 

With international marking Products Complete For user assembly 

References green NO XB4BA3311 ZB4BZ101 ZB4BA331 – – – 

red NC XB4BA4322 ZB4BZ102 ZB4BA432 – – – 

white NO XB4BA3341 ZB4BZ101 ZB4BA334 – – – 

black NO XB4BA3351 ZB4BZ101 ZB4BA335 _ _ _ 

Type of push Projecting Mushroom head, Ø 40 mm 


References black NO – – – XB4BC21 ZB4BZ101 ZB4BC2 

red NC XB4BL42 ZB4BZ102 ZB4BL4 – – – 

Type of push Double-headed pushbuttons Triple-headed pushbuttons 

Degree of protection IP 66 - IP 69K IP 66 - IP 69K 

With international marking Products Complete For user assembly Complete For user assembly 

(A) 

References (A) NO + NC XB4BL73415 ZB4BZ105 ZB4BL7341 – – – 

(B) NO + NC + NO – – – XB4BA711237 ZB4BZ103 + 

ZBE102 

(1) Alternative connections: plug-in connector, . 

Faston connectors (6.35 and 2 x 2.8). 

(B) 

= + 

+ 

ZB4BA71123 

9 

Ø 40 mm mushroom head Emergency stop pushbuttons (2) 

Trigger action (EN/ISO 13850) 

Type of push 

Push-pull NO + NC 

Unmarked Products Complete For user assembly 

10 

References red NO + NC XB4BT845 ZB4BZ105 ZB4BT84 

Type of push 

Turn to release NO + NC 

References red NO + NC XB4BS8445 ZB4BZ105 ZB4BS844 

Type of push 

Key release NO + NC 

References red NO + NC XB4BS9445 ZB4BZ105 ZB4BS944 

(2) Emergency stop trigger action and mechanical latching pushbuttons conform to standards EN/IEC 60204-1 and EN/ISO 13850, to Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC and to standard 

EN/IEC 60947-5-5. Please consult your Regional Sales Office for a full explanation of these standards and directives. 

8/10 



. 


= + 

1 

Selector switches and key switches 

Type of head 

Chromium plated circular bezel 




+ 0.4 







Type of operator 

Handle 

Products Complete For user assembly Complete For user assembly 

2 

3 

Number and type of positions 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions 

stay put stay put spring return to left spring return to left 

References black NO XB4BD21 ZB4BZ101 ZB4BD2 XB4BD41 ZB4BZ101 ZB4BD4 


stay put stay put spring return to centre spring return to centre 

References black NO + NO XB4BD33 ZB4BZ103 ZB4BD3 XB4BD53 ZB4BZ103 ZB4BD5 

4 

5 

= + 

6 

Type of operator Key, n° 455 


Number and type of positions (2) 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions 

stay put stay put stay put stay put 

References black NO XB4BG21 ZB4BZ101 ZB4BG2 XB4BG41 ZB4BZ101 ZB4BG4 


spring return to left spring return to left stay put stay put 

References 

black NO XB4BG61 ZB4BZ101 ZB4BG6 – – – 

black NO + NO – – – XB4BG33 ZB4BZ103 ZB4BG3 

7 

8 

9 

10 


8/11

Harmony 

XB4 




Light functions 

1 

= + 

Pilot lights 

2 

3 

Type of head 

Circular bezel 

Smooth lens cap 




+ 0.4 




Depth below head 43 



Light source Integral LED Direct supply for BA 9s bulb (not included) 

Products Complete Complete For user assembly 

4 

5 

6 

Supply voltage 24 V AC/DC 110…120 V AC 230…240 V AC 250 V max., 2.4 W max. 

References white XB4BVB1 XB4BVG1 XB4BVM1 XB4BV61 ZB4BV6 ZB4BV01 

green XB4BVB3 XB4BVG3 XB4BVM3 XB4BV63 ZB4BV6 ZB4BV03 

red XB4BVB4 XB4BVG4 XB4BVM4 XB4BV64 ZB4BV6 ZB4BV04 

yellow XB4BVB5 XB4BVG5 XB4BVM5 XB4BV65 ZB4BV6 ZB4BV05 

blue XB4BVB6 XB4BVG6 XB4BVM6 – – – 

= + 

Illuminated pushbuttons and selector switches 

Type 

Flush push, spring return, illuminated pushbuttons 



7 

8 


References white NO + NC XB4BW31B5 XB4BW31G5 XB4BW31M5 XB4BW3165 ZB4BW065 ZB4BW31 

green NO + NC XB4BW33B5 XB4BW33G5 XB4BW33M5 XB4BW3365 ZB4BW065 ZB4BW33 

red NO + NC XB4BW34B5 XB4BW34G5 XB4BW34M5 XB4BW3465 ZB4BW065 ZB4BW34 

orange NO + NC XB4BW35B5 XB4BW35G5 XB4BW35M5 XB4BW3565 ZB4BW065 ZB4BW35 

blue NO + NC XB4BW36B5 XB4BW36G5 XB4BW36M5 – – – 

9 

10 

Type Double-headed pushbuttons with LED pilot light Illuminated selector switches 

(1 flush green push, 1 projecting red push) (2 position stay put) 

Degree of protection IP 66 - IP 69K IP 66 

Light source Integral LED Integral LED 

Products Complete Complete 

Supply voltage 24 V AC/DC 110…120 V AC 230…240 V AC 24 V AC/DC 110…120 V AC 230…240 V AC 

References green NO + NC – – – XB4BK123B5 XB4BK123G5 XB4BK123M5 

red NO + NC – – – XB4BK124B5 XB4BK124G5 XB4BK124M5 

orange NO + NC – – – XB4BK125B5 XB4BK125G5 XB4BK125M5 

White NO + NC XB4BW73731B5 XB4BW73731G5 XB4BW73731M5 – – – 

(1) Alternative connections: plug-in connector, Faston connectors (6.35 and 2 x 2.8), spring clamp terminal. 

8/12 



. 

Separate components and accessories 

1 

Electrical blocks (1) (2) 

Single contact blocks Light blocks with integral LED Light block, direct supply 

Rated operational characteristics 

AC-15, 240 V - 3 A 

Consumption 

18 mA 24 V AC/DC 

Positive operation of contacts NC contacts with positive 

14 mA 120 V AC 

conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 opening operation 

14 mA 240 V AC 

Screw clamp Spring clamp To combine with heads for integral LED 

For BA 9s bulb (not included) 

terminal terminal 

24 V AC/DC 110…120 V AC 230…240 V AC 250 V max., 2.4 W max. 

References (5)* NC ZBE101 ZBE1015 white ZBVB1 ZBVG1 ZBVM1 ZBV6 

NO ZBE102 ZBE1025 green ZBVB3 ZBVG3 ZBVM3 Colour provided by lens 

red ZBVB4 ZBVG4 ZBVM4 

orange ZBVB5 ZBVG5 ZBVM5 

blue ZBVB6 ZBVG6 ZBVM6 

2 

3 

4 

Diecast metal enclosures 

(Zinc alloy, usable depth 49 mm) 1 vertical row 2 vertical rows 

Number of cut-outs Front face dimensions 1 2 3 4 2 4 6 

References 80 x 80 mm XAPM1201 – – – XAPM1202 – – 

80 x 130 mm – XAPM2202 XAPM2203 – – XAPM2204 – 

80 x 175 mm – – XAPM3203 XAPM3204 – – XAPM3206 

5 

6 

7 

Accessories (2) 

Legend holders, 30 x 40 mm, for 8 x 27 mm legends 

Marking Background colour: black or red white or yellow 

References (10)* Blank ZBY2101 ZBY4101 

International 0 (red background) ZBY2931 I ZBY2147 AUTO ZBY2115 STOP ZBY2304 – 

English OFF ZBY2312 ON ZBY2311 START ZBY2303 – – 

French ARRET (red b/grnd) ZBY2104 ARRET-MARCHE ZBY2166 MARCHE ZBY2103 – – 

German AUS ZBY2204 AUS-EIN ZBY2266 EIN ZBY2203 – – 

Spanish PARADA (red b/grnd) ZBY2404 PARADA-MARCHA ZBY2466 MARCHA ZBY2403 – – 

Legend holders, 30 x 50 mm, for 18 x 27 mm legends 

Background colour black or red white or yellow 

References (10)* Blank ZBY6101 ZBY6102 

Ø 60 mm legend for mushroom head Emergency stop pushbutton 

Background colour 

yellow 

Marking Blank EMERGENCY STOP ARRET D’URGENCE NOT HALT PARADA DE EMERGENCIA 

References ZBY9140 ZBY9330 ZBY9130 ZBY9230 ZBY9430 


(2) Electrical blocks and accessories also for use with Harmony XB5plastic range 

* sold in lots of 

8 

9 

10 


8/13

Harmony 

XB5 





1 

= + 


2 

3 

Type of head 



IP 66 / Nema 4X, 13 / Class II 


+ 0.4 







Type of push Flush Flush, booted 


4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

References black NO XB5AA21 ZB5AZ101 ZB5AA2 XB5AP21 ZB5AZ101 ZB5AP2 

Type of push 

green NO XB5AA31 ZB5AZ101 ZB5AA3 XB5AP31 ZB5AZ101 ZB5AP3 

red NC XB5AA42 ZB5AZ102 ZB5AA4 XB5AP42 ZB5AZ102 ZB5AP4 

yellow NO XB5AA51 ZB5AZ101 ZB5AA5 XB5AP51 ZB5AZ101 ZB5AP5 

blue NO XB5AA61 ZB5AZ101 ZB5AA6 XB5AP61 ZB5AZ101 ZB5AP6 

Type of push Double-headed pushbuttons Triple-headed pushbuttons 

Degree of protection IP 66 - IP 69K IP 66 - IP 69K 

Flush 

With international marking Products Complete For user assembly Complete For user assembly 

References green NO XB5AA3311 ZB5AZ101 ZB5AA331 – – – 

red NC XB5AA4322 ZB5AZ102 ZB5AA432 – – – 

white NO XB5AA3341 ZB5AZ101 ZB5AA334 – – – 

black NO XB5AA3351 ZB5AZ101 ZB5AA335 – – – 

Type of push Projecting Mushroom head, Ø 40 mm 


References black NO – – – XB5AC21 ZB5AZ101 ZB5AC2 

red NC XB5AL42 ZB5AZ102 ZB5AL4 – – – 

With international marking Products Complete 

(A) 

For user assembly 

Complete 

(B) 

For user assembly 

References (A) NO + NC XB5AL73415 ZB5AZ105 ZB5AL7341 – – – 

(B) NO + NC + NO – – – XB5AA711237 ZB5AZ103 + 

ZBE102 

(1) Alternative connections: plug-in connector, . 

Faston connectors (6.35 and 2 x 2.8). 

= + 

+ 

ZB5AA71123 

9 

Ø 40 mm mushroom head Emergency stop pushbuttons (2) 

Trigger action (EN/ISO 13850) 

Type of push 

Push-pull NO + NC 

Unmarked Products Complete For user assembly 

10 

References red NO + NC XB5AT845 ZB5AZ105 ZB5AT84 

Type of push Turn to release NO + NC 

References red NO + NC XB5AS8445 ZB5AZ105 ZB5AS844 

Type of push Key release NO + NC 

References red NO + NC XB5AS9445 ZB5AZ105 ZB5AS944 

(2) Emergency stop trigger action and mechanical latching pushbuttons conform to standards EN/IEC 60204-1 and EN/ISO 13850: to Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC and to standard 


8/14 



. 


= + 

1 


Type of head 





+ 0.4 







Type of operator 

Handle 


2 

3 


stay put stay put spring return to left spring return to left 

References black NO XB5AD21 ZB5AZ101 ZB5AD2 XB5AD41 ZB5AZ101 ZB5AD4 


stay put stay put spring return to centre spring return to centre 

References black NO + NO XB5AD33 ZB5AZ103 ZB5AD3 XB5AD53 ZB5AZ103 ZB5AD5 

Type of operator Key, n° 455 

Number and type of positions (2) 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions 

stay put stay put stay put stay put 

References black NO XB5AG21 ZB5AZ101 ZB5AG2 XB5AG41 ZB5AZ101 ZB5AG4 

(2) The symbol indicates key withdrawal position. 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 


8/15

Harmony 

XB5R 


Wireless and batteryless pushbuttons 

Packages and components 

1 

Ready to use packs Panel mounting Mobile application 

2 

3 

Wireless and batteryless 22mm pushbutton assembled on fixing collar Plastic head Metal head Plastic head Metal head Plastic head in handy box 

Caps 1 black cap 1 set of 10 different 

coloured caps 

1 black cap 1 set of 10 different 

coloured caps 

Receiver 

Non programmable Programmable receiver Non programmable Programmable receiver 

receiver 

receiver 

Relay output 1relay output type RT 3A 2 relays output type RT 3A 1relay output type RT 3A 2 relays output type RT 3A 

Voltage receiver 24 VDC 24….240 AC/DC 24 VDC 24….240 AC/DC 

References XB5RFB01 XB4RFB01 XB5RFA02 XB4RFA02 XB5RMB03 XB5RMA04 

The pushbutton and receiver are factory paired 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

Transmitter components for wireless and 

Transmitter for wireless and Plastic head Metal head 

batteryless pushbuttons 

batteryless pushbuttons 

Wireless and batteryless pushbuttons including 

- a transmitter fitted with fixing collar. 

- a spring return pushbutton head with clipped-in cap 

Reference ZBRT1 – – 

Cap colour White – ZB5RTA1 ZB4RTA1 

Black – ZB5RTA2 ZB4RTA2 

Green – ZB5RTA3 ZB4RTA3 

White I on green background – ZB5RTA331 ZB4RTA331 

Red – ZB5RTA4 ZB4RTA4 

White O on red background – ZB5RTA432 ZB4RTA432 

Yellow – ZB5RTA5 ZB4RTA5 

Blue – ZB5RTA6 ZB4RTA6 

9 

10 

8/16 



1 

Programmable receivers 

Programmable receivers equipped with 

- 2 buttons (learn, parameter setting). 

- 6 indicating LEDs (power ON, outputs, signal strenght) 

Output type 4 PNP outputs 200 mA / 24V 2 relay outputs type RT 3A 

Receiver voltage 24 VDC 24….240 AC/DC 

References ZBRRC ZBRRA 

2 

3 

4 

Relay antenna 

5 

The relay antenna is placed between transmitter and receiver 

Reference 

Used to increase the distance and/or get round obstacles. 

- 5m cable. 

- 1 power-ON LED. 

- 2 LEDs reception / transmission. 

- Relay antenna voltage : 24….240 AC/DC 

ZBRA1 

6 

7 

8 

Empty boxes Handy box, plastic, empty Empty plastic boxes 

1 cut-out 1 cut-out 2 cut-outs 

References ZBRM01 XALD01 XALD02 

9 

10 


8/17

Harmony 

XB5 





1 

= + 

Pilot lights 

2 

3 

Type of head 






+ 0.4 




Depth below head 43 





4 

5 

6 


References white XB5AVB1 XB5AVG1 XB5AVM1 XB5AV61 ZB5AV6 ZB5AV01 

green XB5AVB3 XB5AVG3 XB5AVM3 XB5AV63 ZB5AV6 ZB5AV03 

red XB5AVB4 XB5AVG4 XB5AVM4 XB5AV64 ZB5AV6 ZB5AV04 

orange XB5AVB5 XB5AVG5 XB5AVM5 XB5AV65 ZB5AV6 ZB5AV05 

blue XB5AVB6 XB5AVG6 XB5AVM6 – – – 

= + 

Illuminated pushbuttons and selector switches 

Type 

Flush push, spring return, illuminated pushbuttons 



7 

8 


References white NO + NC XB5AW31B5 XB5AW31G5 XB5AW31M5 XB5AW3165 ZB5AW065 ZB5AW31 

green NO + NC XB5AW33B5 XB5AW33G5 XB5AW33M5 XB5AW3365 ZB5AW065 ZB5AW33 

red NO + NC XB5AW34B5 XB5AW34G5 XB5AW34M5 XB5AW3465 ZB5AW065 ZB5AW34 

orange NO + NC XB5AW35B5 XB5AW35G5 XB5AW35M5 XB5AW3565 ZB5AW065 ZB5AW35 

blue NO + NC XB5AW36B5 XB5AW36G5 XB5AW36M5 – – – 

9 

10 

Type Double-headed pushbuttons with LED pilot light Illuminated selector switches 

(1 flush green push, 1 projecting red push) (2 position stay put) 

Degree of protection IP 66 - IP 69K IP 66 

Light source Integral LED Integral LED 

Products Complete Complete 

Supply voltage 24 V AC/DC 110…120 V AC 230…240 V AC 24 V AC/DC 110…120 V AC 230…240 V AC 

References green NO + NC – – – XB5AK123B5 XB5AK123G5 XB5AK123M5 

red NO + NC – – – XB5AK124B5 XB5AK124G5 XB5AK124M5 

orange NO + NC – – – XB5AK125B5 XB5AK125G5 XB5AK125M5 

white NO + NC XB5AW73731B5 XB5AW73731G5 XB5AW73731M5 – – – 


Separate components and accessories: see previous page. 

8/18 


Harmony 

XAL 


Control stations 

For XB5 pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights 

Ø 22 with plastic bezel 

(1): 

Number of cut-outs Number (p) 

1 1 

2 2 

3 3 

4 4 

5 5 

Complete stations with 1 pushbutton, selector switch or key switch 

(light grey RAL 7035 base with dark grey RAL 7016 lid) 


IP 65 / Nema 4X and 13 / Class II 

Dimensions (mm) W x H x D 68 x 68 x 113 max. (with key release Ø 40 mushroom head pushbutton) 

Fixing (mm) 

2 x Ø 4.3 on 54 mm centres 

Function 1 Start or Stop function 1 Start-Stop function 

Marking On spring return push On legend holder and legend below head 

Number and type of pushbutton/selector switch/key switch 1 flush green p/b 1 flush red p/b 1 projecting red p/b 1 2 position stay put selector switch or key switch 

Black handle Key n° 455 (key withdrawal LH pos.) 

References NO I XALD102 – – – – 

Start XALD103 – – – – 

O - I – – – XALD134 XALD144 

O – XALD112 XALD115 – – 

(1) Empty enclosures: 

Basic reference: XALK0p, replace the p 

by the number of cut-outs required (see 

cut-out table above) 

Function 

Emergency stop (2) (light grey RAL 7035 base with yellow RAL 1012 lid) 

Number and type of mushroom head pushbutton 1 red Ø 40 head, turn to release 1 red Ø 40 head, key release 

Latching mechanism Trigger action (EN/ISO 13850) Trigger action (EN/ISO 13850) 

References NC XALK178 XALK188 

NC + NC XALK178F XALK188F 

NO + NC XALK178E XALK188E 

NC + NC + NO XALK178G XALK188G 

(2) Emergency stop trigger action and mechanical latching pushbuttons conform to standards EN/IEC 60204-1 and EN/ISO 13850, to Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC and to standard 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

(1) Empty enclosures: 

Basic reference: XALD0p, replace the p 

by the number of cut-outs required (see 

cut-out table above) 

Complete stations with 2 and 3 pushbuttons or 2 pushbuttons + 1 pilot light 

(light grey RAL 7035 base with dark grey RAL 7016 lid) 

Dimensions (mm) W x H x D 2-way control stations: 68 x 106 x 62; 3-way control stations: 68 x 136 x 87 

Fixing (mm) 

2-way control stations: 2 x Ø 4.3 on 54 x 68 centres; 3-way control stations: 2 x Ø 4.3 on 54 x 98 centres 

Function Start-Stop functions 2 functions 3 functions 

Marking 

On spring return push 

Number and type of pushbutton/pilot light 1 flush green p/b 1 flush green pushbutton 1 flush white p/b 1 flush white p/b 1 flush white p/b 

1 flush red p/b 1 flush red pushbutton 1 flush black p/b 1 flush red p/b 1 Ø 30 red mush- 

1 red pilot light with integral LED 1 flush black p/b room head p/b 

1 flush black p/b 

24 V AC/DC 230 V AC 

References NO + NC I - O XALD213 XALD363B XALD363M – – – 

Start - Stop XALD215 – – – – – 

NO + NO – – – XALD222 – – 

NO + NC + NO – – – – XALD324 XALD328 

Accessories Standard contact blocks Light blocks with integral LED, colour red 

Description NO contact NC contact 24 V AC/DC 230 V AC 

References ZENL1111 ZENL1121 ZALVB4 ZALVM4 

7 

8 

9 

10 


8/19

Harmony 

9001K/SK 





1 


2 

3 

Type of push Flush Projecting Projecting (high guard) 

Colour of push 

Multi-colour (set of 7 clip-in coloured caps) 


IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12 and 13 / Class II 

Mounting (mm) panel cut-out Ø 31 


57.2 x 44.5 (with legend 9001KN2pp), 57.2 x 50.8 (with legend 9001KN3pp) 

Depth below head (mm) 42 

Connection 


References CO 9001KR1UH13 9001KR3UH13 9001KR2UH13 

NO 9001KR1UH5 9001KR3UH5 9001KR2UH5 

4 

Mushroom head pushbuttons, latching (1) Emergency switching off Emergency stop 

5 

6 

7 

Type of push Push-pull Turn-to-Release, trigger action 

Ø 41 mushroom head Ø 35 mushroom head Ø 40 red mushroom head 

Degree of protection IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12 and 13 / Class II IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12 and 13 / Class III 



57.2 x 44.5 (with legend 9001KN2pp), 

57.2 x 50.8 (with legend 9001KN3pp) 

Depth below head (mm) 42 60 

Connection 


References – – – 9001KR16 

CO 9001KR9R94H13 9001KR9R20H13 – 

NC 9001KR9RH6 9001KR9R20H6 – 

2NO + 2NC – – 9001KR16H2 

NO – – 9001KR16H13 

57,2 x 44,5 (without legend plate),. 

100 x 100 ((with legend plate 9001KN8330) (2) 

(1) Mushroom head switching off mechanical latching pushbuttons conform to standard IEC 60364-5-53 and EN/IEC 60947-5-5. Mushroom trigger action and mechanical . 

latching head Emergency stop pushbuttons conforming to standard EN/IEC 60204‐1 and EN/ISO 13850, to Machinery directive 2006/42/EC and standard EN/IEC 60947-5-5. 

(2) For yellow circular Emergency Stop legend plates: see page 8/22 

8 


9 

10 

Type of operator Long black handle Key, n° 455 

positions (2) 3 - spring return 2 - stay put 2 - spring return 3 - stay put 2 - stay put 

Number and type 

of positions 







Connection 


References NO – 9001KS11FBH5 9001KS34FBH5 – – 

CO 9001KS53FBH1 – – 9001KS43FBH1 9001KS11K1RH1 

(2) The symbol indicates key withdrawal position. 

8/20 



. 


1 

Pilot lights 

Type of head 








Connection 


Type of light block With high luminosity LED (included) Incandescent BA 9s bulb 

(included) 

24 V AC/DC 48 V AC/DC 120 V AC/DC 230 V AC 

References green 9001KP35LGG9 9001KP36LGG9 9001KP38LGG9 9001KP7G9 

red 9001KP35LRR9 9001KP36LRR9 9001KP38LRR9 9001KP7R9 

yellow 9001KP35LYA9 9001KP36LYA9 9001KP38LYA9 9001KP7A9 

2 

3 

4 

Illuminated pushbuttons, spring return 

Type of head 

Spring return flush push 







Connection 



(included) 

24 V AC/DC 48 V AC/DC 120 V AC/DC 230 V AC 

References green CO 9001K3L35LGGH13 9001K3L36LGGH13 9001K3L38LGGH13 9001K2L7RH13 

red CO 9001K3L35LRRH13 9001K3L36LRRH13 9001K3L38LRRH13 9001K2L7GH13 

yellow CO 9001K3L35LYAH13 9001K3L36LYAH13 9001K3L38LYAH13 9001K2L7AH13 

5 

6 

7 

Illuminated Ø 41 mushroom head pushbuttons, latching, high luminosity LED 







Connection 



(included) 

24 V AC/DC 48 V AC/DC 120 V AC/DC 230 V AC/DC 

Type of head 

2 position, push-pull 

References red CO 9001KR9P35RH13 9001KR9P36RH13 9001KR9P38RH13 9001KR9P7RH13 

Type of head 

3 position, push-pull (pull: spring return, centre: stay put, push: spring return) 

References red NC + NC. 9001KR8P35RH25 9001KR8P36RH25 9001KR8P38RH25 9001KR8P7RH25 

late break 

8 

9 

10 


8/21

Harmony 

9001K/SK 




Accessories 

1 

Contact blocks with protected terminals 

2 

3 

Type of contact 

Single contact blocks 

Connection 


References CO 9001KA1 

NO 

9001KA2 

NC 

9001KA3 

CO, late break 

9001KA4 

NC, late break 

9001KA5 

NO, early make 

9001KA6 

4 

5 

6 

Enclosures 

Type Number of Ø 30 mm cut-outs NEMA ratings Reference 

Aluminium 1 1, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13 9001KY1 

2 1, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13 9001KY2 

3 1, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13 9001KY3 

4 1, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13 9001KY4 

Stainless steel 1 1, 3, 4, 4X, 13 9001KYSS1 

2 1, 3, 4, 4X, 13 9001KYSS2 

3 1, 3, 4, 4X, 13 9001KYSS3 

7 

8 

9 

10 

Legends 

44 x 43 mm 57 x 57 mm Ø 60 Ø 90 

Type Aluminium Plastic Plastic 

Colour of legend black background white background Yellow background 

Marking Blank 9001KN200 9001KN100WP 9001KN9100 9001KN8100 

START 9001KN201 9001KN101WP – – 

STOP (red background) 9001KN202 9001KN102RP – – 

FORWARD 9001KN206 9001KN106WP – – 

REVERSE 9001KN207 9001KN107WP – – 

RESET 9001KN223 9001KN123WP – 

PULL TO START/ 9001KN379 9001KN179WP – – 

PUSH TO STOP 

EMERGENCY STOP – – 9001KN9330 9001KN8330 

ARRET D’URGENCE – – 9001KN9330F 9001KN8330F 

PARADA DE EMERGENCIA – – 9001KN9330S 9001KN8330S 

8/22 


Harmony 

K series 


Cam switches 

12 and 20 A ratings 

positions (°) 

1-pole 

2-pole 

0 

45 

1 

2 

3 

4 

2-pole 

0 

90 

1 

2 

3 

4 

2-pole 

0 

45 90 135 180 225 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

1 

Cam switches, K1 / K2 series 

Function Switches ON-OFF switches Stepping switches 

45° switching angle 90° switching angle with “0” position 

Degree of protection front face IP 65 (1) IP 65 (1) IP 65 (1) 

Conventional thermal current (Ith) 12 A 20 A 12 A 20 A 12 A 20 A 

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) conforming to IEC60947-1 690 V 690 V 690 V 

Number of positions 2 2 2 + “0” position 

Number of poles 2 2 2 

Dimensions of front plate (mm) 45 x 45 45 x 45 45 x 45 

Front mounting method Multifixing plate, 45 x 45 mm K1B002ALH K2B 002ALH K1B1002HLH K2B 1002HLH K1D012QLH K2D012QLH 

Plastic mounting plate for Ø 22 mm hole K1B002ACH K2B 002ACH K1B1002HCH K2B 1002HCH K1D012QCH K2D012QCH 

2 

3 

Cam switches, K1 / K2 series 


315 0 45 

1-pole 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

2-pole 

6 

7 

8 

0 90 180 270 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

225 270 315 0 45 90 135 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

Function Changeover switches Ammeter switches Voltmeter switches 

4 

5 

Degree of protection front face IP 65 (1) IP 65 (1) IP 65 (1) 



Number of positions 2 + “0” position 3 + “0” position 6 + “0” position (measurements 

(3 circuits + “0” position) between 3 phases & N + “0” pos.) 



Front mounting method Multifixing plate, 45 x 45 mm K1D002ULH K2D002ULH K1F003MLH to be compiled * K1F027MLH to be compiled * 

Plastic mounting plate for Ø 22 mm hole K1D002UCH K2D002UCH K1F003MCH to be compiled * K1F027MCH to be compiled * 

(1) With seal KZ73 for switch with Multifixing plate, with seal KZ65 for Ø 22 mm hole mounting switches. Seal to be ordered separately. 

(*) Please consult your Schneider Electric agency. 

6 

7 

Cam switches with key operated lock, K1 series 


Function Stepping switches Run switches Changeover switches + “0” pos. 

Degree of protection front face IP 65 IP 65 IP 65 

Conventional thermal current (Ith) 12 A 12 A 12 A 


Number of positions 2 + “0” position 3 + “0” position 2 + “0” position 


0 

60 120 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

0 60 120 180 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 


Colour of handle red black red black red black 

Front mounting method Ø 22 mm hole + Ø 43.5 mm hole K1F022QZ2 K1F022QZ4 K1G043RZ2 K1G043RZ4 K1D002UZ2 K1D002UZ4 

300 

0 60 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

8 

9 

10 


8/23

Harmony 

K series 


Cam switches 

10 to 150 A ratings 

1 


1-pole 

2-pole 

3-pole 

0 

60 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

1-pole 

2-pole 

3-pole 

300 0 

60 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

0 90 180 270 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

270 300 330 0 30 60 90 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

Cam switches, K10series 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

Function Switches Changeover switches Ammeter Voltmeter 

60° switching angle with “0” position switches switches 

Degree of protection front face IP 65 IP 65 IP 65 IP 65 

Conventional thermal current (Ith) 10 A 10 A 10 A 10 A 

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) conforming to IEC60947-1 440 V 440 V 440 V 440 V 

Number of positions 2 2 + “0” position 3 + “0” pos. (1) 6 + “0” pos..(2) 

Number of poles 1 2 3 2 3 3 3 

Dimensions of front plate (mm) 30 x 30 30 x 30 30 x 30 30 x 30 

Front mounting method By Ø 16 mm or 22 mm hole K10A001ACH K10B002ACH K10C003ACH K10D002UCH K10F003UCH K10F003MCH K10F027MCH 

(1) (3 circuits + “0” position). 

(2) (Measurements between 3 phases and N + “0” position). 

Cam switches, K30series 


Function Switches Switches Changeover Starting Starting Reversing 

ON-OFF with “0” position star-delta 2-speed 

Degree of protection front face IP 40 IP 40 IP 40 IP 40 IP 40 IP 40 


Rated insulation voltage (Ui) conforming to IEC60947-1 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V 

Number of positions 2 2 3 3 3 3 

Number of poles 3 3 4 4 3 3 3 

Dimensions of front plate (mm) 64 x 64 64 x 64 64 x 64 64 x 64 64 x 64 64 x 64 

Front mounting method Multifixing K30C003AP (3) K30C003HP (3) K30D004HP (3) K30H004UP (3) K30H001YP (3) K30H004PP (3) K30E003WP(3) 

(3) To order switches with other thermal current ratings (50, 63, 115, 150 A): replace the number 30 in the reference by 50, 63, 115 or 150 respectively. 

Example: a switch with a 32 A current rating, for example K30C003AP, becomes K50 C003AP for a current rating of 50 A. 

1-pole 

2-pole 

3-pole 

0 

60 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

1-pole 

2-pole 

0 

90 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

1-pole 

2-pole 

3-pole 

4-pole 

300 0 60 300 0 60 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

5 

6 

6 

7 

7 

8 

8 

9 

9 

10 

10 

11 

11 

12 

12 

13 

13 

14 

14 

15 

15 

16 

16 

300 0 60 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 14 

15 

16 

300 0 60 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

8 

Accessories for cam switches K1/K2 

9 

10 

Rubber seals 

for IP 65 degree of protection 

For use with heads with 45 x 45 mm front plate with 60 x 60 mm front plate with 45 x 45 mm front plate 

Ø 22 mm hole or 4 hole front mtg. Ø 22 mm hole or 4 hole front mtg. multifixing 

References (5)* KZ65 KZ66 KZ73 

* sold in lots of 

8/24 


Harmony 

XVR 


Rotating beacons 

Ø 84, 106, 120, 130 mm rotating beacons 

1 

Ø 84 / 106 mm 

Complete, pre-wired rotating beacons Ø 84 mm Ø 106 mm 

Light source (included) 

“ Super bright “ LEDs 

Base mount 3 x Ø 05 

Buzzer 

Without buzzer 

Degree of protection IP23 (IP 65 with accessories) IP23 (IP 55 with accessories) 

Voltage 12V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 12V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 

References Red XVR08J04 XVR08B04 XVR10J04 XVR10B04 

Orange XVR08J05 XVR08B05 XVR10J05 XVR10B05 

Green XVR08J03 XVR08B03 XVR10J03 XVR10B03 

Blue XVR08J06 XVR08B06 XVR10J06 XVR10B06 

2 

3 

4 

Ø 120 mm 

Complete, pre-wired rotating beacons 

Ø 120 mm 



Base mount 

3 x M5 

Buzzer Without buzzer With buzzer 


IP23 

Voltage 12V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 12V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 

References Red XVR12J04 XVR12B04 XVR12J04S XVR12B04S 

Orange XVR12J05 XVR12B05 XVR12J05S XVR12B05S 

Green XVR12J03 XVR12B03 XVR12J03S XVR12B03S 

Blue XVR12J06 XVR12B06 XVR12J06S XVR12B06S 

5 

6 

7 

Ø 130 mm 

Complete, pre-wired rotating beacons 

Ø 130 mm 

8 



Base mount 3 x Ø 09 

Buzzer 

Without buzzer 

Degree of protection IP66 - Resistant to vibration IP66 and IP67 

Voltage 12V DC 24V DC 24V AC/DC 120V AC 230V AC 

References Red XVR13J04 XVR13B04 XVR13B04L XVR13G04L XVR13M04L 

Orange XVR13J05 XVR13B05 XVR13B05L XVR13G05L XVR13M05L 

9 

10 


8/25

Harmony 

XVB 


Modular tower lights 

Ø 70 mm, for customer assembly 

1 

Ø 70 mm / Up to IP66 

Illuminated beacons XVBL Steady light Flashing light 

2 

3 

Light source Incandescent BA 15d bulb, Protected BA 15d LED Protected BA 15d LED “Flash” discharge tube 

10 W max. (not included) (included) (included) 5 J (2) 

Degree of protection IP 66 

References (1) 12…250 V AC/DC XVBL3p – – – 

24 V AC/DC – XVBL0Bp XVBL1Bp XVBL6Bp 

120 V AC – XVBL0Gp XVBL1Gp XVBL6Gp 

230 V AC – XVBL0Mp XVBL1Mp XVBL6Mp 

4 

Ø 70 mm / Up to IP66 

5 

6 

7 

8 

Tower lights XVBC 

comprising 2 to 5 signalling units (3) 

Base units Steady light Flashing 

light 

“Flash” 

light 

Audible 

units (90 db 

at 1 m) 

Light source – Incandescent Integral Integral “Flash” – 

BA 15d bulb, 10 W protected LED protected LED discharge tube 

max. (not included) 5 J (2) 

Degree of protection IP 66 

Base unit references with cover XVBC21 (4) – – – – – 

without cover XVBC07 (5) – – – – – 

References (2) 12… 230 V AC/DC – XVBC3p – – – – 

24 V AC/DC – – XVBC2Bp XVBC5Bp XVBC6Bp – 

120 V AC – – XVBC2Gp XVBC5Gp XVBC6Gp – 

230 V AC – – XVBC2Mp XVBC5Mp XVBC6Mp – 

Audible unit references 12…48 V AC/DC – – – – – XVBC9B 

unidirectional 120…230 V AC – – – – – XVBC9M 

(1) To obtain the complete reference, replace thep by the number designating the colour as follow: 3 = green , 4 = red , 5 = orange, 6 = blue, 7 = clear, 8 = yellow. 

(2) To order a lens unit with a 10 J discharge tube, replace the number 6 by 8 in the reference (example: XVBL6Bp becomes XVBL8Bp). 

(3) A tower light comprises: 1 base unit + 1 to 5 signalling units maximum. 

(4) For connection on AS-Interface, order base unit XVBC21A (side cable entry) or XVBC21B (bottom cable entry with M12 connector on flying lead). 

(5) For indicator banks with “flash” discharge tube unit. 

9 

10 

8/26 


Magelis 


Small Panels 

Magelis STO/STU 

with graphic screen 

1 

Type 


Display LCD screen size / Resolution 3.4” / monochrome (200 X 80 pixels) 

Type Green, orange, red White, pink, red Green, orange, red 

Functions Representation of variables Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, button, light, clock, flashing light, keypad 

Curves / Alarm logs 

Yes, with log / Yes, incorporated 

Communication Serial link 1 RJ45 (RS 232 - RS 485) 1 Terminal Block RS232 

Networks – – – Ethernet Ethernet 

Downloadable protocols 

Mitsubishi (Melsec), Omron (Sysmac), Zelio 

Rockwell Automation (Allen Bradley), 

Siemens (Simatic), Uni-TE, Modbus, 

Modbus TCP 

Development software 

Vijeo Designer VJDpppTGpVppM (on Windows XP, Vista and 7) or Vijeo Designer Limited Edition 

Dimensions W x D x H (mm) 116,5 x 38,5 x 77,5 

Compatibility with PLCs 

Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Zelio 

Premium, Modicon Quantum, . 

Modicon M340 

«Compact Flash» card slot 

No 

USB port 

1 Host type A + 1 Device type miniB 

Built-in Ethernet TCP/IP No Yes 


24 VDC 

References HMISTO511 HMISTO512 HMISTO501 HMISTO531 HMISTO532 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

Type 


Display LCD screen size / Resolution 3.5” / QVGA (320 X 240 pixels) 5.7” / QVGA (320 X 240 pixels) 

Type 

TFT 65 536 colours 




Communication Serial link 1 RJ45 (RS 232 - RS 485) 

Networks 

Ethernet, IEEE 802.3, 10/100 BASE-T, RJ45 


Mitsubishi (Melsec), Omron (Sysmac), Rockwell Automation (Allen Bradley), Siemens (Simatic), 

Uni-TE, Modbus, Modbus TCP 

Development software 

Vijeo Designer VJDpppTGpVppM (on Windows XP, Vista and 7) or Vijeo Designer Limited Edition 

Dimensions W x D x H (mm) Front: 98 x 16 x 81 Front: 163 x 17.5 x 129.5 

Rear : 118 x 30 x 98 


Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum, Modicon M340 


No 

USB port 

1 Host type A + 1 Device type miniB 

Built-in Ethernet TCP/IP Yes Yes 


24 VDC 

References HMISTU655 HMISTU855 

7 

8 

9 

10 


8/27

Magelis 



Magelis XBT GT 

with 3.8” touchscreen 

1 

Type 


2 

3 

4 

5 

Display LCD screen size / Resolution 3.8” / QVGA 

Type STN monochrome, amber or red TFT 256 colour 




Communication Serial link 1 RJ45 (RS 232 - RS 485) 

Networks – Ethernet, IEEE 802.3. 

10/100 BASE-T, RJ45 


Mitsubishi (Melsec), Omron (Sysmac), Rockwell Automation (Allen Bradley), Siemens (Simatic) 

Uni-TE, Modbus, Modbus TCP 

Development software Vijeo Designer VJDpppTGpVppM (on Windows XP, Vista and 7) 

Dimensions W x D x H (mm) 118 × 30 × 98 




No 

USB port Host type A 1 1 1 

Built-in Ethernet TCP/IP No Yes 


24 VDC 

References XBTGT1105 XBTGT1135 XBTGT1335 


with 5.7” touchscreen 

6 

7 

8 

9 

Type 

Type 


Display LCD screen size / Resolution 5.7” / QVGA 5.7” / VGA 

Type STN Monochrome STN, colour TFT, colour 65536 colours 

Blue . 

backlighting 

Black and White . 

backlighting 

4096 colours High brightness 




Communication Serial link 1 Sub-D9 (RS 232/RS 422 - RS 485) + 1 RJ45 (RS 485) 


backlighting 

Networks – Ethernet, IEEE 802.3 – Ethernet, IEEE 802.3 Ethernet Ethernet, IEEE 802.3 

10/100 BASE-T, RJ45 10/100 BASE-T, RJ45 10/100 BASE-T 10/100 BASE-T, RJ45 


Uni-TE, Modbus, Modbus TCP/IP 


Dimensions W x D x H (mm) 167.5 x 60 x 135 


«Compact Flash» card slot No Yes 

Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum, Modicon M340, Modicon Momentum 

USB port Host type A 1 2 

Video in 

No 

Built-in Ethernet TCP/IP No No Yes No Yes Yes Yes 


24 VDC 

References XBTGT2110 XBTGT2120 XBTGT2130 XBTGT2220 XBTGT2330 XBTGT2930 XBTGT2430 

10 

8/28 


Magelis 




with 7.5” and 10.4” touchscreen 

1 

Type 


Display LCD screen size / Resolution 7.5” / VGA 10.4” / VGA 10,4” / SVGA 

Type (colour) STN TFT TFT STN TFT TFT TFT 

Number of colours 4096 65536 65536 4096 65536 65536 65536 





Networks Ethernet, IEEE 802.3 10/100 BASE-T, RJ 45 





Dimensions W x D x H (mm) 215 x 60 x 170 313 x 56 x 239 271 x 57 x 213 




Yes 

USB port Host type A 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 

Video in No No Yes No No Yes No 

Built-in Ethernet TCP/IP 

Yes 


24 VDC 

References XBTGT4230 XBTGT4330 XBTGT4340 XBTGT5230 XBTGT5330 XBTGT5340 XBTGT5430 

2 

3 

4 

5 


with 12.1” and 15” touchscreen 

6 

7 

Type 


Display LCD screen size / Resolution 12,1” / SVGA 15” / XGA 

Type (colour) TFT TFT TFT 

Number of colours 65536 65536 65536 





Networks Ethernet, IEEE 802.3 10/100 BASE-T, RJ 45BASE-T, RJ 45 





Dimensions W x D x H (mm) 313 x 56 x 239 395 x 60 x 294 




Yes 

USB port Host type A 2 

Video in No Yes Yes 

Built-in Ethernet TCP/IP 

Yes 


24 VDC 

References XBTGT6330 XBTGT6340 XBTGT7340 

8 

9 

10 


8/29

chapter 9 

Detection 

All technical information about products listed in this chapter 

are available on: www.tesensors.com

Contents 

Detection 

bb 

General presentation: OsiSense for your hoisting 

applications 

vv 

Choose the best suited product for your applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9/2 

1 

vv 

Tower crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9/3 

vv 

Overhead and gantry crane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9/3 

vv 

Mobile crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9/4 

2 

vv 

Block hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9/4 

vv 

Harbour crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9/5 

bb 

Telemecanique Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9/5 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

9/1

Presentation 

Detection 


OsiSense for your hoisting applications 

1 

OsiSense for your hoisting 

applications 

Choose the best suited product for your 

applications 

2 

3 

4 

Over run function 

XF9D XCR 

XF9F XCMD XCKM 

Mechanical stop, ultimate stop to avoid possible damages of 

the machine 

> > Horizontal movements (X & Y axis) 

> 

> 

> Power limit switch that directly cuts the motor power supplies: XF9D 

> Rotary limit switch with contact integrated on the main electrical sequence: 

XCR. 

> > Vertical movements (Z axis) 

> 

> 

> 

> Power limit switch that directly cuts the motor power supplies: XF9F 

> Mainly for over up movement 

> Limit switch incorporated in the hoist winch or on the drum: XCMD or XCKM. 

Give information drum/winch full and empty. 

5 

6 

7 

Stop and slow down functions 

XCKMR XCRA XUE XUX 

XRB XR2 XCKM XS 

Electrical and mechanical stop, end of working area 

Electrical stop, speed reduction in order to reach the stop at 

slow speed 


> 

> Two steps cross limit switch, slow down and stop functions realized with one 

single sensor: XCKMR or new limit switch XCKVR: available 1 st quarter 2012) 

> > Rotary head industrial limit switch to detect a fix stop position: XCRA 

> > Anticollision function with an other mobile equipment by using sensors with 2 

logic outputs XUE or 1 logic output XUX 


> > Screw limit switches allow a complete hoisting position control: XRB or XR2 

> > Limit switch linked with the drum giving stop down information “rope slack” 

detection and stop up information “rope overlap” detection: XCKM 

> > Inductive proximity sensor monitors the cable on the drum, giving stop down 

information “drum empty” for rope’s end: XS 

> > Limit switch on hoist fix point giving stop up function “overload”: XCKM 

8 

9 

10 

Positioning function 

XCC 

XS XS XUE 

XCC XRB XR2 

Electrical information giving any specific positions in the 

working area 


> 

> 

> Incremental and absolute rotary encoders for linear position control: XCC 

> Detection of a fix point to overcome the wheel slippage and for any particular 

known position: XS 

> > Distance measurement sensors to monitor the position of other equipment by 

using an analog output: XUE 


> 

> Incremental and absolute rotary encoders: connected to the drum) for linear 

height control: XCC 

> > Screw limit switches allow a complete hoist positions control with up to 28 

different positions and an analog signal: XRB or XR2 

9/2

Presentation 

Detection 



Tower crane 

2 

1 

3 

2 

1 

5 

4 

Detecting ... 

1 Detecting a hoist 

overspeed 

2 Detecting specific position 

for overload or overtorque 

control 

3 Detecting an over travel of 

trolley movement 

4 Detecting stop and slow 

down of the horizontal 

movement and any other 

particular trolley position 

5 Detecting rotation position 

3 

4 


1 OsiSense XCC / XS, Ease of installation and adjustment 

2 OsiSense XCKM / XCR, Robustness with positivity 

3 OsiSense XF, The ultimate trolley protection 

4 OsiSense XCKVR / XCKMR, 2 ways / 2 speeds by one single sensor, compactness and 

robustness with positivity 

5 OsiSense XR, Robustness and modularity, up to 28 contacts 

5 

1 

Overhead and gantry crane 

2 

6 

1 

7 

6 

5 

4 

3 

Detecting ... 






down of the hoisting 

movement 

3 Detecting an other crane. 

Anticollision function 


trolley movement 

5 Detecting a hoist 

overspeed 


translation movement 

7 Detecting an over up of 

the vertical movement 

7 

8 

9 





3 OsiSense XUX / XUE, Long distance detection 



6 OsiSense XF, The ultimate trolley protection 

10 

9/3

Presentation 

Detection 



1 

Mobile crane 

1 

2 

3 

4 

2 

3 

Detecting ... 


down of the hoisting 

movement 

2 Monitoring and 

regulationg hydraulic 

pressure 

3 Detecting position of the 

stabilizers 

4 Detecting deployment of 

the stabilizers 

4 



2 OsiSense XMLP, Compactness and robustness for reliable regulation 


4 OsiSense XCKD + XCKZ05, Robustness for increased resistance to impact 

5 

Block hoist 

6 

7 

8 

1 

Detecting ... 

2 

1 Detecting stop up and 

down of the vertical 

movement. Miniature 

switches incorporated in 

the hoist winch 

2 Detecting stop of the 

horizontal movement t 


1 OsiSense XCMD, Compactness and modularity of the head for easy mechanical 

integration 

2 OsiSense XCR, 2 ways / 1 speed, compactness and robustness with positivity 

9 

10 

9/4

Presentation 

Detection 



3 

Harbour crane 

1 

2 

4 

2 

1 

5 

Detecting ... 






trolley movement. 

Detecting anchoring of the 

long travel. Monitoring the 

boom sequence. 

3 Detecting stop, slow down 

and any other particular 

position of the hoisting 

and boom movements 

4 Detecting an other crane. 

Anticollision function 







5 OsiSense XUX / XUE, Long distance detection 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

Telemecanique 

Sensors is the 

brand for 

Schneider 

Electric’s Factory 

Automation 

detection 

products 

Connect with the experts 

> > A dedicated Sales team: trained 

and experienced sales 

professionals are available to help 

you with any sensing application. 

> > Telemecanique Sensors teams: 

are available for pre and post 

sales support. We become an 

extension of your team and we 

share our expertise with you. 

http://www.tesensors.com 

8 

9 

10 

9/5

chapter 10 

Associated offers 



Contents 


bb 

Incoming protection & switching.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/2 

bb 

Load & Circuit protection.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/3 

bb 

Power supplies & Transformers 

vv 

Regulated switch mode - Rail mounting.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/4 

vv 

Compact - Rail mounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/4 

vv 

Function modules for regulated switch mode power supplies. . . . . . . . 10/6 

1 

2 

vv 

Function modules for regulated switch mode power supplies. . . . . . . . 10/7 

vv 

Regulated switch mode. Panel mounting.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/8 

vv 

Transformers .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/9 

3 

bb 

Electromechanical plug-in relays 

vv 

Interface and miniature relays.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/10 

vv 

Universal and power relays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/11 

4 

vv 

RSL relays mounted on sockets.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/12 

vv 

RSL relays for customer assembly .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/13 

vv 

Sockets for relays........................................................................................ 10/13 

5 

bb 

Cabinets 

vv 

Spacial steel.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/14 

vv 

Spacial Stainless-steel & Thalassa Insulating materials .. . . . . . . . . . . 10/15 

6 

bb 

Index 

vv 

Product reference index.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/16 

7 

8 

9 

10 

10/1


Incoming protection & switching 

Panorama 

1 

2 

3 

4 

Range TeSys Vario Interpact TeSys GS NG Compact Masterpact 

Rated operational 12 to 175 40 to 2500 32 to1250 10 to 125 100 to 3200 800 to 6300 

current (A) 

Number of poles 3 to 6 3 to 4 

Short circuit making 0,5 to 3 50 to 220 5 to 90 10 to 50 25 to 150 42 to 150 

capacity at 400V 

Icm (kA) 

Product name V INS GS NG125 NSX/NS NT or NW 

Simplicity 

Compacity 

Whatever the type of protection needed, these products offers all the safety that the user 

requires. 

Designed for maximum performance and safety, each comprehensive and homogeneous 

range operates with a wide choice of accessories and auxiliaries. 

5 

Selection aid 

6 

Function 

Switch disconnector 

Switch fuse 

disconnector 

Circuit-breaker 

Isolation 

& Disconnection 

7 

Switching 

.. 

Protection 

8 

9 

10 

10/2 



Load & Circuit protection 

Panorama 

1 

Range Short circuit and overload protection Fuse holder 

Miniature circuit-breaker 

Voltage 60 V DC/pole 250 V DC/pole 240 V AC/pole Ph/N 415 V AC/pole Ph/Ph 500 V AC 690 V DC 

Number of poles 1 or 2P 1, 2, 3 and 4P - 

Nominal current (A) 1 to 63 80 to 125 25 32 50 125 

8 x 32 mm 10 x 38 mm 14 x 51 mm 22 x 58 mm 

Breaking capacity (kA) 6 6 10 20 120 

Type of loads / Tripping curve (1) B, C, D C B, C, D - 

Width 18 mm/pole 27 mm/pole - 

Product reference IEC Acti 9 iC60N Acti9 iC60HDC Acti 9 iC60N Multi 9 C120N DF8 DF10 DF14 DF22 

IEC/UL Multi 9 C60N Multi 9 C60H-DC Multi 9 C60N – 

2 

3 

Range Earth leakage protection Surge protection 

RCBO (3) RCCB (4) 

Voltage 240 V AC 240 to 415 V AC 240 V AC/pole Ph/N 240 V AC 

Number of poles 1P+N 2, 3 and 4P 

Nominal current (A) 6 to 32 25 to 63 - 

Breaking capacity (kA) - - – 20 

Type of loads / Tripping curve (1) C class A 30 or 300 mA Class A 30 or 300 mA Type 2 

Width 36 mm 27 to 63 mm 36 to 72mm 72 to 120 mm 

Product reference IEC Acti 9 DPN Vigi Acti 9 Vigi iC60 blocks (2) RCCB ID Quick PRD 20r 

(1) Tripping curve: B (3 In

Phaseo 


Power supplies 

Regulated switch mode - Rail mounting 

1 

2 

3 

4 

Type of power supply 

7 to 60 W Single-phase 

Rated input voltage 

100…240 VAC 

Rated output voltage 24 V 5 V 12 V 

Rated power / Rated output current 7.5 W / 0.3 A 15 W / 0.6 A 30 W / 1.2 A 60 W / 2.5 A 20 W / 4 A 25 W / 2 A 

Reset 

Auto 

Conformity to IEC 61000-3-2 

Without 


cULus, cCSAus, TUV, CE, C-Tick 

Dimensions W x D x H (mm) 36 x 59 x 90 54 x 59 x 90 72 x 59 x 90 54 x 59 x 90 

Fixing (mm) 

DIN rail 35x7.5 or 35x15 or on panel mount by screw 

References ABL8MEM24003 ABL8MEM24006 ABL8MEM24012 ABL7RM24025 ABL8MEM05040 ABL8MEM12020 

. 

. 

. 

. 

5 

6 

7 



Rated output voltage 

72 to 240 W Single-phase - Wide input range 

100…120 VAC and 200…500 VAC 

24 V 

Rated power / Rated output current 72 W / 3 A 120 W / 5 A 240 W / 10 A 

Permissible temporary inrush current (boost) 

Reset 

Conformity to IEC 61000-3-2 

1.5 In during 4 s 

Auto or manual 

Diagnostic relay (output voltage > 21.6V) No Yes 


Yes 

cCSAus, CB scheme, CE 


Fixing (mm) 

DIN rail 35x7.5 or 35x15 

References ABL8RPS24030 ABL8RPS24050 ABL8RPS24100 

Regulated, Switch-mode 

Compact - Rail mounting 

8 

9 

10 


85 to 480W Single-phase 

Rated Input Voltage AC 120…230V 50/60Hz 120/230V 

Rated Input Voltage DC 100…370V 300…350 V 

Rated adjustable output Voltage 23…27,5 V 24…28V 

Rated power / Rated output current 84W / 3,5A 120W / 5A 240W /10A 480W / 20A 

Temporary permissible inrush current output 6A for 30s 8A for 30s 15A for 30s 30A for 5s 

Reset after overload 

Auto 

Diagnostic relay (output voltage > 21.6V) 

Yes 

Fixing (mm) DIN rail 35 x 7,5 


References ABL4RSM24035 ABL4RSM24050 ABL4RSM24100 ABL4RSM24200 

10/4 



1 

60 to 144 W single-phase 

100…240 VAC 

24 V 12 V 48 V 

72 W / 3 A 120 W / 5 A 60 W / 5 A 144 W / 2.5 A 

Auto 


No 

Yes 

cULus, cCSAus, TUV, CE, C-Tick 

27 x 120 x 120 54 x 120 x 120 

DIN rail 75x7.5, 35x7.5 or 35x15 

ABL8REM24030 ABL8REM24050 ABL7RP1205 ABL7RP4803 

2 

3 

4 

480 to 960 W single and 3-phases 

100…120 VAC and 200…240 VAC 3 x 380…500 VAC 

24 V 

480 W / 20 A 960 W / 40 A 

1.5 In during 4 s 


Yes 

Yes 


145 x 140 x 143 95 x 155 x 143 165 x 155 x 143 


ABL8RPM24200 ABL8WPS24200 ABL8WPS24400 


Compatibility 

Rated output 

voltage 

Rated output 

current 

Converters DC/DC 

Output connection of power supplies ABL8RPS24…, 

ABL8WPS24…, ABL4RSM24... and ABL4WSR24... 

5 V 12 V 

6 A 2 A 



Dimensions W x D x H (mm) 44 x 140 x 146 

Fixing (mm) 


References ABL8DCC05060 ABL8DCC12020 

5 

6 

7 

8 


480 to 960W 3-phase 

Rated Input Voltage AC 

400 … 500V 50/60 Hz 

Working on 2 phases 

Possible with output current = 75% of the nominal output current. 

Output Voltage 

24V 

Rated power / Rated output current 480W / 20A 720W / 30A 960W / 40A 

Temporary permissible inrush current output 30A for 5s 45A for 5s 60A for 5s 

Reset after overload 

Auto 

Diagnostic relay 

Yes 

Fixation (mm) DIN rail 35 x 7,5 


References ABL4WSR24200 ABL4WSR24300 ABL4WSR24400 

9 

10 


10/5

Phaseo 


Phaseo Power supplies 

Function modules for regulated switch mode 

power supplies 

20 

3,2AH 7AH 12AH 

10 

1 

TEMPS DE MAINTIEN 

mn h 

4 

2 

60 

40 

20 

10 

40 

200 

mA 

1000 10 

A 

20 40 

COURANT DE MAINTIEN 

Type of module Microcuts and cuts network solutions. (1) 

2 

3 

4 

Compatibility 

Output connection of Universal power supplies ABL8RPS24…, ABL8WPS24…, ABL4RSM24..., 

ABL4WSR24... 

Technology Buffer module battery backup module + battery 

Rated output voltage 40 A 20 A 40 A 

Holding time 1A 2 s typique adjustable from 10 s to 24 H (battery depending) 

Holding time for maximum current output 100 ms typique adjustable from 10 s to 30 mn 

(battery depending) 

adjustable from 10 to 10 mn 

(battery depending) 




Fixing (mm) DIN rail 35x7.5 or 35x15 (1) 

References Control module ABL8BUF24400 ABL8BBU24200 ABL8BBU24400 

References battery 3,2AH (2) – ABL8BPK24A03 ABL8BPK24A03 

7AH (2) – ABL8BPK24A07 ABL8BPK24A07 

12AH (2) – ABL8BPK24A12 ABL8BPK24A12 

(1) Battery module except 7AH and 12AH. For battery module 3.2AH with ABL1A02 kit. 

(2) Battery to be chosen according to the graph page 6/2 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

10/6 


Phaseo 



Function modules for regulated switch mode 

power supplies 

1 


Redundancy power supplies solutions 

Compatibility Connection of 2 power supplies inputs ABL4... or ABL8RP, ABL8WP up to 20 A (1 power supply 40A) 


24 V 

Rated output current 

40 A 




Fixing (mm) 

DIN rail 35x7.5 ou 35x15 

References 

ABL8RED24400 

2 

3 

4 


Starter protection solution 

Compatibility Output connection of Universal power supplies . 

ABL8RPS24100..., ABL8RPM24200..., ABL8WPS24..., ABL4RSM24... and ABL4WSR24... 

Rated output current 

10A par voie 

Calibres 

1 / 2.5 / 4 / 5 / 7 / 8 / 10 A 

Number of channels 4 

Diagnostic relay 

Yes 

Manual switch off (1 per channel) 

Two-pole 



Dimensions (mm) 71 x 109 x 110 

Fixing (mm) 

DIN rail 35x7.5 or 35x15 or on panel mount by screw 

References 

ABL8PRP24100 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 


10/7

Phaseo 



Regulated switch mode. Panel mounting 

1 


60W to 240W 

2 

3 

4 

Input voltage 85…264 VAC 85…132 VAC / 170…264 VAC 

Output voltage 12 VDC 24 VDC 24 VDC 

Rated power / Rated output currrent 60 W / 5 A 100 W / 8.3 A 60 W / 2.5 A 100 W / 4.2 A 150 W / 6.2 A 240 W / 10 A 


UL, c CSA us, CE, Ctick 

Dimensions W x D x H (mm) 150 x 38 x 98 200 x 38 x 98 150 x 38 x 98 200 x 38 x 98 200 x 50 x 98 200 x 65 x 98 

Fixing (mm) Panel mount by scew, by bracket ABL1A01 (1) , on DIN rail 35mm by panel ABL1A02 (1). 

References Without filter ABL1REM12050 – ABL1REM24025 ABL1REM24042 ABL1REM24062 ABL1REM24100 

With filter (2) – ABL1RPM12083 – ABL1RPM24042 ABL1RPM24062 ABL1RPM24100 

(1) has to order separately. 

(2) Anti harmonic IEC/EN 61000-3-2 

Filtered rectified 

5 


12W to 480W single-phase 

6 

7 

Input voltage 

215/230/245 V or 385/400/415 VAC 


24 V 


cULus, ENEC 

Rated power / Rated output current 12 W / 0.5 A 24 W / 1 A 48 W / 2 A 96 W / 4 A 144 W / 6 A 240 W / 10 A 360 W / 15 A 480 W / 20 A 

Dimensions W x D x H (mm) 87 x 124 x 108 87 x 124 x 108 87 x 142 x 108 87 x 165 x 108 123 x 153 x 153 123 x 185 x 153 135 x 185 x 138 175 x 215 x 128 

Fixing (mm) DIN rail 35x7.5 or 35x15 or on panel mount by screw On panel mount by screw 

References ABL8FEQ24005 ABL8FEQ24010 ABL8FEQ24020 ABL8FEQ24040 ABL8FEQ24060 ABL8FEQ24100 ABL8FEQ24150 ABL8FEQ24200 

8 

9 


240W to 1440W 3-phases 

10 

Input voltage 

3x 380 / 400 / 420 V 


24 V 


cULus, ENEC 

Rated power / Rated output current 240 W / 10 A 480 W / 20 A 720 W / 30 A 960 W / 40 A 1440 W / 60 A 

Dimensions W x D x H (mm) 185 x 190 x 78 220 x 215 x 104 240 x 252 x 108 310 x 310 x 140 310 x 310 x 154 

Fixing (mm) 

On panel mount by screw 

References ABL8TEQ24100 ABL8TEQ24200 ABL8TEQ24300 ABL8TEQ24400 ABL8TEQ24600 

10/8 


Phaseo 


Phaseo Transformers 

1 


Double winding operating temperature 

+60°C 

+50°C 


230/400 VAC (±15 V) 1-phase 

Certifications c us, ENEC 

Rated power / Rated output currrent 25 VA 40 VA 63 VA 100 VA 160 VA 250 VA 320 VA 400 VA 630 VA 1000 VA 

Visualization LED display of voltage presence at primary Without 

Fixing (mm) DIN rail 35x15 or on panel mount by screw On panel mount by screw 

References ABT7PDU•••(1) ABT7TDU•••(1) 

Rated output voltage 24/48 V 002B 004B 006B 010B 016B 025B 032B 040B 063B 100B 

115/230 V 002G 004G 006G 010G 016G 025G 032G 040G 063G 100G 

(1) Complete the reference according to the power and voltage using the table below (example: ABT7PDU002G) 

2 

3 

4 

5 


Single winding operating temperature +50°C 


230/400 VAC (±15 V) 1-phase 


Rated output power 25 VA 40 VA 63 VA 100 VA 160 VA 250 VA 400 VA 630 VA 1000 VA 

Fixing (mm) 


References 

ABL6TS•••(2) 

Rated output voltage 24 V 02B 04B 06B 10B 16B 25B 40B 63B 100B 

115 V 02G 04G 06G 10G 16G 25G 40G 63G 100G 

230 V 02U 04U 06U 10U 16U 25U 40U 63U 100U 

(2) Complete the reference according to the power and voltage using the table below (example: ABL6TS02G) 

6 

7 

8 


Single winding operating temperature +40°C 


230 VAC (±15 V) 1-phase 


Without 

Rated power / Rated output currrent 40 VA 63 VA 100 VA 160 VA 250 VA 320 VA 400 VA 

Fixing (mm) 


References ABT7ESM•••(3) 

Rated output voltage 24 V 004B 006B 010B 016B 025B 032B 040B 

(3) Complete the reference according to the power and voltage using the table below (example: ABT7ESM004B) 

9 

10 


10/9

Zelio Relay 



Interface and miniature relays 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

Type of relay Interface relays Miniature relays 

RSB 

RXM 

Contact characteristics 

Thermal current Ith in A (temperature ≤ 55°C) 8 12 16 12 10 6 3 

Number of contacts 2 “C/O” 1 “C/O” 1 “C/O” 2 “C/O” 3 “C/O” 4 “C/O” 4 “C/O” 

Contact material AgNi AgNi AgNi AgNi AgNi AgNi AgAu 

Switching voltage, min. / max. 5 / 250 VAC/DC 12 / 250 VAC/DC 

Switching capacity, min. / max. (mA / VA) 5 / 2000 5 / 3000 5 / 4000 10 / 3000 10 / 2500 10 / 1500 2 / 1500 

Coil characteristics 

Average consumption, inrush, 0.75 VA / 0.45 W 1.2 VA / 0.9 W 

Permissible voltage variation 0.8/0.85…1.1 Un (50/ 60Hz or =) 0.8…1.1 Un (50 / 60Hz or =) 

References (1) (1) (1) (2) (2) (2) 

Coil supply voltage 6 VDC RSB2A080RD RSB1A120RD RSB1A160RD – – – – 

on DC 12 VDC RSB2A080JD RSB1A120JD RSB1A160JD RXM2AB2JD RXM3AB2JD RXM4AB2JD RXM4GB2JD 

24 VDC RSB2A080BD RSB1A120BD RSB1A160BD RXM2AB2BD RXM3AB2BD RXM4AB2BD RXM4GB2BD 

48 VDC RSB2A080ED RSB1A120ED RSB1A160ED RXM2AB2ED RXM3AB2ED RXM4AB2ED RXM4GB2ED 

60 VDC RSB2A080ND RSB1A120ND RSB1A160ND – – – – 

110 VDC RSB2A080FD RSB1A120FD RSB1A160FD RXM2AB2FD RXM3AB2ED RXM4AB2ED RXM4GB2ED 

Coil supply voltage 24 VAC RSB2A080B7 RSB1A120B7 RSB1A160B7 RXM2AB2B7 RXM3AB2B7 RXM4AB2B7 RXM4GB2B7 

on AC 48 VAC RSB2A080E7 RSB1A120E7 RSB1A160E7 RXM2AB2E7 RXM3AB2E7 RXM4AB2E7 RXM4GB2E7 

120 VAC RSB2A080F7 RSB1A120F7 RSB1A160F7 RXM2AB2F7 RXM3AB2F7 RXM4AB2F7 RXM4GB2F7 

220 VAC RSB2A080M7 RSB1A120M7 RSB1A160M7 – – – – 

230 VAC RSB2A080P7 RSB1A120P7 RSB1A160P7 RXM2AB2P7 RXM3AB2P7 RXM4AB2P7 RXM4GB2P7 

240 VAC RSB2A080U7 RSB1A120U7 RSB1A160U7 – – – RXM4GB2U7 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

Sockets for relays 

Type of socket For interface relays RSB For miniature relays RXM 

Mixed input/output type sockets with location for protection module 

Separate input/output type sockets with location for protection module 

Protection modules 

– – – RXZE2M114(5) – RXZE2M114 RXZE2M114 

– – – RXZE2M114M(5) – RXZE2M114M RXZE2M114M 

RSZE1S48M RSZE1S35M RSZE1S48M(3) RXZE2S108M RXZE2S111M RXZE2S114M RXZE2S114M 

Diode 6…230 VDC RZM040W RXM040W 

RC circuit 24…60 VAC RZM041BN7 RXM041BN7 

110…240 VAC RZM041FU7 RXM041FU7 

Varistor 6…24 VDC or AC RZM021RB (6) RXM021RB 

24…60 VDC or AC RZM021BN (6) RXM021BN 

110…230 VDC or AC RZM021FP (6) RXM021FP 

24 VDC or AC – – 

240 VDC or AC – – 

Multifunction timer module 24…230 VDC or AC – – 

Accessories 

Plastic maintaining clamp RSZR215 RXZR335 

Metal maintaining clamp – RXZ400 

Label for socket RSZL300 RXZL420 (except RXZE2M114) 

Bus jumper 2 poles – RXZS2 

DIN rail adapter – RXZE2DA 

Panel mounting adapter – RXZE2FA 

(1) References for relays without socket, for relays with socket, add the letter S to the end of the selected reference. (Example: RSB2A080B7 becomes RSB2A080B7S). 

(2) References for relays with LED, for relays without LED, replace the number 1 in the reference by 2. (Example: RXM2AB2JD becomes RXM2AB1JD) 

(3) To use RSB 1A160 pp relay with socket, terminals must be interconnected 

10/10 


Zelio Relay 



Universal and power relays 

1 

Universal relays 

Power relays 

RUM RPM RPF 

Cylindrics 

Faston 

10 10 3 10 10 15 15 15 15 30 (4) 30 (4) 

2 “C/O” 3 “C/O” 3 “C/O” 2 “C/O” 3 “C/O” 1 “C/O” 2 “C/O” 3 “C/O” 4 “C/O” 2 “N/O” 2 “C/O” 

AgNi AgNi AgAu AgNi AgNi AgNi AgNi AgNi AgNi AgSnO 2 

AgSnO 2 

12 / 250 VAC/DC 12 / 250 VAC/DC 12 / 250 VAC/DC 

10 / 2500 10 / 2500 3 / 750 10 / 2500 10 / 2500 100 / 3750 100 / 3750 100 / 3750 100 / 3750 100 / 7200 100 / 7200 

2…3 VA / 1.4 W 0.9 VA / 0.7 W 1.2 VA / 0.9 W 1.5 VA / 1.7 W 1.5 VA / 2 W 4 VA / 1.7 W 

(2) (2) – (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) – – 

– – – – – – – – – – – 

RUMC2AB2JD RUMC3AB2JD – RUMF2AB2JD RUMF3AB2JD RPM12JD RPM22JD RPM32JD RPM42JD RPF2AJD RPF2BJD 

RUMC2AB2BD RUMC3AB2BD RUMC3GB2BD RUMF2AB2BD RUMF3AB2BD RPM12BD RPM22BD RPM32BD RPM42BD RPF2ABD RPF2BBD 

RUMC2AB2ED RUMC3AB2ED RUMC3GB2ED RUMF2AB2ED RUMF3AB2ED RPM12ED RPM22ED RPM32ED RPM42ED – – 

– – – – – – – – – – – 

RUMC2AB2FD RUMC3AB2FD – RUMF2AB2FD RUMF3AB2FD RPM12FD RPM22FD RPM32FD RPM42FD RPF2AFD RPF2BFD 

RUMC2AB2B7 RUMC3AB2B7 RUMC3GB2B7 RUMF2AB2B7 RUMF3AB2B7 RPM12B7 RPM22B7 RPM32B7 RPM42B7 RPF2AB7 RPF2BB7 

RUMC2AB2E7 RUMC3AB2E7 RUMC3GB2E7 RUMF2AB2E7 RUMF3AB2E7 RPM12E7 RPM22E7 RPM32E7 RPM42E7 – – 

RUMC2AB2F7 RUMC3AB2F7 RUMC3GB2F7 RUMF2AB2F7 RUMF3AB2F7 RPM12F7 RPM22F7 RPM32F7 RPM42F7 RPF2AF7 RPF2BF7 

– – – – – – – – – – – 

RUMC2AB2P7 RUMC3AB2P7 RUMC3GB2P7 RUMF2AB2P7 RUMF3AB2P7 RPM12P7 RPM22P7 RPM32P7 RPM42P7 RPF2AP7 RPF2BP7 

– – – – – – – – – – – 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

For universal relays RUM For power relays RPM For power relays RPF 

RUZC2M RUZC3M RUZC3M – – RPZF1 RPZF2 RPZF3 RPZF4 – 

– – – – – – – – – – 

RUZSC2M RUZSC3M RUZSC3M RUZSF3M RUZSF3M – – – – – 

1 and 2 poles 3 and 4 poles 

RUW240BD RXM040W RUW240BD – 

– RXM041BN7 – – 

RUW241P7 RXM041FU7 RUW241P7 – 

– RXM021RB – – 

– RXM021BN – – 

– RXM021FP – – 

RUW242B7 RUW242B7 – – 

RUW242P7 – RUW242P7 – 

RUW101MW – RUW101MW – 

– – – 

RUZC200 RPZF1 (for 1 pole relays) – 

RUZL420 – – 

RUZS2 – – 

– RPZ1DA RXZE2DA RPZ3DA RPZ4DA – 

– RPZ1FA RXZE2FA RPZ3FA RPZ4FA – 

(4) 30A with 13 mm space between relays; 25 A when relay mounting side by side 

(5) Max 10 A operating 

(6) With LED 

7 

8 

9 

10 


10/11

Zelio Relay 



RSL relays mounted on sockets 

1 

2 

3 

4 

Type of relay 

Pre-assembled equipped with LED and protection circuit 

Sold in lots of 10 

Contact characteristics 

Thermal current Ith in A 6 

Number of contacts 

1 C/O 

Contact material 

AgSnO2 

Switching voltage, min/max 

12 / 300 V AC/DC 

Switching capacity min/max (mA /VA) 100 / 1500 

Coil characteristics 

Average consumption, inrush 

0.17 W 

permissible voltage variation -10% / +15% 

Socket connexion Screw connector Spring terminal 

Socket supply voltage Coil supply voltage 

References 12 V AC/DC 12 V DC RSL1PVJU RSL1PRJU 

24 V AC/DC 24 V DC RSL1PVBU RSL1PRBU 

48 V AC/DC 48 V DC RSL1PVEU RSL1PREU 

110 V AC/DC 60 V DC RSL1PVFU RSL1PRFU 

230 V AC/DC 60 V DC RSL1PVPU RSL1PRPU 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

10/12 


Zelio Relay 



RSL relays for customer assembly 

1 

Type of relay 

Relay for customer assembly 


Number of contacts 

1 C/O 

Coil supply voltage 

References 12 V DC RSL1AB4JD 

24 V DC RSL1AB4BD 

48 V DC RSL1AB4ED 

60 V DC RSL1AB4ND 

Sockets 

2 

3 

4 

5 

Type of socket 

Sockets for customer assembly with LED and protection circuit 


Socket connection Screw connector Spring terminal 

Socket supply voltage 

References 12 and 24 V AC/DC RSLZVA1 RSLZRA1 

48 and 60 V AC/DC RSLZVA2 RSLZRA2 

110 V AC/DC RSLZVA3 RSLZRA3 

230 V AC/DC RSLZVA4 RSLZRA4 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 


10/13

Spacial 

Spacial Steel 


Cabinets 

Panorama 

1 

Boxes 

From 74 x 74 mm 

To 720 x 540 mm 

SDB Derivation boxes 

S44 Industrial boxes IP 66 

S57 Screw fixed cover boxes IP 66 

S24 Safety boxes IP 55 

2 

3 

Wall-mounting 

enclosures 

From 300 x 200 mm 

To 1200 x 1000 mm 

S3D Wall-mounting steel 

S3DB Terminal enclosures 

S3DBFL Terminal enclosures with FL21 cut-out 

S3DM Distribution modular enclosures 

VDM 19” enclosures 

S3DEX Potentially explosive atmospheres 

S3HF Electromagnetic compatibility 

4 

5 

Floor-standing 

enclosures 

From 500 x 500 mm 

To 2200 x 1600 mm 

SM Floor-standing compact 

SF Floor-standing suitable 

• Compartimentalised application 

• Electronic application 

• Prisma Plus application 

• Automobile application 

6 

7 

Human-Machine 

Interface 

enclosures 

PB500208 

S3CM Control enclosures with 

suspension system 

SD Compact control desks 

SDF Control desks with console 

SF PC rack 

8 

9 

ClimaSys 

Thermal 

management 

CV-CA 

Ventilation/Airing 

CE Exchangers 

CU Cooling 

Units 

10 

Accessories 

Mounting 

Power 

distribution 

Cable 

management 

10/14 


Spacial 

Thalassa 

Spacial Stainless-steel 


Cabinets 

Panorama 

Thalassa Insulating materials 

PLS Insulating modular boxes 

TBP Polycarbonate industrial boxes 

TBS ABS industrial boxes 

1 

2 

S3X Wall-mounting 

S3XEX Potentially 

explosive atmospheres 

PLM Wall-mounting polyester 

PLMEX Potentially explosive atmospheres 

3 

4 

SMX Floor-standing 

monobloc 

SFX Floor-standing 

suitable 

PLA Floor-standing polyester enclosures 

PLD Floor-standing DIN polyester enclosures 

5 

6 

SDX Control desk 

SMX PC rack 

7 

8 

CR Resistance 

Heaters 

CC Thermal 

Control 

ProClima 5.0 

Thermal software 

9 

Lighting & sockets Door accessories Earthing 

10 


10/15

Index 

Product reference index 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

490 

490NTC0000ppp 4/11 

490NTW000ppp 4/11 

499NEH10410 4/11 

499NES18100 4/11 

499NMS25101 4/11 

499NMS25102 4/11 

499NSS25101 4/11 

499NSS25102 4/11 

499TWD01100 3/15 

499TWD01100 4/13 

9001 

9001K2L7AH13 8/21 

9001K2L7GH13 8/21 

9001K2L7RH13 8/21 

9001K3L35LGGH13 8/21 

9001K3L35LRRH13 8/21 

9001K3L35LYAH13 8/21 

9001K3L36LGGH13 8/21 

9001K3L36LRRH13 8/21 

9001K3L36LYAH13 8/21 

9001K3L38LGGH13 8/21 

9001K3L38LRRH13 8/21 

9001K3L38LYAH13 8/21 

9001KAp 8/22 

9001KN100WP 8/22 

9001KN101WP 8/22 

9001KN102RP 8/22 

9001KN106WP 8/22 

9001KN107WP 8/22 

9001KN123WP 8/22 

9001KN179WP 8/22 

9001KN200 8/22 

9001KN20p 8/22 

9001KN223 8/22 

9001KN379 8/22 

9001KN8100 8/22 

9001KN8330 8/22 

9001KN8330F 8/22 

9001KN8330S 8/22 

9001KN9100 8/22 

9001KN9330 8/22 

9001KN9330F 8/22 

9001KN9330S 8/22 

9001KP35LGG9 8/21 

9001KP35LRR9 8/21 

9001KP35LYA9 8/21 

9001KP36LGG9 8/21 

9001KP36LRR9 8/21 

9001KP36LYA9 8/21 

9001KP38LGG9 8/21 

9001KP38LRR9 8/21 

9001KP38LYA9 8/21 

9001KP7A9 8/21 

9001KP7G9 8/21 

9001KP7R9 8/21 

9001KR16 8/20 

9001KR16H13 8/20 

9001KR16H2 8/20 

9001KR1UH13 8/20 

9001KR1UH5 8/20 

9001KR2UH13 8/20 

9001KR2UH5 8/20 

9001KR3UH13 8/20 

9001KR3UH5 8/20 

9001KR8P35RH25 8/21 

9001KR8P36RH25 8/21 

9001KR8P38RH25 8/21 

9001KR8P7RH25 8/21 

9001KR9P35RH13 8/21 

9001KR9P36RH13 8/21 

9001KR9P38RH13 8/21 

9001KR9P7RH13 8/21 

9001KR9R20H13 8/20 

9001KR9R20H6 8/20 

9001KR9R94H13 8/20 

9001KR9RH6 8/20 

9001KS11FBH5 8/20 

9001KS11K1RH1 8/20 

9001KS34FBH5 8/20 

9001KS43FBH1 8/20 

9001KS53FBH1 8/20 

9001KYp 8/22 

9001KYSSp 8/22 

ABL 

ABL1REM12050 10/8 

ABL1REM24025 10/8 

ABL1REM24042 10/8 

ABL1REM24062 10/8 

ABL1REM24100 10/8 

ABL1RPM12083 10/8 

ABL1RPM24042 10/8 

ABL1RPM24062 10/8 

ABL1RPM24100 10/8 

ABL4RSM24035 10/4 

ABL4RSM24050 10/4 

ABL4RSM24100 10/4 

ABL4RSM24200 10/4 

ABL4WSR24200 10/5 

ABL4WSR24300 10/5 

ABL4WSR24400 10/5 

ABL6TSppp 10/9 

ABL7RM24025 10/4 

ABL7RP1205 10/5 

ABL7RP4803 10/5 

ABL8BBU24200 10/6 

ABL8BBU24400 10/6 

ABL8BPK24A03 10/6 

ABL8BPK24A03 10/6 

ABL8BPK24A07 10/6 

ABL8BPK24A07 10/6 

ABL8BPK24A12 10/6 

ABL8BPK24A12 10/6 

ABL8BUF24400 10/6 

ABL8DCC05060 10/5 

ABL8DCC12020 10/5 

ABL8FEQ24005 10/8 

ABL8FEQ24010 10/8 

ABL8FEQ24020 10/8 

ABL8FEQ24040 10/8 

ABL8FEQ24060 10/8 

ABL8FEQ24100 10/8 

ABL8FEQ24150 10/8 

ABL8FEQ24200 10/8 

ABL8MEM05040 10/4 

ABL8MEM12020 10/4 

ABL8MEM24003 10/4 

ABL8MEM24006 10/4 

ABL8MEM24012 10/4 

ABL8PRP24100 10/7 

ABL8RED24400 10/7 

ABL8REM24030 10/5 

ABL8REM24050 10/5 

ABL8RPM24200 10/5 

ABL8RPS24030 10/4 

ABL8RPS24050 10/4 

ABL8RPS24100 10/4 

ABL8TEQ24100 10/8 

ABL8TEQ24200 10/8 

ABL8TEQ24300 10/8 

ABL8TEQ24400 10/8 

ABL8TEQ24600 10/8 

ABL8WPS24200 10/5 

ABL8WPS24400 10/5 

ABT 

ABT7ESMppp 10/9 

ABT7PDUppp 10/9 

Acti 

Acti9 DPN Vigi 10/3 

Acti9 iC60HDC 10/3 

Acti9 iC60N 10/3 

Acti9 iC60N 10/3 

Acti9 Vigii C60 10/3 

ASI 

ASILUFC51 5/7 

ATV312 

ATV312H018M2 6/10 

ATV312H018M3 6/10 

ATV312H037M2 6/10 

ATV312H037M3 6/10 

ATV312H037N4 6/10 

ATV312H055M2 6/10 

ATV312H055M3 6/10 

ATV312H055N4 6/10 

ATV312H075M2 6/10 

ATV312H075M3 6/10 

ATV312H075N4 6/10 

ATV312H075S6 6/10 

ATV312HD11M3 6/10 

ATV312HD11N4 6/10 

ATV312HD11S6 6/10 

ATV312HD15M3 6/10 

ATV312HD15N4 6/10 

ATV312HD15S6 6/10 

ATV312HU11M2 6/10 

ATV312HU11M3 6/10 

ATV312HU11N4 6/10 

ATV312HU15M2 6/10 

ATV312HU15M3 6/10 

ATV312HU15N4 6/10 

ATV312HU15S6 6/10 

ATV312HU22M2 6/10 

ATV312HU22M3 6/10 

ATV312HU22N4 6/10 

ATV312HU22S6 6/10 

ATV312HU30M3 6/10 

ATV312HU30N4 6/10 

ATV312HU40M3 6/10 

ATV312HU40N4 6/10 

ATV312HU40S6 6/10 

ATV312HU55M3 6/10 

ATV312HU55N4 6/10 

ATV312HU55S6 6/10 

ATV312HU75M3 6/10 

ATV312HU75N4 6/10 

ATV312HU75S6 6/10 

ATV32 

ATV32H018M2 6/11 

ATV32H037M2 6/11 

ATV32H037N4 6/11 

ATV32H055M2 6/11 

ATV32H055N4 6/11 

ATV32H075M2 6/11 

ATV32H075N4 6/11 

ATV32HD11N4 6/11 

ATV32HD15N4 6/11 

ATV32HU11M2 6/11 

ATV32HU11N4 6/11 

ATV32HU15M2 6/11 

ATV32HU15N4 6/11 

ATV32HU22M2 6/11 

ATV32HU22N4 6/11 

ATV32HU30N4 6/11 

ATV32HU40N4 6/11 

ATV32HU55N4 6/11 

ATV32HU75N4 6/11 

ATV71 

ATV71H037M3 6/12 

ATV71H075M3 6/12 

ATV71H075M3 6/12 

ATV71H075N4 6/12 

ATV71HC11N4 6/12 

ATV71HC11Y 6/13 

ATV71HC13N4 6/12 

ATV71HC13Y 6/13 

ATV71HC16N4 6/12 

ATV71HC16Y 6/13 

ATV71HC20N4 6/12 

ATV71HC20Y 6/13 

ATV71HC25N4 6/12 

ATV71HC25Y 6/13 

ATV71HC28N4 6/12 

ATV71HC31N4 6/12 

ATV71HC31Y 6/13 

ATV71HC40N4 6/12 

ATV71HC40Y 6/13 

ATV71HC50N4 6/12 

ATV71HC50Y 6/13 

ATV71HC63Y 6/13 

ATV71HD11M3X 6/12 

ATV71HD11N4 6/12 

ATV71HD11Y 6/13 

ATV71HD15M3X 6/12 

ATV71HD15N4 6/12 

ATV71HD15Y 6/13 

ATV71HD18M3X 6/12 

ATV71HD18N4 6/12 

ATV71HD18Y 6/13 

ATV71HD22M3X 6/12 

ATV71HD22N4 6/12 

ATV71HD22Y 6/13 

ATV71HD30M3X 6/12 

ATV71HD30N4 6/12 

ATV71HD30Y 6/13 

ATV71HD37M3X 6/12 

ATV71HD37N4 6/12 

ATV71HD37Y 6/13 

ATV71HD45M3X 6/12 

ATV71HD45N4 6/12 

ATV71HD45Y 6/13 

ATV71HD55M3X 6/12 

ATV71HD55N4 6/12 

ATV71HD55Y 6/13 

ATV71HD75M3X 6/12 

ATV71HD75N4 6/12 

ATV71HD75Y 6/13 

ATV71HD90N4 6/12 

ATV71HD90Y 6/13 

ATV71HU15M3 6/12 

ATV71HU15M3 6/12 

ATV71HU15N4 6/12 

ATV71HU22M3 6/12 

ATV71HU22M3 6/12 

ATV71HU22N4 6/12 

ATV71HU22Y 6/13 

ATV71HU30M3 6/12 

ATV71HU30M3 6/12 

ATV71HU30N4 6/12 

ATV71HU30Y 6/13 

ATV71HU40M3 6/12 

ATV71HU40M3 6/12 

ATV71HU40N4 6/12 

ATV71HU40Y 6/13 

ATV71HU55M3 6/12 

ATV71HU55M3 6/12 

ATV71HU55N4 6/12 

ATV71HU55Y 6/13 

ATV71HU75M3 6/12 

ATV71HU75M3 6/12 

ATV71HU75N4 6/12 

ATV71HU75Y 6/13 

ATV71QC11N4 6/14 

ATV71QC11Y 6/14 

ATV71QC13N4 6/14 

ATV71QC13Y 6/14 

ATV71QC16N4 6/14 

ATV71QC16Y 6/14 

ATV71QC20N4 6/14 

ATV71QC20Y 6/14 

ATV71QC25N4 6/14 

ATV71QC25Y 6/14 

ATV71QC31N4 6/14 

ATV71QC31Y 6/14 

ATV71QC40N4 6/14 

ATV71QC40Y 6/14 

ATV71QC50N4 6/14 

ATV71QC50Y 6/14 

ATV71QC63Y 6/14 

ATV71QD90N4 6/14 

B 

BMXXCAUSBH018 3/27 

F 

FTXCN12F5 4/6 

FTXCN12M5 4/6 

GK 

GK2AXpp 5/25 

GK3AV01 5/25 

GK3EF80 5/25 

GV 

GV1G0p 5/21 

GV1V02 5/24 

GV2AP0p 5/21 

GV2G245 5/21 

GV2G254 5/21 

GV2G272 5/21 

GV2G345 5/21 

GV2G354 5/21 

GV2G445 5/21 

GV2G454 5/21 

GV2G472 5/21 

GV2G554 5/21 

GV2K031 7/31 

GV2K04 7/31 

GV2L0p 5/18 

GV2L1p 5/19 

GV2L2p 5/19 

GV2L32 5/19 

GV2LE0p 5/18, 

5/19 

GV2LE08 5/19 

GV2LE08 5/19 

GV2LE1p 5/19 

GV2LE2p 5/19 

GV2LE32 5/19 

GV2ME0ppp 5/18 

GV2P0ppp 5/18 

GV3A0p 5/24, 

5/25 

GV3AP0p 5/21 

GV3B11 5/24 

GV3B22 5/24 

GV3B38 5/24 

GV3D11 5/24 

GV3D22 5/24 

GV3D38 5/24 

GV3G264 5/20 

GV3G364 5/20 

GV3G66 5/20 

GV3L25 5/20 

GV3L32 5/20 

GV3L40 5/20 

GV3L50 5/20 

GV3L65 5/20 

GV3ME80 5/24 

GV3P13 5/20 

GV3P18 5/20 

GV3P25 5/20 

GV3P32 5/20 

GV3P40 5/20 

GV3P50 5/20 

GV3P65 5/20 

GV3S 5/20 

GV7AC0p 5/23 

GV7AD111 5/23 

GV7AD112 5/23 

GV7AP0p 5/23 

GV7AS055 5/23 

GV7AS107 5/23 

GV7AS207 5/23 

GV7AS387 5/23 

GV7AS525 5/23 

GV7AU055 5/23 

GV7AU107 5/23 

GV7AU207 5/23 

GV7AU387 5/23 

GV7AU525 5/23 

GV7RE100 5/22 

GV7RE150 5/22 

GV7RE20 5/21 

GV7RE220 5/22 

GV7RE25 5/21 

GV7RE40 5/22 

GV7RE50 5/22 

GV7RE80 5/22 

GV7RS100 5/22 

GV7RS150 5/22 

GV7RS20 5/21 

GV7RS220 5/22 

GV7RS25 5/21 

GV7RS40 5/22 

GV7RS80 5/22 

GV7V01 5/23 

GVAD0101 5/21 

GVAD0110 5/21 

GVAD1001 5/21 

GVAD1010 5/21 

GVAEpp 5/21 

GVAED101 5/20 

GVAM11 5/21 

GVAN11 5/21 

10/16

Index 


GVAN20 5/21 

GVAp025 5/21 

GVAp026 5/21 

GVAp055 5/21 

GVAp056 5/21 

GVAp107 5/21 

GVAp115 5/21 

GVAp115 5/21 

GVAp116 5/21 

GVAp125 5/21 

GVAp207 5/21 

GVAp225 5/21 

GVAp226 5/21 

GVAp385 5/21 

GVAp386 5/21 

GVAp415 5/21 

GVAp416 5/21 

GZ 

GZBY2130 7/29 

HMI 

HMISTO501 8/27 





HMISTU655 8/27 

HMISTU855 8/27 

HMIZSUSBB 3/16 

K 

K10A001ACH 8/24 

K10B002ACH 8/24 

K10C003ACH 8/24 

K10D002UCH 8/24 

K10F003MCH 8/24 

K10F003UCH 8/24 

K10F027MCH 8/24 

K1B002ACH 8/23 

K1B002ALH 8/23 

K1B1002HCH 8/23 

K1B1002HLH 8/23 

K1D002UCH 8/23 

K1D002ULH 8/23 

K1D002UZ2 8/23 

K1D002UZ4 8/23 

K1D012QCH 8/23 

K1D012QLH 8/23 

K1F003MCH 8/23 

K1F003MLH 8/23 

K1F022QZ2 8/23 

K1F022QZ4 8/23 

K1F027MCH 8/23 

K1F027MLH 8/23 

K1G043RZ2 8/23 

K1G043RZ4 8/23 

K2B002ACH 8/23 

K2B002ALH 8/23 

K2B1002HCH 8/23 

K2B1002HLH 8/23 

K2D002UCH 8/23 

K2D002ULH 8/23 

K2D012QCH 8/23 

K2D012QLH 8/23 

K30C003AP 8/24 

K30C003HP 8/24 

K30D004HP 8/24 

K30E003WP 8/24 

K30H001YP 8/24 

K30H004PP 8/24 

K30H004UP 8/24 

LAD 

LA1DX20 5/17 

LA1DY20 5/17 

LA1DZ31 5/17 

LA1DZ40 5/17 

LA1KNpp 5/11 

LA2KT2E 5/11 

LA2KT2U 5/11 

LA4DA2E 5/15 

LA4DA2G 5/15 

LA4DA2N 5/15 

LA4DA2U 5/15 

LA4DB2B 5/15 

LA4DB2S 5/15 

LA4DB3B 5/15 

LA4DB3S 5/15 

LA4DE2E 5/15 

LA4DE2G 5/15 

LA4DE2U 5/15 

LA4KA1U 5/11 

LA4KC1B 5/11 

LA4KC1E 5/11 

LA4KE1B 5/11 

LA4KE1E 5/11 

LA4KE1FC 5/11 

LA4KE1UG 5/11 

LA6DK20p 5/13 

LA7D03p 5/26 

LA7D03p 5/28 

LA7D1020 5/28 

LA7D305 5/28 

LA7D3058 5/26 

LA7D3064 5/26 

LA7K0064 5/26 

LA99R1 5/13 

LA9D11569 5/13 

LA9D8069 5/13 

LA9F103 5/28 

LA9F15076 5/17 

LA9F22576 5/17 

LA9FF970 5/17 

LA9FF976 5/17 

LA9FG970 5/17 

LA9FG970 5/17 

LA9FG976 5/17 

LA9FH976 5/17 

LA9FJ970 5/17 

LA9FJ976 5/17 

LA9FK976 5/17 

LA9FL970 5/17 

LA9FL976 5/17 

LAD4D3U 5/15 

LAD4DC3U 5/15 

LAD4DDL 5/15 

LAD4DE3E 5/15 

LAD4DE3G 5/15 

LAD4DE3U 5/15 

LAD4RC3E 5/15 

LAD4RC3G 5/15 

LAD4RC3N 5/15 

LAD4RC3U 5/15 

LAD4RCE 5/15 

LAD4RCG 5/15 

LAD4RCU 5/15 

LAD4T3p 5/15 

LAD4TB 5/15 

LAD4TBDL 5/15 

LAD4TGD 5/15 

LAD4TS 5/15 

LAD4TSDL 5/15 

LAD4TUDL 5/15 

LAD4TXDL 5/15 

LAD4V3E 5/15 

LAD4V3G 5/15 

LAD4V3U 5/15 

LAD4VE 5/15 

LAD4VG 5/15 

LAD4VU 5/15 

LAD6K10p 5/13 

LAD703p 5/26 

LAD7B10 5/26 

LAD7C1 5/26 

LAD7C2 5/26 

LAD96570 5/20 

LAD96575 5/20 

LAD9R1V 5/13 

LAD9R3 5/13 

LAD9R3 5/26 

LADC22 5/17 

LADNpp 5/14, 

5/17 

LADRp 5/14 

LADTp 5/14 

LC 

LC1D09 5/12 

LC1D115 5/13 

LC1D12 5/12 

LC1D150 5/13 

LC1D18 5/12 

LC1D25 5 /12 

LC1D32 5/12 

LC1D38 5/12 

LC1D40A 5/13 

LC1D50A 5/13 

LC1D65A 5/13 

LC1D80 5/13 

LC1D95 5/13 

LC1F1250 5/17 

LC1F1400 5/17 

LC1F185 5/16 

LC1F225 5/16 

LC1F265 5/16 

LC1F400 5/17 

LC1F500 5/17 

LC1F630 5/17 

LC1F780 5/17 

LC1F800 5/17 

LC2D09 5/12 

LC2D115 5/13 

LC2D12 5/12 

LC2D150 5/13 

LC2D18 5/12 

LC2D25 5/12 

LC2D32 5/12 

LC2D38 5/12 

LC2D40A 5/13 

LC2D50A 5/13 

LC2D65A 5/13 

LC2D80 5/13 

LC2D95 5/13 

LC2F185 5/16 

LC2F225 5/16 

LC2F265 5/16 

LC2K06 5/10 

LC2K09 5/10 

LC2K12 5/10 

LP 

LP2K06 5/10 

LP2K09 5/10 

LP2K12 5/10 

LR 

LR2D 3561 5/27 

LR2D3563 5/27 

LR2K0301 5/26 

LR2K0302 5/26 

LR2K0303 5/26 

LR2K0304 5/26 

LR2K0305 5/26 

LR2K0306 5/26 

LR2K0307 5/26 

LR2K0308 5/26 

LR2K0310 5/26 

LR2K0312 5/26 

LR2K0314 5/26 

LR2K0316 5/26 

LR97D015B 5/29 

LR97D015E 5/29 

LR97D015F7 5/29 

LR97D015M7 5/29 

LR97D025B 5/29 

LR97D025E 5/29 

LR97D025F7 5/29 

LR97D025M7 5/29 

LR97D038B 5/29 

LR97D038E 5/29 

LR97D038F7 5/29 

LR97D038M7 5/29 

LR97D07B 5/29 

LR97D07E 5/29 

LR97D07F7 5/29 

LR97D07M7 5/29 

LR9D5367 5/27 

LR9D5369 5/28 

LR9D5567 5/28 

LR9F5357 5/28 

LR9F5363 5/28 

LR9F5367 5/28 

LR9F5369 5/28 

LR9F5371 5/28 

LR9F5557 5/28 

LR9F5563 5/28 

LR9F5567 5/28 

LR9F5569 5/28 

LR9F5569 5/28 

LR9F5571 5/28 

LR9F57 5/28 

LR9F63 5/28 

LR9F67 5/28 

LR9F69 5/28 

LR9F71 5/28 

LR9F7375 5/28 

LR9F7379 5/28 

LR9F7381 5/28 

LR9F75 5/28 

LR9F7575 5/28 

LR9F7579 5/28 

LR9F7581 5/28 

LR9F79 5/28 

LR9F81 5/28 

LRD0p 5/27 

LRD1p 5/27 

LRD1508 5/27 

LRD1510 5/27 

LRD1512 5/27 

LRD1514 5/27 

LRD1516 5/27 

LRD1521 5/27 

LRD1522 5/27 

LRD1530 5/27 

LRD1532 5/27 

LRD16 5/27 

LRD21 5/27 

LRD22 5/27 

LRD313 5/27 

LRD313L 5/27 

LRD318 5/27 

LRD318L 5/27 

LRD32 5/27 

LRD325 5/27 

LRD325L 5/27 

LRD332 5/27 

LRD332L 5/27 

LRD336p 5/25, 

5/27 

LRD336p6 5/27 

LRD340 5/27 

LRD340L 5/27 

LRD35 5/27 

LRD350 5/27 

LRD350L 5/27 

LRD365 5/27 

LRD365L 5/27 

LRD4365 5/27 

LRD4367 5/27 

LRD4369 5/27 

LT 

LT4706M7A 5/29 

LT4706M7S 5/29 

LT4760BA 5/29 

LT4760BS 5/29 

LT4760EA 5/28 

LT4760ES 5/29 

LT4760F7A 5/29 

LT4760F7S 5/29 

LT4760M7A 5/29 

LT4760M7S 5/29 

LT47D06BA 5/29 

LT47D06BS 5/29 

LT47D06EA 5/29 

LT47D06ES 5/29 

LT47D06F7A 5/29 

LT47D06F7S 5/29 

LT47D30BA 5/29 

LT47D30BS 5/29 

LT47D30EA 5/29 

LT47D30ES 5/29 

LT47D30F7A 5/29 

LT47D30F7S 5/29 

LT47D30M7A 5/29 

LT47D30M7S 5/29 

LU 

LU9APN21 5/9 

LU9APN22 5/9 

LU9APN24 5/9 

LU9GC3 4/8 

LUA1C11 5/7 

LUA1C110 5/7 

LUA1C20 5/7 

LUA1C200 5/7 

LUB12 5/6 

LUB120 5/6 

LUB32 5/6 

LUB320 5/6 

LUCA05pp 5/6 

LUCA12pp 5/6 

LUCA18pp 5/6 

LUCA1Xpp 5/6 

LUCA32pp 5/6 

LUCA6Xpp 5/6 

LUCBT1BL 5/8 

LUCBT1BL 5/9 

LUCDT1BL 5/8 

LUCDT1BL 5/9 

LUCM05BL 5/6 

LUCM12BL 5/6 

LUCM18BL 5/6 

LUCM1XBL 5/6 

LUCM32BL 5/6 

LUCM6XBL 5/6 

LUCMT1BL 5/8 

LUCMT1BL 5/9 

LUFC00 5/9 

LUFC033 5/7 

LUFC033 5/9 

LUFDA01 5/7 

LUFDA10 5/7 

LUFDH11 5/7 

LUFN02 5/7 

LUFN11 5/7 

LUFN20 5/7 

LUFP7 3/15 

LUFP9 3/15 

LUFV2 5/7 

LUFV2 5/9 

LUFW10 5/6 

LUFW10 5/9 

LULC0p 5/7 

LULC15 5/7, 5/9 

LUTC01001 5/8 

LUTC02001 5/8 

LUTC0301 5/8 

LUTC04001 5/8 

LUTC05001 58 

LUTC0501 5/8 

LUTM10BL 5/8 

LUTM20BL 5/8 

M 

MSDCHLLMTV30S0 2/5 

MSDCHLLMUV30S0 2/5 

MSDCHNLMTA 2/5 

MSDCHNLMUA 2/5 

MSDCHNSFNV30 2/5 

Multi9 C120N 10/3 

Multi9 C60H DC 10/3 

Multi9 C60N 10/3 

Multi9 C60N 10/3 

Q 

Quick PRD20 10/3 

RC 

RCCBID 10/3 

RP 

RPF2AB7 10/11 

RPF2ABD 10/11 

RPF2AF7 10/11 

RPF2AFD 10/11 

RPF2AJD 10/11 

RPF2AP7 10/11 

RPF2BB7 10/11 

RPF2BBD 10/11 

RPF2BF7 10/11 

RPF2BFD 10/11 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

10/17

Index 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

RPF2BJD 10/11 

RPF2BP7 10/11 

RPM12B7 10/11 

RPM12BD 10/11 

RPM12E7 10/11 

RPM12ED 10/11 

RPM12F7 10/11 

RPM12FD 10/11 

RPM12JD 10/11 

RPM12P7 10/11 

RPM22B7 10/11 

RPM22BD 10/11 

RPM22E7 10/11 

RPM22ED 10/11 

RPM22F7 10/11 

RPM22FD 10/11 

RPM22JD 10/11 

RPM22P7 10/11 

RPM32B7 10/11 

RPM32BD 10/11 

RPM32E7 10/11 

RPM32ED 10/11 

RPM32F7 10/11 

RPM32FD 10/11 

RPM32JD 10/11 

RPM32P7 10/11 

RPM42B7 10/11 

RPM42BD 10/11 

RPM42E7 10/11 

RPM42ED 10/11 

RPM42F7 10/11 

RPM42FD 10/11 

RPM42JD 10/11 

RPM42P7 10/11 

RPZ1DA 10/11 

RPZ1FA 10/11 

RPZ3DA 10/11 

RPZ3FA 10/11 

RPZ4DA 10/11 

RPZ4FA 10/11 

RPZFp 10/11 

RS 

RSB1A120B7 10/10 

RSB1A120BD 10/10 

RSB1A120E7 10/10 

RSB1A120ED 10/10 

RSB1A120F7 10/10 

RSB1A120FD 10/10 

RSB1A120JD 10/10 

RSB1A120M7 10/10 

RSB1A120ND 10/10 

RSB1A120P7 10/10 

RSB1A120RD 10/10 

RSB1A120U7 10/10 

RSB1A160B7 10/10 

RSB1A160BD 10/10 

RSB1A160E7 10/10 

RSB1A160ED 10/10 

RSB1A160F7 10/10 

RSB1A160FD 10/10 

RSB1A160JD 10/10 

RSB1A160M7 10/10 

RSB1A160ND 10/10 

RSB1A160P7 10/10 

RSB1A160RD 10/10 

RSB1A160U7 10/10 

RSB2A080B7 10/10 

RSB2A080BD 10/10 

RSB2A080E7 10/10 

RSB2A080ED 10/10 

RSB2A080F7 10/10 

RSB2A080FD 10/10 

RSB2A080JD 10/10 

RSB2A080M7 10/10 

RSB2A080ND 10/10 

RSB2A080P7 10/10 

RSB2A080RD 10/10 

RSB2A080U7 10/10 

RSL1AB4BD 10/13 

RSL1AB4ED 10/13 

RSL1AB4JD 10/13 

RSL1AB4ND 10/13 

RSL1PRBU 10/12 

RSL1PREU 10/12 

RSL1PRFU 10/12 

RSL1PRJU 10/12 

RSL1PRPU 10/12 

RSL1PVBU 10/12 

RSL1PVEU 10/12 

RSL1PVFU 10/12 

RSL1PVJU 10/12 

RSL1PVPU 10/12 

RSLZRA1 10/13 

RSLZRA2 10/13 

RSLZRA3 10/13 

RSLZRA4 10/13 

RSLZVA1 10/13 

RSLZVA2 10/13 

RSLZVA3 10/13 

RSLZVA4 10/13 

RSZE1S35M 10/10 

RSZE1S48M 10/10 

RSZE1S48M 10/10 

RSZL300 10/10 

RSZR215 10/10 

RU 

RUMC 2AB2B7 10/11 

RUMC2AB2BD 10/11 

RUMC2AB2E7 10/11 

RUMC2AB2ED 10/11 

RUMC2AB2F7 10/11 

RUMC2AB2FD 10/11 

RUMC2AB2JD 10/11 

RUMC2AB2P7 10/11 

RUMC3AB2B7 10/11 

RUMC3AB2BD 10/11 

RUMC3AB2E7 10/11 

RUMC3AB2ED 10/11 

RUMC3AB2F7 10/11 

RUMC3AB2FD 10/11 

RUMC3AB2JD 10/11 

RUMC3AB2P7 10/11 

RUMC3GB2B7 10/11 

RUMC3GB2BD 10/11 

RUMC3GB2E7 10/11 

RUMC3GB2ED 10/11 

RUMC3GB2F7 10/11 

RUMC3GB2P7 10/11 

RUMF2AB2B7 10/11 

RUMF2AB2BD 10/11 

RUMF2AB2E7 10/11 

RUMF2AB2ED 10/11 

RUMF2AB2F7 10/11 

RUMF2AB2FD 10/11 

RUMF2AB2JD 10/11 

RUMF2AB2P7 10/11 

RUMF3AB2B7 10/11 

RUMF3AB2BD 10/11 

RUMF3AB2E7 10/11 

RUMF3AB2ED 10/11 

RUMF3AB2F7 10/11 

RUMF3AB2FD 10/11 

RUMF3AB2JD 10/11 

RUMF3AB2P7 10/11 

RUW101MW 10/11 

RUW101MW 10/11 

RUW240BD 10/11 

RUW240BD 10/11 

RUW241P7 10/11 

RUW241P7 10/11 

RUW242B7 10/11 

RUW242B7 10/11 

RUW242P7 10/11 

RUW242P7 10/11 

RUZC200 10/11 

RUZC2M 10/11 

RUZC3M 10/11 

RUZC3M 10/11 

RUZL420 10/11 

RUZS2 10/11 

RUZSC2M 10/11 

RUZSC3M 10/11 

RUZSC3M 10/11 

RUZSF3M 10/11 

RUZSF3M 10/11 

RX 

RXM021 10/10 

RXM040W 10/11 

RXM041BN7 10/10 

RXM041FU7 10/10 

RXM041FU7 10/11 

RXM2AB2B7 10/10 

RXM2AB2BD 10/10 

RXM2AB2E7 10/10 

RXM2AB2ED 10/10 

RXM2AB2F7 10/10 

RXM2AB2FD 10/10 

RXM2AB2JD 10/10 

RXM2AB2P7 10/10 

RXM3AB2B7 10/10 


RXM3AB2E7 10/10 



RXM3AB2F7 10/10 


RXM3AB2P7 10/10 

RXM4AB2B7 10/10 


RXM4AB2E7 10/10 



RXM4AB2F7 10/10 


RXM4AB2P7 10/10 

RXM4GB2B7 10/10 

RXM4GB2BD 10/10 

RXM4GB2E7 10/10 

RXM4GB2ED 10/10 

RXM4GB2ED 10/10 

RXM4GB2F7 10/10 

RXM4GB2JD 10/10 

RXM4GB2P7 10/10 

RXM4GB2U7 10/10 

RXZ400 10/10 

RXZE2DA 10/10 

RXZE2DA 10/11 

RXZE2FA 10/10 

RXZE2FA 10/11 

RXZE2M114 10/10 

RXZE2M114 10/10 

RXZE2M114 10/10 

RXZE2M114M 10/10 

RXZE2M114M 10/10 

RXZE2M114M 10/10 

RXZE2S108M 10/10 

RXZE2S111M 10/10 

RXZE2S114M 10/10 

RXZE2S114M 10/10 

RXZL420 10/10 

RXZR335 10/10 

RXZS2 10/10 

RZ 

RZM021BN 10/10 

RZM021FP 10/10 

RZM021RB 10/10 

RZM040W 10/10 

RZM041BN7 10/10 

RZM041FU7 10/10 

S 

SR2MOD03 3/15 

TCS 

TCSCAR013M120 4/6 

TCSCAR013M120 4/7 

TCSCAR01NM120 4/6 

TCSCCN4F3M05T 4/7 



TCSCTN011M11F 4/7 

TCSCTN023F13M03 4/6 

TCSCTN023F13M03 4/7 

TCSCTN026M16M 4/6 

TCSECL1M3M10S2 4/11 






TCSECN300R2 4/10 

TCSEK1MDRS 4/10 

TCSEK3MDS 4/10 

TCSESM043F1CS0 4/11 

TCSESM043F1CU0 4/11 





TCSESM083F23F0 4/11 



TCSESU033FN0 4/11 


TCSESU051F0 4/11 


TCSMCN3M4F3C2 3/15 



TCSMCN3M4M3S2 3/15 



TCSXCNAMUM3P 3/15 

TCSXCNAMUM3P 3/27 

TLA 

TLACDCBA005 4/7 




TM2 

TM200RSRCEMC 3/15 

TM238CNTLSCT 3/16 

TM238LFAC24DRS0 3/15 

TM238LFDC24DTS0 3/15 

TM238RSSCT 3/16 

TM238RSSPT 3/15 

TM258LF42DRS0 3/26 

TM258LF42DT4LS0 3/26 

TM258LF42DTS0 3/26 

TM258LF66DT4LS0 3/26 

TM2USBABDEV1 3/16 

TM5 

TM5ACLITB1 3/27 

TM5ACLITR1 3/27 

TM5ACLITW1 3/27 

TM5ACLT1 3/27 

TM5ACTCH100 3/27 

TM5ACTLC100 3/27 

TM5ACTLS100 3/27 

TSX 

TSXCANCAp00 4/7 

TSXCANCADDp 4/7 

TSXCANCBp00 4/7 

TSXCANCB50 4/7 

TSXCANCBDD03 4/7 

TSXCANCBDDp 4/7 

TSXCANCDp00 4/7 

TSXCANKCDF180T 4/6 

TSXCANKCDF90Tp 4/6 

TSXCANTDM4 4/6 

TSXCSAp00 4/9 

TSXCX100 4/9 

TSXPLP01 3/15 

TSXPLP101 3/15 

TSXSCA50 4/8 

TWD 

TWDXCAFD010 4/9 

TWDXCAFJ010 4/9 

TWDXCAISO 4/8 

TWDXCARJ003 4/9 



TWDXCARJP03 4/9 

TWDXCARJP03P 4/9 

TWDXCAT3RJ 4/8 

VC 

VCCDp 7/30 

VCCD0p 

VCCD02 

VCCDN12 

VCCDN20 7/30 

VCCFp 

VCCF0p 

VCD0p 

VCDp 

VCDNpp 

VCFp 

VCF0p 

VCF0pGE 

VCF0GE 

VCFpGE 

VCFNppGE 

VW 

VW3A3201 6/15 

VW3A3202 6/15 

VW3A340p 6/15 

VW3A341p 6/15 

VW3A3521S0 3/9 

VW3A3608 4/7 

VW3A3620 6/12 

VW3A455p 6/18, 

VW3A456p 

6/19 

VW3A457p 

VW3A510p 6/21 

VW3A58501 6/18 

VW3A58502 6/18 

VW3A725p 6/16 

VW3A726p 6/16 

VW3A727p 6/17 

VW3A728p 6/16 

VW3A770p 6/22 

VW3A771p 6/22 

VW3A780p 6/23 

VW3A781p 6/23 

VW3A8306D30 4/9, 

VW3A8306R03 

3/15 

VW3A8306R10 

VW3A8306R30 3/15 

VW3A8306R30 4/9 

VW3A8306R30 4/9 

VW3A8306RC 4/9 

VW3A8306TF03 4/8 

VW3A8306TF10 4/8 

VW3CANA71 4/7 

VW3CANCARR03 4/7 

VW3CANCARR1 4/7 

VW3CANKCDF180T 4/7 

VW3CANTAP2 4/6 

VW3M3805R010 4/7 

VW3M3805R030 4/7 

XAC 

XACA0p 8/5 

XACA12 8/5 

XACA201 8/5 

XACA2014 8/5 

XACA207 8/5 

XACA2074 8/5 

XACA271 8/5 

XACA2714 8/5 

XACA471 8/5 

XACA4714 8/5 

XACA671 8/5 

XACA6714 8/5 

XACA871 8/5 

XAL 

XALD01 8/17 

XALD02 8/17 

XALD102 8/19 

XALD103 8/19 

XALD112 8/19 

XALD115 8/19 

XALD134 8/19 

XALD144 8/19 

XALD213 8/19 

XALD215 8/19 

XALD222 8/19 

XALD324 8/19 

XALD328 8/19 

XALD363B 8/19 

XALD363M 8/19 

XALK178 8/19 

XALK178E 7/29 

10/18

Index 


XALK178E 8/19 

XALK178F 7/29 

XALK178F 8/19 

XALK178G 8/19 

XALK188 7/29 

XALK188 8/19 

XALK188E 7/29 

XALK188E 8/19 

XALK188F 7/29 

XALK188F 8/19 

XALK188G 8/19 

XAP 

XAPM1201 8/13 

XAPM1202 8/13 

XAPM2202 8/13 

XAPM2203 8/13 

XAPM2204 8/13 

XAPM3203 8/13 

XAPM3204 8/13 

XAPM3206 8/13 

XB4 

XB4BA21 8/10 

XB4BA31 8/10 

XB4BA3311 8/10 

XB4BA3341 8/10 

XB4BA3351 8/10 

XB4BA42 8/10 

XB4BA4322 8/10 

XB4BA51 8/10 

XB4BA61 8/10 

XB4BA711237 8/10 

XB4BC21 8/10 

XB4BD53 8/11 

XB4BG33 8/11 

XB4BG61 8/11 

XB4BK123B5 8/12 

XB4BK123G5 8/12 

XB4BK123M5 8/12 

XB4BK124B5 8/12 

XB4BK124G5 8/12 

XB4BK124M5 8/12 

XB4BK125B5 8/12 

XB4BK125G5 8/12 

XB4BK125M5 8/12 

XB4BL42 8/10 

XB4BL73415 8/10 

XB4BP21 8/10 

XB4BP31 8/10 

XB4BP42 8/10 

XB4BP51 8/10 

XB4BP61 8/10 

XB4BS84441 7/29 

XB4BS8445 7/29 

XB4BS8445 8/10 

XB4BS9445 7/29 

XB4BS9445 8/10 

XB4BT845 8/10 

XB4BV6p 8/12 

XB4BVBp 8/12 

XB4BVGp 8/12 

XB4BVMp 8/12 

XB4BW3165 8/12 

XB4BW31B5 8/12 

XB4BW31G5 8/12 

XB4BW31M5 8/12 

XB4BW3365 8/12 

XB4BW33B5 8/12 

XB4BW33G5 8/12 

XB4BW33M5 8/12 

XB4BW3465 8/12 

XB4BW34B5 8/12 

XB4BW34G5 8/12 

XB4BW34M5 8/12 

XB4BW3565 8/12 

XB4BW35B5 8/12 

XB4BW35G5 8/12 

XB4BW35M5 8/12 

XB4BW36B5 8/12 

XB4BW36G5 8/12 

XB4BW36M5 8/12 

XB4BW73731B5 8/12 

XB4BW73731G5 8/12 

XB4BW73731M5 8/12 

XB4RFA02 8/16 

XB4RFB01 8/16 

XB5 

XB5AA21 8/14 

XB5AA31 8/14 

XB5AA3311 8/14 

XB5AA3341 8/14 

XB5AA3351 8/14 

XB5AA42 8/14 

XB5AA4322 8/14 

XB5AA51 8/14 

XB5AA61 8/14 

XB5AA711237 8/14 

XB5AC21 8/14 

XB5AD33 8/15 

XB5AD53 8/15 

XB5AG21 8/15 

XB5AG 41 8/15 

XB5AK123B5 8/18 

XB5AK123G5 8/18 

XB5AK123M5 8/18 

XB5AK124B5 8/18 

XB5AK124G5 8/18 

XB5AK124M5 8/18 

XB5AK125B5 8/18 

XB5AK125G5 8/18 

XB5AK125M5 8/18 

XB5AL42 8/14 

XB5AL73415 8/14 

XB5AP21 8/14 

XB5AP31 8/14 

XB5AP42 8/14 

XB5AP51 8/14 

XB5AP61 8/14 

XB5AS8445 7/29 

XB5AS8445 8/14 

XB5AS9445 7/29 

XB5AS9445 8/14 

XB5AT845 8/14 

XB5AV6p 8/18 

XB5AVBp 8/18 

XB5AVGp 8/18 

XB5AVMp 8/18 

XB5AW3165 8/18 

XB5AW31B5 8/18 

XB5AW31G5 8/18 

XB5AW31M5 8/18 

XB5AW3365 8/18 

XB5AW33B5 8/18 

XB5AW33G5 8/18 

XB5AW33M5 8/18 

XB5AW3465 8/18 

XB5AW34B5 8/18 

XB5AW34G5 8/18 

XB5AW34M5 8/18 

XB5AW3565 8/18 

XB5AW35B5 8/18 

XB5AW35G5 8/18 

XB5AW35M5 8/18 

XB5AW36B5 8/18 

XB5AW36G5 8/18 

XB5AW36M5 8/18 

XB5AW73731B5 8/18 

XB5AW73731G5 8/18 

XB5AW73731M5 8/18 

XB5RFA02 8/16 

XB5RFB01 8/16 

XB5RMA04 8/16 

XB5RMB03 8/16 

XBT 

XBT9980 3/27 

XBTGT1105 8/28 

XBTGT1135 8/28 

XBTGT1335 8/28 

XBTGT2110 8/28 

XBTGT2120 8/28 

XBTGT2130 8/28 

XBTGT2220 8/28 

XBTGT2330 8/28 

XBTGT2430 8/28 

XBTGT2930 8/28 

XBTGT4230 8/29 

XBTGT4330 8/29 

XBTGT4340 8/29 

XBTGT5230 8/29 

XBTGT5330 8/29 

XBTGT5340 8/29 

XBTGT5430 8/29 

XBTGT6330 8/29 

XBTGT6340 8/29 

XBTGT7340 8/29 

XBTZ9008 4/9 

XBTZ938 3/27 

XBTZ938 4/9 

XBTZ968 4/9 

XBTZ9780 4/9 

XBTZ9980 3/15 

XBTZ9980 4/13 

XBTZ9980 4/9 

XG 

XGSZ24 4/8 

XJ 

XJ9BA1 8/8 

XJCDp 8/9 

XJPAp 8/8 

XK 

XKDF 8/7 

XKMA 8/7 

XKMB 8/7 

XKMCXD 8/7 

XP 

XPSABV11330P 7/28 

XPSAC5121P 7/28 

XPSAF5130P 7/28 

XPSAK311144P 7/28 

XPSAR311144P 7/28 

XPSATE3710P 7/28 

XPSATE5110P 7/28 

XPSAV11113P 7/28 

XPSAXE5120P 7/28 

XPSMC32Z 7/28 

XPSMC32ZC 7/28 

XPSMC32ZP 7/28 

XPSMP11123P 7/28 

XV 

XVBC07 8/26 

XVBC21 8/26 

XVBC2Bp 8/26 

XVBC2Gp 8/26 

XVBC2Mp 8/26 

XVBC3p 8/26 

XVBC5Bp 8/26 

XVBC5Gp 8/26 

XVBC5Mp 8/26 

XVBC6Bp 8/26 

XVBC6Gp 8/26 

XVBC6Mp 8/26 

XVBC9B 8/26 

XVBC9M 8/26 

XVBL0Bp 8/26 

XVBL0Gp 8/26 

XVBL0Mp 8/26 

XVBL1Bp 8/26 

XVBL1Gp 8/26 

XVBL1Mp 8/26 

XVBL3p 8/26 

XVBL6Bp 8/26 

XVBL6Gp 8/26 

XVBL6Mp 8/26 

XVR08B03 8/25 

XVR08B04 8/25 

XVR08B05 8/25 

XVR08B06 8/25 

XVR08J03 8/25 

XVR08J04 8/25 

XVR08J05 8/25 

XVR08J06 8/25 

XVR10B03 8/25 

XVR10B04 8/25 

XVR10B05 8/25 

XVR10B06 8/25 

XVR10J03 8/25 

XVR10J04 8/25 

XVR10J05 8/25 

XVR10J06 8/25 

XVR12B03 8/25 

XVR12B03S 8/25 

XVR12B04 8/25 

XVR12B04S 8/25 

XVR12B05 8/25 

XVR12B05S 8/25 

XVR12B06 8/25 

XVR12B06S 8/25 

XVR12J03 8/25 

XVR12J03S 8/25 

XVR12J04 8/25 

XVR12J04S 8/25 

XVR12J05 8/25 

XVR12J05S 8/25 

XVR12J06 8/25 

XVR12J06S 8/25 

XVR13B04 8/25 

XVR13B04L 8/25 

XVR13B05 8/25 

XVR13B05L 8/25 

XVR13G04L 8/25 

XVR13G05L 8/25 

XVR13J04 8/25 

XVR13J05 8/25 

XVR13M04L 8/25 

XVR13M05L 8/25 

ZA 

ZA2BL432 5/28 

ZA2BL639 5/28 

ZA2BS834 8/5 

ZA2BS844 8/5 

ZA2BZ13 5/28 

ZALVB4 8/19 

ZALVM4 8/19 

ZB 

ZB4BA2 8/10 

ZB4BA3 8/10 

ZB4BA331 8/10 

ZB4BA334 8/10 

ZB4BA335 8/10 

ZB4BA4 8/10 

ZB4BA432 8/10 

ZB4BA5 8/10 

ZB4BA6 8/10 

ZB4BA71123 8/10 

ZB4BC2 8/10 

ZB4BD3 8/11 

ZB4BD5 8/11 

ZB4BG3 8/11 

ZB4BG6 8/11 

ZB4BL4 8/10 

ZB4BL7341 8/10 

ZB4BP2 8/10 

ZB4BP3 8/10 

ZB4BP4 8/10 

ZB4BP5 8/10 

ZB4BP6 8/10 

ZB4BS944 7/29 

ZB4BV01 8/12 

ZB4BV03 8/12 

ZB4BV04 8/12 

ZB4BV05 8/12 

ZB4BV6 8/12 

ZB4BV6 8/12 

ZB4BV6 8/12 

ZB4BV6 8/12 

ZB4BW065 8/12 

ZB4BW065 8/12 

ZB4BW065 8/12 

ZB4BW065 8/12 

ZB4BW31 8/12 

ZB4BW33 8/12 

ZB4BW34 8/12 

ZB4BW35 8/12 

ZB4BZ10p 8/10 

ZB4RTAp 8/16 

ZB5AAp 8/14 

ZB5AC2 8/14 

ZB5AD3 8/15 

ZB5AD5 8/15 

ZB5AG2 8/15 

ZB5AG4 8/15 

ZB5AL4 8/14 

ZB5AL7341 8/14 

ZB5APp 8/14 

ZB5AS844 7/29, 

ZB5AS944 

8/14 

ZB5AT84 8/14 

ZB5AV0p 8/18 

ZB5AV6 8/18 

ZB5AW065 8/18 

ZB5AW31 8/18 

ZB5AW33 8/18 

ZB5AW34 8/18 

ZB5AW35 8/18 

ZB5AZ10p 8/14 

ZB5RTA1 8/16 

ZB5RTA2 8/16 

ZB5RTA3 8/16 

ZB5RTA331 8/16 

ZB5RTA4 8/16 

ZB5RTA432 8/16 

ZB5RTA5 8/16 

ZB5RTA6 8/16 

ZBE1015 8/13 

ZBE102 8/10 

ZBE1025 8/13 

ZBRA1 8/17 

ZBRM01 8/17 

ZBRRA 8/17 

ZBRRC 8/17 

ZBRT1 8/16 

ZBVB1 8/13 

ZBVB3 8/13 

ZBVB4 8/13 

ZBVB5 8/13 

ZBVB6 8/13 

ZBVG1 8/13 

ZBVG3 8/13 

ZBVG4 8/13 

ZBVG5 8/13 

ZBVG6 8/13 

ZBVM1 8/13 

ZBVM3 8/13 

ZBVM4 8/13 

ZBVM5 8/13 

ZBVM6ZBE101 8/13 

ZBY2230 7/29 

ZBY2330 7/29 

ZBY9130 7/29 

ZBY9130 8/13 

ZBY9140 8/13 

ZBY9230 7/29 

ZBY9230 8/13 

ZBY9330 7/29 

ZBY9330 8/13 

ZBY9430 8/13 

ZBZ28 7/29 

ZBZ3605 7/29 

ZBZ48 7/29 

ZE 

ZENL1111 8/19 

ZENL1121 8/19 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

10/19

Schneider Electric Industries SAS 

Head Office 

35, rue Joseph Monier 

F-92500 Rueil-Malmaison 

France 

www.schneider-electric.com/hoisting 

The information provided in this documentation contains general descriptions and/or technical 

characteristics of the performance of the products contained herein. This documentation is not 

intended as a substitute for and is not to be used for determining suitability or reliability of these 

products for specific user applications. It is the duty of any such user or integrator to perform the 

appropriate and complete risk analysis, evaluation and testing of the products with respect to the 

relevant specific application or use thereof. Neither Schneider Electric nor any of its affiliates or 

subsidiaries shall be responsible or liable for misuse of the information contained herein. 

Design: Schneider Electric 

Photos: Schneider Electric 

Printed by: 

MKTED212032EN 

ART. 960700 April 2012

2 - Schneider Electric CZ, s.r.o.

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?